2016 Cadillac Cts

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.
/Canada/Mexico-
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 106
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 172
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 187
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 345
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 364
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 374
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
2 Introduction
Introduction model variants, country Using this Manual

specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your To quickly locate information about
region, or changes subsequent to the vehicle, use the Index in the
the printing of this owner manual. back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
Refer to the purchase manual and the page number where
documentation relating to your it can be found.
specific vehicle to confirm the
features. Danger, Warning, and
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for Caution
vehicle body designs appearing in quick reference.
Warning messages found on vehicle
this manual including, but not limited
Canadian Vehicle Owners labels and in this manual describe
to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,
hazards and what to do to avoid or
the CADILLAC Emblem, and CTS
are trademarks and/or service Propriétaires Canadiens reduce them.
marks of General Motors LLC, its A French language manual can be
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. obtained from your dealer, at { Danger
For vehicles first sold in Canada, www.helminc.com, or from:
Danger indicates a hazard with a
substitute the name “General On peut obtenir un exemplaire de high level of risk which will result
Motors of Canada Limited” for ce guide en français auprès du in serious injury or death.
Cadillac Motor Car Division concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
wherever it appears in this manual. savant:
This manual describes features that Helm, Incorporated
may or may not be on the vehicle Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 22990214 A First Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Introduction 3
the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control

{ Warning information relating to a specific
component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service
M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature
manual has additional instructions
or information.
O : Exterior Lamps
Caution * : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions . : Fuel Gauge
could result in property or vehicle or information. + : Fuses
damage. 0 : Shown when there is more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
information on another page — Changer
“see page.”
( : Heated Steering Wheel
Vehicle Symbol Chart
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
and what they mean. For more : : Oil Pressure
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
O : Power
A circle with a slash through it is a / : Remote Vehicle Start
safety symbol which means “Do 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning > : Safety Belt Reminders
this happen.” 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Symbols g : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
The vehicle has components and
or OnStar (if equipped) a : Under Pressure
labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light M : Windshield Washer Fluid
text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
4 Introduction
2 NOTES
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . .
Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . .
26
27
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20 Driving for Better Fuel
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Instrument Panel Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Driver Information
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Initial Drive Information Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 22
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Surround Vision (CTS Only) . . . 22
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Curb View Camera
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 (CTS-V Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Automatic Parking
Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Assist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Universal Remote System . . . . . 24
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 18 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 26
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 185. Automatic Parking Assist 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 108.
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Button (If Equipped). See Driver Information Center (DIC)
and Lane-Change Signals Assistance Systems for Controls. See Driver
0 167. Parking or Backing 0 235. Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
3. Manual Mode 0 212 (If Parking Assist Button. See 18. Horn 0 108.
Equipped). Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing 0 235. 19. Steering Wheel Adjustment
4. Instrument Cluster 0 115. 0 107.
10. Heated and Ventilated Front
5. Windshield Wiper/Washer Seats 0 61 (If Equipped). 20. Cruise Control 0 224 (If
0 108. Equipped).
11. Dual Automatic Climate Control
6. Hazard Warning Flashers System 0 178. Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227
0 167. (If Equipped).
12. Instrument Panel Storage
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248 0 103. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
(If Equipped). System 0 242 (If Equipped).
Wireless Charging Pad (If
Start/Stop Disable Switch (If Equipped) (Out of View). See Heated Steering Wheel 0 108
Equipped). See Starting the Wireless Charging 0 113 (If Equipped).
Engine 0 204. 21. Instrument Panel Illumination
13. Traction Control/Electronic
7. Light Sensor (If Equipped). See Stability Control 0 216. Control 0 168.
Automatic Headlamp System 22. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 136
0 166. 14. MODE Switch. See Driver
Mode Control 0 218. (If Equipped).
Solar Sensor. See Dual 23. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Automatic Climate Control 15. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 210. (Out of View). See Malfunction
System 0 178. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
8. Infotainment 0 172. Manual Mode Button. See Light) 0 125.
Automatic Transmission 0 210.
9. Glove Box Button. See Glove 24. Hood Release. See Hood
Box 0 103. 16. ENGINE START/STOP Button. 0 262.
See Ignition Positions 0 202.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
8 In Brief
25. Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry
Switch. See Electric Parking
Brake 0 214. Information (RKE) System
This section provides a brief The RKE transmitter may work up to
overview about some of the 60 m (197 ft) away.
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Stop/Start System
The vehicle may have a fuel saving
stop/start system to shut off the
engine and help conserve fuel.
When the brakes are applied and
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine may turn off. When the Press the button to remove the key.
brake pedal is released or the The key can be used for all locks.
accelerator pedal pushed, the Press K to unlock the driver door or
engine will restart. all doors.
The automatic engine stop/start
function can be disabled using the Press Q to lock all doors.
switch. See Starting the Engine Lock and unlock feedback can be
0 204. personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 152.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 9
Press X twice quickly to release When the vehicle starts, the parking Manual Operation
the trunk. lamps will turn on.
From outside, use the key in the
Remote start can be extended. driver door. The key cylinder is
Press 7 and release to initiate
covered by a cap. See Door Locks
vehicle locator. Canceling a Remote Start 0 37.
Press and hold 7 for more than To cancel a remote start, do one of From the inside rear doors, push
three seconds to sound the panic the following: down on the door lock knob on top
alarm. . Press and hold / until the of the door. To unlock a door, pull
once on the door handle to unlock it,
Press 7 again to cancel the panic parking lamps turn off.
and again to open it.
alarm. . Turn on the hazard warning
See Keys 0 28 and Remote Keyless flashers. Power Door Locks
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. From outside, press Q or K on the
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. RKE transmitter. See Remote
Remote Vehicle Start Keyless Entry (RKE) System
The engine can be started from Door Locks Operation 0 29.
outside of the vehicle.
Keyless Access
Starting the Vehicle
Press the button on the door handle
1. Press and release Q on the and pull the handle when the
RKE transmitter. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is within range. See
2. Immediately press and hold / Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
for at least four seconds or until System Operation 0 29.
the turn signal lamps flash.
3. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
10 In Brief
From inside, press Q or K. The RKE transmitter is in range. See Seat Adjustment
indicator light in the switch will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
illuminate when locked. See Power System Operation 0 29 and Trunk Power Seats
Door Locks 0 39. 0 41.
Trunk Windows
High Performance Seat

To adjust the seat:
. Move the seat forward or
The driver power window switches rearward by sliding the control
To open the trunk, press | on the forward or rearward.
control all the windows. The
driver door, press X twice quickly passenger switch only controls that . Raise or lower the seat by
on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) window. moving the rear of the control up
transmitter, or press the touch pad or down.
Press the switch down to lower the
on the rear of the vehicle after
window. Pull the switch up to raise . If available, raise or lower the
unlocking all doors.
it. See Power Windows 0 47. front part of the seat cushion by
For Keyless Access, press the moving the front of the control
touch pad on the rear of the trunk up or down.
above the license plate when the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 11
V–Series Seat Adjustment . Press Rearward (3) to make . Press and hold the control
rearward adjustments of the forward or rearward to increase
selected feature. or decrease lumbar support
. Press Down (4) to make . Press and hold the control up or
downward adjustments of the down to increase or decrease
selected feature. seatback bolster support,
. Press Forward (5) to make if available.
forward adjustments of the Bolster Adjustment
selected feature.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 55.
Lumbar Adjustment
1. Feature Select
2. Up
3. Rearward
4. Down
5. Forward
. Move Feature Select (1) to
display seat adjustments on the If equipped, to increase or decrease
center stack. Press and release the seatback bolster support, press
or hold to scroll through and hold the recliner control up
features. Base Seat and down.
. Press Up (2) to make upward To adjust the lumbar and bolster See Lumbar Adjustment 0 57.
adjustments of the selected support, if equipped:
feature.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
12 In Brief
V-Series Bolster Support Cushion Bolster

4–Way Lumbar Support To adjust cushion bolster support,
if equipped:
To adjust lumbar support,
if equipped:
. Press and release or hold

Feature Select (1) to scroll to
upper back support on the
center stack.
. Press and release or hold . Press Forward (5) or
High Performance Seat Shown Feature Select (1) to scroll to Rearward (3) to adjust back
. bolster support on the center support forward or rearward.
Press and release or hold
stack.
lumbar support on the center . Press Forward (5) or
stack. Rearward (3) to adjust bolster
. support inward or outward.
Press Forward (5) or
Rearward (3) to adjust lumbar Back Bolster Support
forward or rearward.
To adjust back bolster support,
. Press Up (2) or Down (4) to if equipped:
adjust lumbar support up
or down.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 13
Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features

Base Seat To adjust the seatback:
To adjust the seatback: . Tilt the top of the control The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons
. Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline. on the driver door are used to
. Tilt the top of the control forward manually store and recall memory
rearward to recline.
to raise. settings for the driver seat, outside
. Tilt the top of the control forward mirrors, and power tilt and
to raise. See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58. telescoping steering column (if
equipped).
Automatic Memory Recall and/or
Easy Exit Recall features may be
enabled in the vehicle
personalization menus.
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in the personalization
menu, positions previously stored to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
14 In Brief
memory buttons 1 and 2 are Heated and Ventilated Press the button once for the
recalled when the ignition is highest setting. With each press of
changed from OFF to ON/RUN or
Seats the button, the seat will change to
ACC/ACCESSORY. the next lower setting, and then to
When Easy Exit Options is enabled the off setting. The indicator lights
in the personalization menu, the next to the buttons indicate three for
seats will move rearward when the the highest setting and one for the
ignition is changed to OFF and lowest. If the front heated seats are
driver door is opened within a on high, the level may automatically
short time. be lowered after approximately
30 minutes.
See Memory Seats 0 59 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 61.
Head Restraint
Front Seats
Adjustment
If equipped, the buttons are near the If equipped with base seats, the
climate controls on the center stack. vehicle’s front seats have adjustable
To operate, the ignition must be in head restraints in the outboard
ON/RUN/START. seating positions.
Press J or z to heat the driver or If equipped with high performance
passenger seat cushion and seats, the vehicle’s front seats have
seatback. head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
Press C or { to ventilate the driver adjusted.
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat
has a fan that pulls or pushes air Do not drive until the head restraints
through the seat. The air is not for all occupants are installed and
cooled. adjusted properly.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 15
To achieve a comfortable seating . How to Wear Safety Belts other airbag is affected by the
position, change the seatback Properly 0 66. passenger sensing system. See
recline angle as little as necessary . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67. Passenger Sensing System 0 78.
while keeping the seat and the head The passenger airbag status
restraint height in the proper . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 91. indicator lights on the overhead
position. console are visible when the vehicle
See Head Restraints 0 53 and is started. See Passenger Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment 0 55. Passenger Sensing Status Indicator 0 124.
System
Safety Belts Mirror Adjustment
Exterior
United States
Refer to the following sections for Canada and Mexico

important information on how to use The passenger sensing system will
safety belts properly: Controls for the outside power
turn off the front outboard
mirrors are on the driver door.
. Safety Belts 0 65. passenger frontal airbag and knee
airbag under certain conditions. No
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
16 In Brief
To adjust each mirror: Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel
1. Press (L) or (R) to select the Adjustment
driver or passenger side mirror.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left.
3. Adjust each mirror so that a
little of the vehicle and the area
behind it can be seen.
4. Return the selector switch to
the center position.
See Power Mirrors 0 46.
Interior If equipped, the control is on the left
side of the steering column.
The vehicle has an automatic To adjust the steering wheel: . Push the control up or down to
dimming inside rearview mirror. 1. Pull the lever down. tilt the steering wheel up
Automatic dimming reduces the
2. Move the steering wheel up or down.
glare of headlamps from behind.
The dimming feature comes on or down. . Push the control forward or
when the vehicle is started. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel rearward to move the steering
closer or away from you. wheel toward the front or rear of
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
the vehicle.
Mirror 0 47. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
To set the power tilt wheel memory
position, see Memory Seats 0 59.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 17
Interior Lighting Reading Lamps
Dome Lamp There are front and rear reading

lamps on the overhead console and
over the rear passenger doors.
These lamps come on when any
door is opened.
To manually turn the reading lamps
on or off:
Press the lamp lenses over the rear
passenger doors.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 168.
Exterior Lighting
To change the dome lamp settings,
press the following:
OFF : Turns the lamp off, even
when a door is open.
DOOR : The lamp comes on when
a door is opened. Press m or n next to each
ON : Turns the lamp on. overhead console reading lamp.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
18 In Brief
There are four positions: Windshield Wiper/Washer the x INT band up for more
O : Turns off the exterior lamps. frequent wipes or down for less
The knob returns to the AUTO frequent wipes.
position after it is released. Turn to If equipped with Rainsense, move
O again to reactivate the AUTO the windshield wiper lever to INT
mode. In Canada, the headlamps
and turn the x INT band to adjust
will automatically reactivate when
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). the sensitivity to moisture.
. Turn the band up for more
AUTO : Automatically turns the With the ignition in ACC/
exterior lamps on and off, sensitivity to moisture.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,
depending on outside lighting. move the lever to select the wiper . Turn the band down for less
; : Turns on the parking lamps speed. sensitivity to moisture.
including all lamps, except the HI : Use for fast wipes. . Move the windshield wiper lever
headlamps. out of the INT position to
LO : Use for slow wipes.
5 : Turns on the headlamps deactivate Rainsense.
together with the parking lamps and To turn the Rainsense feature on or
instrument panel lights. off, see “Rain Sense Wipers” under
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163 Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
0 166.
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
the lever down. For several wipes,
hold the lever down.
INT : Use this setting for intermittent
wipes or Rainsense™, if equipped. n L : Pull the lever toward you to
For intermittent wipes, move the spray windshield washer fluid and
windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 108.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 19
Climate Controls
The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display
2. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
Climate Control Buttons
3. Fan Control
1. Driver and Passenger 5. Recirculation 4. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature Controls 6. Rear Window Defogger Temperature)
2. Fan Control 7. Defrost 5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
3. OFF (Fan) 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 6. Climate Control Selection
4. Driver and Passenger Heated (Application Tray Button)
and Ventilated Seats (If 7. Rear (Rear Climate Control
Equipped) Touch Screen)
8. Air Delivery Mode Control
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
20 In Brief
See Dual Automatic Climate Control Starting the Engine Vehicle Features
System 0 178 and Rear Climate
Control System 0 183 (if equipped). When first starting the vehicle, the
engine idle speed will be elevated to Infotainment System
Transmission allow the catalytic converter, an See the infotainment manual for
emissions control device, to quickly information on the radio, audio
Tap Shift reach operating temperature. After players, phone, navigation system,
approximately 20 seconds, the and voice or speech recognition.
If equipped, permanent Tap Shift
engine will begin to transition to its It also includes information on
Mode may be entered with the shift
normal, quieter idle speed, which settings.
lever in D (Drive), by pressing the
can vary depending on the
M (Manual Mode) button on the top
temperature. This is normal
of the shift lever.
operation. Steering Wheel Controls
Temporary Tap Shift Mode may be The infotainment system can be
entered while in D (Drive) using the operated by using the steering
tap shift controls on the back of the wheel controls. See "Steering
steering wheel. Wheel Controls" in the infotainment
See Manual Mode 0 212. manual.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 21
Cruise Control (5 mph) mark on the speedometer,

press +RES up to the second
detent.
SET− : Press the control down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control. If cruise control is
already active, use to decrease
vehicle speed. To decrease speed
by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−
down to the first detent. To decrease
speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
mark on the speedometer, press
SET− down to the second detent.
* : Press to disengage cruise y or z : Press to move up or
down in a list.
control without erasing the set
J : Press to turn the system on speed from memory. S or T : Press to move between
and off. A white indicator appears in the interactive display zones in the
the instrument cluster when cruise See Cruise Control 0 224 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227 (if cluster. Press S to go back to the
is turned on. previous menu.
equipped).
+RES : If there is a set speed in SEL : Press to open a menu or
memory, press the control up briefly Driver Information select a menu item. Press and hold
to resume to that speed or press to reset values on certain screens.
and hold to accelerate. If the cruise Center (DIC)
control is already active, use to The DIC display is in the instrument See Driver Information Center (DIC)
increase vehicle speed. To increase cluster. It shows the status of many 0 134.
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press vehicle systems.
+RES up to the first detent. To
increase speed to the next 5 km/h
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
22 In Brief
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or Lane Change Alert (LCA)
lessen the severity of crashes when
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear. If equipped, the LCA system is a
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or lane-changing aid that assists
See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) drivers with avoiding lane change
reduce the harm caused by System 0 244.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Lane Keep Assist (LKA) spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
is detected ahead. This indicator approaching these areas from
displays amber if you follow a If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane behind. The LCA warning display
vehicle much too closely. When will light up in the corresponding
approaching a vehicle ahead too departures. It may assist by gently
turning the steering wheel if the outside side mirror and will flash if
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red the turn signal is on. The Side Blind
alert on the windshield and rapidly vehicle approaches a detected lane
marking without using a turn signal Zone Alert (SBZA) system is
beeps or pulses the driver seat. included as part of the LCA system.
in that direction. It may also provide
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
System 0 242. alert as the lane marking is crossed. 0 246 and Lane Change Alert (LCA)
The system will not assist or alert if 0 246.
Front Automatic Braking it detects that you are actively
(FAB) System steering. Override LKA by turning Surround Vision
the steering wheel. LKA uses a
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise camera to detect lane markings
(CTS Only)
Control (ACC), it also has FAB, between 60 km/h (37 mph) and If equipped, views around the
which includes Intelligent Brake 180 km/h (112 mph). vehicle display on the center stack
Assist (IBA). When the system to aid with parking and low-speed
detects a vehicle ahead in your path See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 248 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) maneuvers.
that is traveling in the same
direction that you may be about to 0 248. See “Surround Vision” under
crash into, it can provide a boost to Assistance Systems for Parking or
braking or automatically brake the Backing 0 235.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 23
Front Vision Camera Rear Vision and avoiding objects while in

R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
If equipped, a view of the area in Camera (RVC) less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may
front of the vehicle displays on the
If equipped, RVC displays a view of display a warning triangle on the
center stack to aid with parking and
the area behind the vehicle on the Rear Vision Camera screen and a
low-speed maneuvers.
center stack display when the graphic on the instrument cluster to
See “Front Vision Camera” under vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to provide the object distance. In
Assistance Systems for Parking or aid with parking and low-speed addition, multiple beeps or seat
Backing 0 235. backing maneuvers. pulses may occur if very close to an
object.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
Curb View Camera or Backing 0 235. The vehicle may also have the Front
(CTS-V Only) Parking Assist system.
If equipped, a view of the area in Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Assistance Systems for Parking
front of the vehicle displays on the (RCTA) System or Backing 0 235.
center stack to aid with parking and
If equipped, the RCTA system uses
low-speed maneuvers. The display
a triangle with an arrow displayed Automatic Parking
shows a front, top down view at the Assist (APA)
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
top of the screen and left and right
behind your vehicle that may cross If equipped, the APA system helps
front camera images on the bottom.
your vehicle's path while in to search for and maneuver the
See “Curb View Camera (CTS-V R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will vehicle into parallel or perpendicular
Series Only)” under Assistance sound, or the driver seat will pulse. parking spots using automatic
Systems for Parking or Backing
See Assistance Systems for Parking steering, DIC displays, and beeps.
0 235.
or Backing 0 235. When the vehicle speed is below
30 km/h (18 mph), press O to
Parking Assist enable the system.
If equipped, Rear Parking See “Automatic Parking Assist
Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the (APA)” under Assistance Systems
rear bumper to assist with parking for Parking or Backing 0 235.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
24 In Brief
Rear Automatic Braking . Inside the storage area under If equipped, this system provides a
the armrest cover. way to replace up to three remote
(RAB) System control transmitters used to activate
. On the rear of the center
If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise console, if equipped. devices such as garage door
Control (ACC) it also has the RAB openers, security systems, and
system, which is designed to help These outlets are powered while the home automation devices.
avoid or reduce the harm caused by vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or
ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until Read the instructions completely
backing crashes when the vehicle is before attempting to program the
shifted into R (Reverse). If the the driver door is opened within
10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. Universal Remote system. Because
system detects the vehicle is of the steps involved, it may be
backing too fast to avoid a crash Lift the cover to access the helpful to have another person
with a detected object behind your accessory power outlet. available to assist you with
vehicle in your path, it may programming the Universal Remote
automatically brake hard to a stop. See Power Outlets 0 111.
system.
See Assistance Systems for Parking Universal Remote System See Universal Remote System
or Backing 0 235. 0 159.
Power Outlets Sunroof
Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct If equipped, the sunroof will only
Current operate when the ignition is in ON/
Accessory power outlets can be RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
used to plug in electrical equipment, or when Retained Accessory
such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Power (RAP) is active. See Ignition
Positions 0 202 and Retained
The vehicle has three 12-volt Accessory Power (RAP) 0 206.
accessory power outlets:
. Inside the center console
storage in front of the armrest
cover.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 25
Express Open/Express Close : Performance and

Press the front of the switch (1) a
second time to express open the Maintenance
sunroof. Press the rear of the
switch (1) to express close. To stop Traction Control/
the sunroof partway, press the
switch (1) again.
Electronic Stability
Control
The passenger side switch (2)
operates the sunshade. Press and The Traction Control System (TCS)
release the front or rear of the limits wheel spin. The system turns
switch (2) to express open or on automatically every time the
express close the sunshade. To vehicle is started.
The driver side switch (1) operates stop the sunshade partway, press StabiliTrak assists with directional
the sunroof. the switch (2) again. control of the vehicle in difficult
Vent : Press and release the front See Sunroof 0 50. driving conditions. The system turns
of the switch (1) to vent the sunroof. on automatically every time the
The sunshade will automatically vehicle is started.
open approximately 38 cm (15 in). . To turn off TCS, press and
Press and hold the rear of the release the TCS/StabiliTrak
switch (1) to close the sunroof vent. button Y on the center console.
i illuminates in the instrument
cluster. The appropriate DIC
message is displayed. See Ride
Control System Messages
0 147.
. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak button
Y again to turn traction control
back on.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
26 In Brief
. To turn off both TCS and See Tire Pressure Monitor System
StabiliTrak, press and hold the 0 310.
TCS/StabiliTrak button Y on the
center console until g and i Engine Oil Life System
illuminate in the instrument The engine oil life system calculates
cluster. The appropriate DIC engine oil life based on vehicle use
message displays. See Ride The low tire pressure warning light and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
Control System Messages alerts to a significant loss in OIL SOON message when it is time
0 147. pressure of one of the vehicle's to change the engine oil and filter.
tires. If the warning light comes on, The oil life system should be reset
. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak button stop as soon as possible and inflate
Y again to turn on both to 100% only following an oil
the tires to the recommended change.
systems. pressure shown on the Tire and
See Traction Control/Electronic Loading Information label. See Resetting the Oil Life System
Stability Control 0 216. Vehicle Load Limits 0 198. The 1. Using the DIC buttons, display
warning light will remain on until the REMAINING OIL LIFE on the
The vehicle has Driver Mode
tire pressure is corrected. DIC. See Driver Information
Control and may have Competitive
Driving Mode. See Driver Mode The low tire pressure warning light Center (DIC) 0 134 and Engine
Control 0 218 and Competitive may come on in cool weather when Oil Messages 0 142.
Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series the vehicle is first started, and then 2. Press the SEL button and hold
Only) 0 221. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This to clear the CHANGE ENGINE
may be an early indicator that the OIL SOON message and reset
Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressures are getting low and the oil life at 100%.
the tires need to be inflated to the
This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. Be careful not to reset the oil
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). life display accidentally at any
The TPMS does not replace normal time other than after the oil is
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain changed. It cannot be reset
the correct tire pressures. accurately until the next oil
change.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In Brief 27
The oil life system can also be reset Driving for Better Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled
as follows: maintenance.
Economy
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off. Driving habits can affect fuel Roadside Service
mileage. Here are some driving tips
2. Fully press and release the to get the best fuel economy U.S.: 1-800-224-1400
accelerator pedal three times possible. Canada: 1-800-882-1112
within five seconds.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate TTY Users (U.S. Only):
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL smoothly. 1-888-889-2438
SOON message is not on, the
. Brake gradually and avoid New Cadillac owners are
system is reset.
abrupt stops. automatically enrolled in the
See Engine Oil Life System 0 273. Roadside Service Program.
. Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time. See Roadside Service 0 367.
Car Wash Guidelines
. When road and weather
Caution conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
Some automatic car washes can . Always follow posted speed
cause damage to the vehicle and limits or drive more slowly when
wheels. Automatic car washes conditions require.
are not recommended, due to . Keep vehicle tires properly
lack of clearance for the inflated.
undercarriage and/or wide rear
tires and wheels. See "Washing . Combine several trips into a
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care single trip.
0 336. . Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Keys and Locks
Windows Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Keys
Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 47
Automatic Dimming Rearview
{ Warning
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Windows a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . 50 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Roof vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 39 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 44
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
To remove the key, press the button . Check the transmitter's battery.
on the side of the transmitter near See “Battery Replacement” later
the bottom, and pull the key out. in this section.
Never pull the key out without . If the transmitter is still not
pressing the button. working correctly, see your
See your dealer if a new key is dealer or a qualified technician
needed. for service.
Contact Roadside Service if locked
out of the vehicle. See Roadside Remote Keyless Entry
Service 0 367. (RKE) System Operation
With an active OnStar subscription, The Keyless Access system allows
an OnStar Advisor may remotely for vehicle entry when the
unlock the vehicle. See OnStar transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
Overview 0 377. “Keyless Access Operation” later in
this section.
Remote Keyless Entry The RKE transmitter may work up to
(RKE) System 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Statement Keep in mind that other conditions,
0 374. such as those previously stated, can
If there is a decrease in the RKE impact the performance of the
operating range: transmitter.
. Check the distance. The
This key, inside the Remote Keyless transmitter may be too far from
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for the vehicle.
the driver door, and rear folding . Check the location. Other
seats. vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Pressing Q may also arm the alarm from outside the vehicle using the
system. See Vehicle Alarm System RKE transmitter. See Remote
0 43. Vehicle Start 0 35.
K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic
driver door or all doors. See Vehicle Alarm) : Press and release one
Personalization 0 152. When time to initiate vehicle locator. The
remotely unlocking the vehicle at exterior lamps flash and the horn
night, the headlamps and back-up chirps three times. Press and hold
lamps will come on for about 7 for more than three seconds to
30 seconds to light your approach to sound the panic alarm. The horn
the vehicle. The turn signal sounds and the turn signal lamps
indicators may flash to indicate flash for 30 seconds, or until 7 is
unlocking. pressed again or the vehicle is
Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors. started.
The turn signal indicators may flash Pressing K will disarm the alarm
and/or the horn may sound on the system. See Vehicle Alarm System X (Remote Trunk Release) :
second press to indicate locking. 0 43. Press twice quickly to release the
See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. trunk.
Press and hold K until the windows
If the driver door is open when Q is fully open. Windows will not operate Keyless Access Operation
pressed and Unlocked Door unless remote window operation is The Keyless Access system lets
Anti-Lockout is enabled through the enabled. See Vehicle you lock and unlock the doors and
vehicle personalization, all doors will Personalization 0 152. access the trunk without removing
lock and then the driver door will the RKE transmitter from your
immediately unlock. See Vehicle / (Remote Start) : Press and
pocket, purse, briefcase, etc. The
Personalization 0 152. If the release Q and then immediately RKE transmitter must be within 1 m
passenger door is open when Q is press and hold / for at least (3 ft) of the door being opened.
pressed, all doors lock. four seconds to start the engine If equipped, there will be a button on
the outside door handles.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The Keyless Access system can be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

programmed to unlock all doors on the Passenger Doors
the first lock/unlock press from the When the doors are locked and the
driver door. See Vehicle RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
Personalization 0 152. of the door handle, pressing the
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from lock/unlock button on a passenger
the Driver Door door handle will unlock all doors.
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
When the doors are locked and the cause all doors to lock if any of the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) following occur:
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door . The lock/unlock button was used
handle will unlock the driver door. to unlock all doors.
Driver Door Shown, Passenger
If the lock/unlock button is pressed . Any vehicle door has opened
Similar
again within five seconds, all and all doors are now closed.
passenger doors will unlock. Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the Passive Locking
following occur: The Keyless Access system will
. It has been more than lock the vehicle several seconds
five seconds since the first lock/ after all doors are closed if the
unlock button press. vehicle is off and at least one
. Two lock/unlock button presses transmitter has been removed or
none remain in the vehicle.
were used to unlock all doors.
. Any vehicle door has opened If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
and all doors are now closed.
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Programming Transmitters to 3. Remove the key lock cylinder
not leave the RKE transmitter in an the Vehicle cap on the driver door handle.
unattended vehicle. See Door Locks 0 37. Insert
Only RKE transmitters programmed the vehicle key into the key
To customize the doors to to the vehicle will work. If a
automatically lock when exiting the lock cylinder on the driver door
transmitter is lost or stolen, a handle, then turn the key
vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization replacement can be purchased and
0 152. counterclockwise to the unlock
programmed through your dealer. position five times within
Temporary Disable Passive The vehicle can be reprogrammed 10 seconds.
Locking Feature so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have The Driver Information Center
Temporarily disable the passive up to eight transmitters matched (DIC) displays READY FOR
locking by pressing and holding K to it. REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC.
on the interior door switch with a
Programming with a Recognized
door open for at least four seconds,
Transmitter
or until three chimes are heard.
Passive locking will then remain A new transmitter can be
disabled until Q on the interior door programmed to the vehicle when
is pressed, or until the vehicle is there is one recognized transmitter.
turned on. To program, the vehicle must be off
and all transmitters, both currently
Keyless Trunk Opening
recognized and new, must be
Press the touch pad on the trunk with you.
handle to open the trunk if the RKE
1. Remove the vehicle key from
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).
the recognized transmitter.
Key Access 2. Place the recognized 4. Place the new transmitter into
To access a vehicle with a weak transmitter(s) in the cupholder. the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter battery, see Door Locks center console storage area
0 37. will need to be opened and the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
rubber mat needs to be transmitters. This feature is not The DIC display will again
removed to access the available in Canada. This procedure show REMOTE LEARN
transmitter pocket. will take approximately 30 minutes PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
5. Press the ENGINE START/ to complete. The vehicle must be off 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional
STOP button. When the and all transmitters to be times. After the third time all
transmitter is learned, the DIC programmed must be with you. previously known transmitters
display will show that it is ready 1. Remove the vehicle key from will no longer work with the
to program the next transmitter. the transmitter. vehicle. Remaining transmitters
6. Remove the transmitter from 2. Remove the key lock cylinder can be relearned during the
the transmitter pocket and cap on the driver door handle. next steps.
press K or Q on the See Door Locks 0 37. Insert The DIC display should now
transmitter. the vehicle key into the key show READY FOR REMOTE
lock cylinder on the driver door # 1.
To program additional handle, then turn the key
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. counterclockwise to the unlock
When all additional transmitters position five times within
are programmed, press and 10 seconds.
hold the ENGINE START/ The Driver Information Center
STOP button for approximately (DIC) displays REMOTE
12 seconds to exit LEARN PENDING,
programming mode. PLEASE WAIT.
7. Return the vehicle key back 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
into the transmitter. DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
Programming without a START BUTTON TO LEARN
Recognized Transmitter and then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
If there are no currently recognized 5. Place the new transmitter in
transmitters available, follow this the transmitter pocket. The
procedure to program up to eight center console storage area
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
will need to be opened and the Starting the Vehicle with a Low 2. Place the transmitter in the
rubber mat needs to be Transmitter Battery transmitter pocket.
removed to access the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
transmitter pocket. If the transmitter battery is weak or if
there is interference with the signal, N (Neutral) press the brake
6. Press the ENGINE START/ the DIC may display NO REMOTE pedal and the ENGINE START/
STOP button. When the DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY STOP button.
transmitter is learned, the DIC WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN Replace the transmitter battery
display will show that it is ready TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN as soon as possible.
to program the next transmitter. START YOUR VEHICLE when
7. Remove the transmitter from starting the vehicle. See Key and Battery Replacement
the transmitter pocket and Lock Messages 0 143.
press K or Q on the To start the vehicle: Caution
transmitter. 1. Open the center console When replacing the battery, do
To program additional storage area and remove the not touch any of the circuitry on
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7. rubber mat. the transmitter. Static from your
When all additional transmitters body could damage the
are programmed, press and transmitter.
hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for approximately Replace the battery if the REPLACE
12 seconds to exit BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
programming mode. message displays in the DIC.
8. Return the vehicle key back
into the transmitter.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start

transmitter using a flat tool
inserted into the bottom center This feature allows the engine to be
of the transmitter. Do not use started from outside the vehicle.
the key slot. / (Remote Vehicle Start) : This
button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
start.
The climate control system will use
the previous settings during a
remote start. The rear window
defogger may come on during
1. Press the button on the side of remote start based on cold ambient
the transmitter near the bottom conditions. The rear defog indicator
and pull the key out. light does not come on during
remote start.
If equipped, the heated and
ventilated front seats may also
3. Remove the old battery. Do not come on when the vehicle
use a metal object. personalization setting is enabled.
4. Insert the new battery on the See Heated and Ventilated Front
back housing, positive side Seats 0 61.
facing down. Replace with a Laws in some local communities
CR2032 or equivalent battery. may restrict the use of remote
5. Align the front and back starters. For example, some laws
housing, then snap the may require a person using remote
transmitter together. start to have the vehicle in view.
Check local regulations for any
requirements.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not The engine will shut off after The vehicle's ignition must be
use the remote start feature. The 10 minutes unless a time changed to ON/RUN/START and
vehicle may run out of fuel. extension is done or the then back to OFF before the remote
The RKE transmitter range may be ignition is put in ON/RUN/ start procedure can be used again.
shorter while the vehicle is running. START.
Canceling a Remote Start
Other conditions can affect the 3. Press the brake pedal and
select the ON/RUN/START To cancel a remote start, do any of
performance of the transmitter. See the following:
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ignition mode to drive the
System 0 29. vehicle. . Press and hold / until the
Extending Engine Run Time parking lamps turn off.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start The engine run time can also be . Turn on the hazard warning
extended by another 10 minutes, flashers.
1. Press and release Q on the if during the first 10 minutes . Turn the vehicle on and then
RKE transmitter. Steps 1–2 are repeated while the back off.
2. Immediately press and hold / engine is still running. An extension
can be requested, 30 seconds after Conditions in Which Remote Start
for at least four seconds or until Will Not Work
the turn signal lamps flash. starting. This provides a total of
This confirms the request to 20 minutes. The remote start will not operate if
remote start the vehicle has The remote start can only be any of the following occur:
been received. extended once. . The ignition is in any mode other
During the remote start, the When the remote start is extended, than off.
doors will be locked and the the second 10 minute period is . The transmitter is in the vehicle.
parking lamps will remain on as added on to the first 10 minutes for
. The hood is not closed.
long as the engine is running. a total of 20 minutes.
. The hazard warning flashers
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a remote start with an extension, are on.
are allowed between ignition cycles. . There is an emission control
system malfunction.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. The engine coolant temperature Keyless Access
is too high. Warning (Continued)
. The oil pressure is low. . Young children who get into
. Two remote vehicle starts have unlocked vehicles may be
already been used. unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
. The vehicle is not in P (Park). extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
Door Locks death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
{ Warning whenever leaving it.
. Outsiders can easily enter
Unlocked doors can be through an unlocked door
dangerous. when slowing or stopping Use the Keyless Access system to
. Passengers, especially the vehicle. Lock the doors lock and unlock the door. When the
children, can easily open to help prevent this from doors are locked and the Remote
the doors and fall out of a happening. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
moving vehicle. The chance within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door
of being thrown out of the handle, press the lock/unlock
vehicle in a crash is button. When unlocking from the
increased if the doors are driver door, the first press unlocks
not locked. So, all that door; press again within
passengers should wear five seconds to unlock all passenger
safety belts properly and the doors. See Remote Keyless Entry
doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Driver Door Key Cylinder Access
To replace the cap:

To access the key cylinder: 1. Pull the door handle to the
open position.
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
open position. 2. Insert the two tabs (7) at the
back of the cap (8) between
2. Insert the key into the slot (3) the seal (5) and the metal
on the bottom of the cap (2) base (6).
and pry outward.
3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
remove.
4. Use the key in the cylinder.
3. Move the cap forward and
press to snap the cap in place.
4. Release the door handle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Inside the Vehicle K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the Press Q on the door lock switch
On the rear doors, push down on doors. again, or press Q on the RKE
the door lock knob to lock the door transmitter, to override this feature
manually. Pull once on the door Delayed Locking and lock the doors immediately.
handle to unlock the door and again This feature delays the actual
to open the door. Delayed locking can be
locking of the doors until programmed through the Driver
Press the power door lock switch to five seconds after all doors are Information Center (DIC). See
lock or unlock all doors closed. Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
automatically. See Power Door Delayed locking can only be turned
Locks 0 39. on when the Unlocked Door Automatic Door Locks
Anti-Lockout feature has been The doors will lock automatically
Power Door Locks turned off. when all doors are closed, the
When Q is pressed on the power ignition is on, and the shift lever is
door lock switch with the door open, moved out of P (Park).
a chime will sound three times To unlock the doors:
indicating that delayed locking is
active. . Press K on a door.
The doors will then lock . Shift the transmission into
automatically five seconds after all P (Park).
doors are closed. If a door is Automatic door unlocking can be
reopened before five seconds have programmed through the Driver
elapsed, the five-second timer will Information Center (DIC). See
reset once all the doors are closed Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
again.
Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.

The indicator light in the switch will
illuminate when activated.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lockout Protection can be turned on or off using the Press Z { again to deactivate the
vehicle personalization menus. See lockout switch.
If the vehicle is in ACC/ Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and the If an inside rear door handle is
power door lock switch is pressed Safety Locks being pulled at the same time the
with the driver door open, all the safety lock is deactivated, that door
doors will lock and only the driver will remain locked and the indicator
door will unlock. light may flash. Release the handle,
If the vehicle is off and locking is then press the safety lock twice to
requested while a door is open, deactivate the safety locks.
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will chirp three
times.
Lockout Protection can be manually The rear door safety locks prevent
overridden with the driver door open passengers from opening the rear
by pressing and holding Q on the doors from inside the vehicle.
power door lock switch.
Press Z { to activate the safety
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout locks on the rear doors. The
If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is indicator light in the switch will
turned on and the vehicle is off, the illuminate when activated.
driver door is open, and locking is The rear door power windows are
requested, all the doors will lock and also disabled. See Power Windows
only the driver door will unlock. The 0 47.
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Doors Warning (Continued)

. Press | on the driver door.
. Press X twice quickly on the
Trunk and set the fan speed to the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
highest setting. See
transmitter.
{ Warning “Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.
Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped
vehicle if it is driven with the with a power liftgate, disable
liftgate or trunk/hatch open, the power liftgate function.
or with any objects that pass
See Engine Exhaust 0 209.
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains Trunk Release
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
. Press the touch pad on the rear
If the vehicle must be driven with
of the trunk above the license
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
plate when all doors are
. Close all of the windows. unlocked.
. Fully open the air outlets on The trunk can be opened while the
or under the instrument vehicle is locked by pressing the
panel. touch pad above the license plate
. Adjust the climate control while the RKE transmitter is within
system to a setting that 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.
To open the trunk, the vehicle must See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
brings in only outside air
be off or the shift lever must be in System Operation 0 29.
(Continued) P (Park).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Close the trunk by pulling on the Emergency Trunk Release There is a glow-in-the-dark
handle. Do not use the handle as a Handle emergency trunk release handle on
tie-down. the trunk lid. This handle will glow
following exposure to light. Pull the
Rear Seat Pass-Through release handle to open the trunk
Use the rear seat pass-through door from the inside.
when transporting long items. After use, return to the stored
To open, pull down the rear seat position.
armrest. Pull the lever all the way
down to release the door.
To close, push it up and back into
place. Try to open the door without
pulling up on the lever to make sure
it is locked into place.
Caution
Do not use the emergency trunk
release handle as a tie-down or
anchor point when securing items
in the trunk as it could damage
the handle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

during the delay to arm the system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
This vehicle has theft-deterrent the key.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
features; however, they do not make
A door, the hood, or the trunk If the driver door is opened without
the vehicle impossible to steal.
is open. first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
Vehicle Alarm System Slow Flash : Alarm system is
the lights will flash to indicate
armed.
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
system. Arming the Alarm System started, or the door is not unlocked
1. Turn off the vehicle. by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
2. Lock the vehicle in one of pre-alarm, the alarm will be
three ways: activated.
. Use the RKE transmitter. The alarm will also be activated if a
. Use the Keyless Access passenger door, the trunk, or the
system. hood is opened without first
disarming the system. When the
. With a door open, press Q alarm is activated, the turn signals
on the interior of the door. flash and the horn sounds for about
3. After 30 seconds the alarm 30 seconds. The alarm system will
system will arm, and the then re-arm to monitor the next
indicator light will begin to unauthorized event.
The indicator light, on the slowly flash indicating the
instrument panel near the Disarming the Alarm System
alarm system is operating.
windshield, indicates the status of Pressing Q on the RKE To disarm the alarm system or turn
the system. off the alarm if it has been activated:
transmitter a second time will
Off : Alarm system is disarmed. bypass the 30-second delay . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
and immediately arm the alarm
system.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Unlock the vehicle using the Power Sounder and Inclination The vehicle is automatically
Keyless Access system. Sensor immobilized when the vehicle is
. Start the vehicle. turned off.
In addition to the standard
To avoid setting off the alarm by theft-deterrent system features, this The immobilization system is
accident: system may also have a power disarmed when the pushbutton start
sounder and inclination sensor. is activated to enter the ACC/
. Lock the vehicle after all ACCESSORY mode or the ON/
occupants have left the vehicle The power sounder provides an RUN/START mode and a valid
and all doors are closed. audible alarm which is distinct from transmitter is present in the vehicle.
the vehicle’s horn. It has its own
. Always unlock a door with the power source, and can sound an
RKE transmitter or use the alarm if the vehicle’s battery is
Keyless Access system. compromised.
Unlocking the driver door with the The inclination sensor can set off
key will not disarm the system or the alarm if it senses movement of
turn off the alarm. the vehicle, such as a change in
How to Detect a Tamper vehicle orientation. The security light, in the instrument
Condition cluster, comes on if there is a
Immobilizer problem with arming or disarming
If K is pressed on the transmitter the theft-deterrent system.
See Radio Frequency Statement
and the horn chirps and the lights
0 374. The system has one or more RKE
flash three times, a previous alarm
occurred while the system was transmitters matched to an
armed. Immobilizer Operation immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
If the alarm has been activated, a This vehicle has a passive RKE transmitter will start the
message will appear on the DIC. theft-deterrent system. vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
See Security Messages 0 149. The system does not have to be damaged, you may not be able to
manually armed or disarmed. start your vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
When trying to start the vehicle, the It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors
security light may come on briefly system to learn new or replacement
when the ignition is turned on. RKE transmitters. Up to eight
transmitters can be programmed for Convex Mirrors
If the engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a the vehicle. To program additional
problem with the system. Turn the transmitters, see “Programming Caution
ignition off and try again. Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) A convex mirror can make things,
If the vehicle will not change ignition System Operation 0 29. like other vehicles, look farther
modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/ away than they really are. If you
RUN/START, OFF), and the RKE Do not leave the key or device that
cut too sharply into the right lane,
transmitter appears to be disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. you could hit a vehicle on the
undamaged, try another transmitter. right. Check the inside mirror or
Or, you may try placing the glance over your shoulder before
transmitter in the transmitter pocket changing lanes.
located in the center console. See
Key and Lock Messages 0 143.
The passenger side mirror is convex
If the ignition modes will not change shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
with the other transmitter, your curved so more can be seen from
vehicle needs service. If the ignition the driver seat.
does change modes, the first
transmitter may be faulty. See your
dealer.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Power Mirrors Memory Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors

If equipped, the vehicle may have The passenger and/or driver mirror
memory mirrors. See Memory Seats tilt to a preselected position when
0 59. the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
Automatic Dimming feature allows the driver to view the
curb when parallel parking. The
If equipped, the driver side mirror mirror returns to the original position
automatically dims to reduce the when the vehicle is shifted out of
glare of the vehicle headlamps from R (Reverse), the ignition is turned
behind. This feature comes on when off, or if the vehicle is driven in
the vehicle is started. reverse above a predetermined
speed.
Folding Mirrors Turn this feature on or off through
Manual Folding Mirrors vehicle personalization. See Vehicle
Controls for the outside power Personalization 0 152.
mirrors are on the driver door. The mirrors can be folded inward
To adjust each mirror: toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
1. Press (L) or (R) to select the automatic car wash. Push the mirror
driver or passenger side mirror. outward to return it to the original
2. Press the arrows on the control position.
pad to move the mirror up,
down, right, or left. Heated Mirrors
3. Adjust each mirror so that a = (Rear Window Defogger) :
little of the vehicle and the area If equipped, press to heat the
behind it can be seen. mirrors.
4. Return the selector switch to See Dual Automatic Climate Control
the center position. System 0 178.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Interior Mirrors Windows pulsing sound when either rear

window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning sound, open either a front window
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear or the sunroof, if equipped.
Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle.
especially with the windows
Power Windows
Do not spray glass cleaner directly closed in warm or hot weather.
on the mirror. Use a soft towel They can be overcome by the { Warning
dampened with water. extreme heat and suffer
Children could be seriously
permanent injuries or even death
Automatic Dimming injured or killed if caught in the
from heat stroke.
path of a closing window. Never
Rearview Mirror leave keys in a vehicle with
The rearview mirror automatically children. When there are children
dims to reduce the glare of the in the rear seat, use the window
headlamps from behind. This lockout button to prevent
feature comes on when the vehicle operation of the windows. See
is started. Keys 0 28.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Express-Down/Up Windows Express Window Anti-Pinch

The express feature allows the Override
windows to be raised and lowered
all the way without holding the { Warning
switch.
If express override is activated,
Press or pull the switch fully and the window will not reverse
release it to activate the express automatically. You or others could
feature.
be injured and the window could
Cancel the express mode by briefly be damaged. Before you use
pressing or pulling the switch. express override, make sure that
Express Window Anti-Pinch all people and obstructions are
The driver power window switches clear of the window path.
control all the windows. The
Feature
passenger switch only controls that If any object is in the path of the
window. window when the express-up is To override the anti-pinch feature,
active, the window will stop at the hold the window switch all the way
Press the switch down to lower the up to the second position. The
window. Pull the switch up to obstruction and auto-reverse to a
preset factory position. Weather window will rise for as long as the
raise it. switch is held. Once the switch is
conditions such as severe icing may
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) also cause the window to released, the express mode is
allows the use of the power auto-reverse. The window will return reactivated.
windows after the ignition has been to normal operation after the In this mode, the window can close
turned off. See Retained Accessory obstruction or condition is removed. on an object in its path. Use care
Power (RAP) 0 206. when using the override mode.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Programming the Power Comfort Open The rear door power door locks are
Windows also disabled. See Safety Locks
To open the windows remotely,
0 40.
If the vehicle battery has been press and hold K on the RKE
recharged or disconnected, or is not transmitter until the windows Press Z { again to deactivate the
working, the front power windows fully open. lockout switch.
will need to be reprogrammed for
Window Lockout If an inside rear door handle is
the express-up feature to work.
being pulled at the same time the
Before reprogramming, replace or
safety lock is deactivated, that door
recharge the vehicle's battery.
will remain locked and the indicator
To program: light may flash. Release the handle,
1. With the ignition in ON/RUN or then press the safety lock twice to
ACC/ACCESSORY, or when deactivate the safety locks.
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active, close all doors. Sun Visors
2. Press and hold the power
window switch until the window
is fully open.
3. Pull the power window switch
up until the window is fully
closed. This feature prevents the rear
windows from operating except from
4. Continue holding the switch up the driver position.
for approximately two seconds
after the window is completely Press Z { to activate the safety
closed. locks on the rear doors. The Pull the sun visor down to block
indicator light in the switch will glare. Detach the sun visor from the
The window is now reprogrammed. center mount to pivot to the side
Repeat the process for the other illuminate when activated.
window or, if equipped, extend
windows. along the rod.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Rear Window Sunshade extended. It will re-extend after a Roof

short delay when shifting into D
(Drive).
Sunroof
Rear Passenger Door Sunshades
If equipped, the sunroof will only
operate when the ignition is in ON/
RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 206.
If equipped with a rear window

sunshade, the switch is on the
overhead console. The sunshade
only operates with the ignition in If equipped, use the handle to pull
ON/RUN/START. the sunshade up and attach to the
holder at the top of the window.
To open the sunshade, press and
There is also a small shade for the
release the switch. The sunshade
rear corner of the window.
will fully extend. To close the
sunshade, press and release the To close the sunshade, use the The driver side switch (1) operates
switch again. The sunshade will fully handle to unhook and hold it while it the sunroof.
close. retracts down.
Vent : Press and release the front
When shifting the vehicle into of the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.
R (Reverse), the sunshade will The sunshade will automatically
automatically retract if it is
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
open approximately 38 cm (15 in).

Press the rear of the switch (1) to
close the sunroof vent.
Express Open/Express Close :
Press the front of the switch (1)
again to express open the sunroof.
Press the rear of the switch (1) to
express close the sunroof. To stop
the sunroof partway, press the
switch (1) again.
The passenger side switch (2)
operates the sunshade. Press the
Dirt and debris may collect on the
front or rear of the switch (2) to
sunroof seal or in the track. This
express open or express close the
could cause an issue with sunroof
sunshade. To stop the sunshade
operation or noise. It could also plug
partway, press the switch (2) a
the water drainage system.
second time.
Periodically open the sunroof and
Anti-Pinch Feature remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
If an object is in the path of the roof sealing area using a clean
sunroof/sunshade when it is closing, cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
the anti-pinch feature will detect the remove grease from the sunroof.
object and stop the sunroof/
sunshade from closing at the point If water is seen dripping into the
of the obstruction. The sunroof/ water drainage system, this is
sunshade will then return to the normal.
full-open position. To close the
sunroof/sunshade, see “Express
Open/Express Close.”
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
52 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 71

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 91
Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Airbag System Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Head Restraints Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Securing Child Restraints
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 74 (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Front Seats When Should an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 55 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 What Makes an Airbag
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 58 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 58 How Does an Airbag
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Heated and Ventilated Front What Will You See after an
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Passenger Sensing System . . . 78
Rear Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seat Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 83
Pass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 65 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 84
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Infants and Young Children . . . . 86
Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 89
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 90
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 71
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Seats and Restraints 53
Head Restraints
If equipped with base seats, the
vehicle’s front seats have adjustable
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions.
If equipped with high performance
seats, the vehicle’s front seats have
head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted.
{ Warning If equipped with base seats, adjust The height of the head restraint can
the head restraint so that the top of be adjusted.
With head restraints that are not the restraint is at the same height as To raise or lower the head restraint,
installed and adjusted properly, the top of the occupant's head. This press the button located on the side
there is a greater chance that position reduces the chance of a of the head restraint, and pull up or
occupants will suffer a neck/ neck injury in a crash. push the head restraint down and
spinal injury in a crash. Do not release the button. Pull and push on
drive until the head restraints for
Front Seats
the head restraint after the button is
all occupants are installed and If equipped, the vehicle's front seats released to make sure that it is
adjusted properly. have adjustable head restraints in locked in place.
the outboard seating positions.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
To adjust the head restraint forward If equipped with high performance To lower the head restraint, press
and rearward, press the button seats, the front seat outboard head the button, located on the top of the
located on the side facing of the restraints are not removable. seatback, and push the head
head restraint and move it forward restraint down. Try to move the
or rearward until the desired locking Rear Seats head restraint after the button is
position is reached. Try to move the The vehicle's rear seats have released to make sure that it is
head restraint after the button is adjustable head restraints in the locked in place.
released to make sure that it is outboard seating positions. Rear outboard head restraints are
locked in place. not removable.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Front Seats To adjust the seatback, see

Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 57.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
Safety Alert Seat. This feature
activates a vibrating pulse alert in
the driver seat to help the driver
avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 235.
V–Series Seat Adjustment
{ Warning 1. Feature Select
You can lose control of the 2. Up
High Performance Seat vehicle if you try to adjust a driver 3. Rearward
To adjust the seat: seat while the vehicle is moving. 4. Down
Adjust the driver seat only when 5. Forward
. Move the seat forward or
the vehicle is not moving. . Move Feature Select (1) to
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward. display seat adjustments on the
center stack. Press and release
. Raise or lower the seat by or hold to scroll through
moving the rear of the control up features.
or down.
. Press Up (2) to make upward
. Raise or lower the front part of adjustments of the selected
the seat cushion by moving the feature.
front of the control up or down.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Press Rearward (3) to make
rearward adjustments of the
selected feature.
. Press Down (4) to make
downward adjustments of the
selected feature.
. Press Forward (5) to make
forward adjustments of the
selected feature.
4–Way Lumbar Support
To adjust lumbar support for a base .
High Performance Seat Press and release or hold
seat, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 57.
. Feature Select (1) to scroll to
Press and release or hold
To adjust lumbar support for high bolster support on the center
performance seats, if equipped: stack.
lumbar support on the center
stack. . Press Forward (5) or
. Rearward (3) to adjust bolster
Press Forward (5) or
support inward or outward.
Rearward (3) to adjust lumbar
forward or rearward. Back Bolster Support
. Press Up (2) or Down (4) to To adjust back bolster support,
adjust lumbar support up if equipped:
or down.
Cushion Bolster Support
To adjust cushion bolster support,
if equipped:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lumbar Adjustment Bolster Adjustment
. Press and release or hold

upper back support on the If equipped, to increase or decrease
center stack. If equipped, to increase or decrease the seatback bolster support, press
the lumbar support, press and hold and hold the recliner control up
. Press Forward (5) or the control forward or rearward or
Rearward (3) to adjust back and down.
up and down.
support forward or rearward.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Thigh Support Reclining Seatbacks

Adjustment
High Performance Seat Shown

Base Seat Shown To adjust the seatback:
To adjust the seatback: . Tilt the top of the control
If equipped, pull up on the lever. rearward to recline.
Then pull or push on the support to . Tilt the top of the control
lengthen or shorten. Release the rearward to recline. . Tilt the top of the control forward
lever to lock in place. to raise.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise. See Reclining Seatbacks 0 58.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons

{ Warning on the driver door are used to
Sitting in a reclined position when manually store and recall memory
the vehicle is in motion can be settings for the driver seat, outside
dangerous. Even when buckled mirrors, power tilt and telescoping
steering column (if equipped).
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job. Storing Memory Positions
The shoulder belt will not be To store positions to the 1 and 2
against your body. Instead, it will buttons:
be in front of you. In a crash, you 1. The ignition must be in ON/
could go into it, receiving neck or RUN/START or ACC/
other injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if ACCESSORY.
The lap belt could go up over the vehicle is moving.
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside
your abdomen. The belt forces mirrors, and the power tilt and
would be there, not at your pelvic Memory Seats telescoping steering column (if
bones. This could cause serious equipped) to the desired
internal injuries. positions.
For proper protection when the 3. Press and release SET. A beep
vehicle is in motion, have the will sound.
seatback upright. Then sit well 4. Immediately press and hold 1
back in the seat and wear the until two beeps sound.
safety belt properly.
5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a
second driver using 2.
Repeat Steps 1–4 using B to store
your positions for getting out of the
vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Manually Recalling Memory RKE transmitters are not labeled Obstructions

Positions with a number. If your memory seat If something has blocked the driver
position is stored to 1 or 2 but this
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to position is not automatically
seat and/or the power tilt and
manually recall the previously telescoping steering column while
recalling, then change the stored recalling a memory position, the
stored memory positions. Releasing position or switch RKE transmitters recall may stop. Remove the
1, 2, or B before the stored with the other driver. obstruction. Then do one of the
positions are reached stops the If the vehicle’s driver has changed, following:
recall. in some vehicles the Driver ID may . If automatically or manually
Automatically Recalling Memory be displayed for the first few ignition recalling the stored memory
Positions cycles. position, press and hold the
If programmed in the vehicle Easy Exit Recall appropriate manual control for
personalization Menu, the Auto two seconds. Try recalling again
If programmed on in the vehicle by pressing the appropriate
(Automatic) Memory Recall feature personalization menu, the Easy Exit
automatically recalls the current memory button, then try recalling
feature recalls the previously stored again by opening the driver door
driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 B (Exit) positions when leaving the
position when the ignition is vehicle. See “Storing Memory and pressing K on the RKE
changed from off to ON/RUN/ Positions” listed previously. See transmitter..
START or ACC/ACCESSORY. also Vehicle Personalization 0 152. . If recalling the exit position,
The transmission must be in Easy Exit Recall automatically press and hold the appropriate
P (Park). activates when one of the following manual control for the exit
See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. occurs: feature not recalling for
two seconds. Then try recalling
To stop recall movement, press one . The vehicle is turned off and the the exit position again.
of the memory, driver seat, outside driver door is opened within a
mirror, or power tilt and telescoping short time. If the memory position is still not
steering column controls. recalling, see your dealer for
. The vehicle is turned off with the service.
driver door open.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Heated and Ventilated seat is turned on, the symbol turns

red. When a ventilated seat is
Front Seats turned on, the symbol turns blue.
Press the button once for the
{ Warning highest setting. With each press of
If you cannot feel temperature the button, the seat will change to
change or pain to the skin, the the next lower setting, and then to
seat heater may cause burns. To the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
reduce the risk of burns, people
the highest setting and one for the
with such a condition should use
lowest. If the heated seats are on
care when using the seat heater,
high, the level may automatically be
especially for long periods of lowered after approximately
If equipped, the buttons are near the
time. Do not place anything on 30 minutes.
climate controls on the center stack.
the seat that insulates against
To operate, the ignition must be in The passenger seat may take
heat, such as a blanket, cushion, ON/RUN/START.
cover, or similar item. This may longer to heat up.
cause the seat heater to Press J or z to heat the driver or Auto Heated Seats
overheat. An overheated seat passenger seat cushion and
When the vehicle is on, this feature
heater may cause a burn or may seatback.
will automatically activate the
damage the seat.
Press C or { to ventilate the driver heated seats at the level required by
or passenger seat. A ventilated seat the vehicle’s interior temperature.
has a fan that pulls or pushes air The active high, medium, low, or off
through the seat. The air is not heated seat level will be indicated
cooled. by the manual heated seat buttons
When this feature is off, the heated on the center stack. Use the manual
and ventilated seat symbols on the heated seat buttons on the center
buttons are white. When a heated stack to turn auto heated seats off.
If the passenger seat is unoccupied,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
the auto heated seats feature will The heated or ventilated seat Rear Seats
not activate that seat. The auto indicator lights do not turn on during
heated seats feature can be a remote start.
programmed to always be enabled The temperature performance of an
when the vehicle is on. unoccupied seat may be reduced.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. This is normal.
Remote Start Auto Heated and The heated or ventilated seats will
Ventilated Seats not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in the
During a remote start, the heated or vehicle personalization menu. See
ventilated seats, if equipped, can be Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 and
turned on automatically. When it is
Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
cold outside, the heated seats turn
on, and when it is hot outside the
ventilated seats turn on. The heated
or ventilated seats are canceled Split fold seats are equipped with a
when the ignition is turned on. Press locking latch.
the heated or ventilated seat button Lock and unlock the seatback using
to use the heated or ventilated seats the vehicle key in the cylinder.
after the vehicle is started.
The latch will not open when the
seatback is locked.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Folding the Seatback 2. Unlock the seatback using the

vehicle key in the cylinder.
Caution Pull the lever on top of the
seatback toward you to release
Folding a rear seat with the safety the seatback.
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety A red tab near the seatback
lever raises when the seatback
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
is released.
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before 3. Fold the seatback forward.
folding a rear seat. Repeat Steps 2–3 to fold the
other seatback, if desired.
If equipped, either side of the 1. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch using a key in the Raising the Seatback
seatback can be folded for more
cargo space. Fold a seatback only slot on the mini-buckle, and let
when the vehicle is not moving. the belt retract. { Warning
To fold the seatback: If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
4. Reconnect the center safety

{ Warning belt mini-latch to the
mini-buckle. Do not let the belt
A safety belt that is improperly twist.
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the 5. Pull on the center safety belt to
protection needed in a crash. The make sure the mini-latch is
person wearing the belt could be secure.
seriously injured. After raising the 6. Repeat the steps to raise the
rear seatback, always check to be other seatback, if necessary.
sure that the safety belts are When the seat is not in use, it
properly routed and attached, and should be kept in the upright, locked
are not twisted. position. If equipped, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console.
To raise a seatback: Heated Rear Seats
With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,
1. Lift the seatback up. Make sure press M or L to heat the left or right
the center safety belt and latch { Warning outboard seat cushion and
do not get trapped behind the seatback. An indicator on the
seat. Push the seatback If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the climate control display appears
rearward to secure it in place. when this feature is on.
seat heater may cause burns.
A red tab near the seatback See the Warning under Heated Press the button once for the
lever retracts when the and Ventilated Front Seats 0 61. highest setting. With each press of
seatback is in place. the button, the heated seat changes
2. Push and pull the top of the to the next lower setting, and then
seatback to be sure it is in the off setting. Three lights indicate
position. the highest setting, and one light
indicates the lowest. If the heated
3. Lock the seatback using the
vehicle key in the cylinder.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
seats are on high, the level may The pass-through door can be Safety Belts
automatically be lowered after locked or unlocked using the knob
approximately 30 minutes. on the back of the door. Open the This section of the manual
trunk to access the lock. Turn the describes how to use safety belts
Rear Seat knob toward Q to lock the door or properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
Pass-Through Door away from Q to unlock the door.
{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
The vehicle has a rear seat buckled up can strike other
pass-through door in the center of
passengers in the vehicle.
the rear seatback. Fold down the
center armrest and pull the latch to It is extremely dangerous to ride
open the door. in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why

Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts?
passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
the vehicle that is not equipped A: Airbags are supplemental
It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of
Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still
restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the
you stop over a longer distance and, most protection.
This vehicle has indicators as a when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 123. safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts.
safety belts makes such good
Why Safety Belts Work sense. How to Wear Safety Belts
Questions and Answers About Properly
Safety Belts
This section is only for people of
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size.
after a crash if I am wearing a
There are special things to know
safety belt?
about safety belts and children. And
A: You could be — whether you are there are different rules for smaller
wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be
Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older
during and after a crash, so you Children 0 85 or Infants and Young
can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 86. Follow those rules for
much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt
to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle
in crashes than those who are would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt.
wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause If you are using a rear seating
There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries. position with a detachable safety
about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the belt and the safety belt is not
shoulder and across the chest. attached, see Rear Seats 0 62 for
These parts of the body are best instructions on reconnecting the
able to take belt restraining safety belt to the mini-buckle.
forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain
there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
{ Warning 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
You can be seriously injured,
straight. To see how, see
or even killed, by not wearing “Seats” in the Index.
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
. Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
. Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
for your seating position.
. Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 71.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull If the webbing locks in the latch height adjuster, move it to the
the belt across you. Do not let plate before it reaches the height that is right for you. See
it get twisted. buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
unlock. later in this section for
The lap-shoulder belt may lock instructions on use and
if you pull the belt across you important safety information.
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
To unlatch the belt, push the button shoulder belt height adjustment
on the buckle. The belt should could reduce the effectiveness of
return to its stowed position. the safety belt in a crash. See How
Always stow the safety belt slowly. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 66.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer.
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle. Press the release button and move
the height adjuster to the desired
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster position. The adjuster can be moved
The vehicle has a shoulder belt up by pushing the slide/trim up.
height adjuster for the driver and After the adjuster is set to the
right front passenger seating desired position, try to move it down
positions. without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
Adjust the height so the shoulder position.
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
and not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to, but not
contacting, the neck. Improper
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Automatic Safety Belt Automatic Safety Belt Tightening Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Tightening System System, a message displays on the Guides
Driver Information Center (DIC). See
The vehicle may have the Automatic Safety Belt Messages 0 149. Other Rear safety belt comfort guides may
Safety Belt Tightening System. safety belt functions are not affected provide added safety belt comfort
Each time the vehicle is started with by the Automatic Safety Belt for older children who have
the front safety belts buckled, the Tightening System. outgrown booster seats and for
system activates once to tighten the some adults. When installed on a
safety belts when the forward Safety Belt Pretensioners shoulder belt, the comfort guide
vehicle speed exceeds the positions the belt away from the
This vehicle has safety belt
threshold for activation. neck and head.
pretensioners for front outboard
The system also activates during occupants. Although the safety belt Comfort guides are available
emergency braking and/or sudden pretensioners cannot be seen, they through your dealer for the rear
driving maneuvers and releases are part of the safety belt assembly. outboard seating positions.
when driving conditions return to They can help tighten the safety Instructions are included with the
normal. belts during the early stages of a guide.
moderate to severe frontal, near
The system turns off whenever frontal, or rear crash if the threshold Safety Belt Use During
Competitive Driving Mode is conditions for pretensioner
activated, and will turn back on activation are met. Safety belt
Pregnancy
when Competitive Driving Mode is pretensioners can also help tighten Safety belts work for everyone,
deactivated. See Competitive the safety belts in a side crash or a including pregnant women. Like all
Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series rollover event. occupants, they are more likely to
Only) 0 221. be seriously injured if they do not
Pretensioners work only once. If the
The system will not activate if the wear safety belts.
pretensioners activate in a crash,
Traction Control/Electronic Stability the pretensioners and probably
Control system is not functioning other parts of the vehicle's safety
properly. See Traction Control/ belt system will need to be replaced.
Electronic Stability Control 0 216. See Replacing Safety Belt System
If there is a problem with the Parts after a Crash 0 72.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder
enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt
an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 123.
order it, take the heaviest coat you Keep safety belts clean and dry.
will wear, so the extender will be See Safety Belt Care 0 71.
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care
seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry.
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
{ Warning
belt. For more information, see the Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a instruction sheet that comes with
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap It may severely weaken them. In
the extender. a crash, they might not be able to
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding, provide adequate protection.
throughout the pregnancy.
Safety System Check Clean safety belts only with mild
Now and then, check that the safety soap and lukewarm water.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety belt reminder light, safety belts,
belt is worn properly, it is more likely buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
that the fetus will not be hurt in a anchorages are all working properly.
crash. For pregnant women, as for Look for any other loose or
anyone, the key to making safety damaged safety belt system parts
belts effective is wearing them that might keep a safety belt system
properly. from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
Safety Belt Extender crash. They can rip apart under
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten impact forces. If a belt is torn or
around you, you should use it. frayed, get a new one right away.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be Airbag System
necessary even if the safety belt
System Parts after a system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following
Crash time of the crash. airbags:
Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver.
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front
crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger.
A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A knee airbag for the driver.
A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 123. . A knee airbag for the front
may not properly protect the
outboard passenger.
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a . A seat-mounted side impact
crash. To help make sure the airbag for the driver.
safety belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact
properly after a crash, have them airbag for the front outboard
inspected and any necessary passenger.
replacements made as soon as . Seat-mounted side impact
possible. airbags for the second row
outboard passengers.
After a minor crash, replacement of . A roof-rail airbag for the driver
safety belts may not be necessary. and the passenger seated
But the safety belt assemblies that directly behind the driver.
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged. . A roof-rail airbag for the front
See your dealer to have the safety outboard passenger and the
belt assemblies inspected or passenger seated directly
replaced. behind the front outboard
passenger.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning { Warning
near the deployment opening.
You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your safety belt, even an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on with airbags. Airbags are against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any
is on the lower part of the in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting
instrument panel. safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning
For seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 75. you in position before and during
side of the seatback closest to Wearing your safety belt during a a crash. Always wear a safety
the door. crash helps reduce the chance of belt, even with airbags. The driver
hitting things inside the vehicle or should sit as far back as possible
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. being ejected from it. Airbags are while still maintaining control of
“supplemental restraints” to the the vehicle. The safety belts and
Airbags are designed to supplement the front outboard passenger
the protection provided by safety safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt airbags are most effective when
belts. Even though today's airbags you are sitting well back and
are also designed to help reduce properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person. upright in the seat with both feet
the risk of injury from the force of an
on the floor.
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job. Occupants should not lean on or
Here are the most important things sleep against the door or side
to know about the airbag system: windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 85 or
Infants and Young Children 0 86.
The driver knee airbag is below the

steering column. The front outboard
passenger knee airbag is below the
The driver frontal airbag is in the glove box.
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
There is an airbag readiness light frontal airbag is in the passenger
on the instrument cluster, which side instrument panel.
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 123 for more information.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Warning (Continued)
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,
Never secure anything to the roof
Side Similar Passenger Side Similar
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
The seat-mounted side impact The second row seat-mounted side by routing a rope or tie‐down
airbags for the driver and front impact airbags are in the sides of through any door or window
outboard passenger are in the side the rear seatback closest to opening. If you do, the path of an
of the seatbacks closest to the door. the door. inflating roof-rail airbag will be
The roof-rail airbags for the driver, blocked.
front outboard passenger, and { Warning
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side If something is between an When Should an Airbag
windows. occupant and an airbag, the Inflate?
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with
that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 0 72.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
or even death. The path of an
impact exceeds the specific airbag
inflating airbag must be kept
system's deployment threshold.
(Continued) Deployment thresholds are used to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to are not designed to inflate in frontal
to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in impacts, near frontal impacts,
inflate and help restrain the rear impacts, or in many side rollovers, or rear impacts.
occupants. The vehicle has impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag
electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has is designed to inflate on the side of
airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal the vehicle that is struck.
severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology Roof-rail airbags are designed to
thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint inflate in moderate to severe side
vehicle design. according to crash severity. crashes depending on the location
Frontal airbags are designed to Knee airbags are designed to inflate of the impact. In addition, these
inflate in moderate to severe frontal in moderate to severe frontal or roof-rail airbags are designed to
or near frontal crashes to help near frontal impacts. Knee airbags inflate during a rollover or in a
reduce the potential for severe are not designed to inflate during severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
injuries, mainly to the driver's or vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, airbags are not designed to inflate in
front outboard passenger's head or in many side impacts. rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
and chest. will inflate when either side of the
The vehicle also has a seat position vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Whether the frontal airbags will or sensor that enables the sensing
should inflate is not based primarily system predicts that the vehicle is
system to monitor the position of the about to roll over on its side, or in a
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. front outboard passenger seat. The
It depends on what is hit, the severe frontal impact.
passenger seat position sensor and
direction of the impact, and how the passenger safety belt buckle In any particular crash, no one can
quickly the vehicle slows down. provide information that is used to say whether an airbag should have
Frontal airbags may inflate at determine if the passenger knee inflated simply because of the
different crash speeds depending on airbag should inflate. vehicle damage or repair costs.
whether the vehicle hits an object Seat-mounted side impact airbags
straight on or at an angle, and are designed to inflate in moderate
whether the object is fixed or to severe side crashes depending
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow on the location of the impact.
or wide. Seat-mounted side impact airbags
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags the airbag module may be hot for
are designed to help contain the several minutes. For location of the
Inflate? head and chest of occupants in the airbags, see Where Are the
In a deployment event, the sensing outboard seating positions in the Airbags? 0 74.
system sends an electrical signal first and second rows. The rollover The parts of the airbag that come
triggering a release of gas from the capable roof-rail airbags are into contact with you may be warm,
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of but not too hot to touch. There may
airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover be some smoke and dust coming
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can from the vents in the deflated
and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. airbags. Airbag inflation does not
the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of
For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer
the Airbags? 0 74. because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent
not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle.
How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 75.
Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded { Warning
as anything more than a supplement
In moderate to severe frontal or to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there
near frontal collisions, even belted may be dust in the air. This dust
occupants can contact the steering could cause breathing problems
wheel or the instrument panel. In
What Will You See after
for people with a history of
moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates? asthma or other breathing trouble.
even belted occupants can contact After the frontal airbags and To avoid this, everyone in the
the inside of the vehicle. seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as
Airbags supplement the protection inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have
provided by safety belts by quickly that some people may not breathing problems but cannot
distributing the force of the impact even realize an airbag inflated. get out of the vehicle after an
more evenly over the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least airbag inflates, then get fresh air
occupant's body. partially inflated for some time after
(Continued)
they inflate. Some components of
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
airbag modules and possibly

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
by opening a window or a door. the vehicle, such as the fuel to replace other parts.
If you experience breathing system, brake and steering
problems following an airbag systems, etc. Even if the vehicle . The vehicle has a crash sensing
deployment, you should seek appears to be drivable after a and diagnostic module which
medical attention. moderate crash, there may be records information after a
concealed damage that could crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 375
The vehicle has a feature that may make it difficult to safely operate
and Event Data Recorders
automatically unlock the doors, turn the vehicle.
0 375.
on the interior lamps and hazard Use caution if you should attempt . Let only qualified technicians
warning flashers, and shut off the to restart the engine after a crash work on the airbag systems.
fuel system after the airbags inflate. has occurred.
The feature may also activate, Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
without airbag inflation, after an
In many crashes severe enough to properly. See your dealer for
event that exceeds a predetermined
inflate the airbag, windshields are service.
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps, and broken by vehicle deformation.
turn off the hazard warning flashers Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing
by using the controls for those also occur from the front outboard System
features. passenger airbag.
The vehicle has a passenger
. Airbags are designed to inflate
sensing system for the front
{ Warning only once. After an airbag outboard passenger position. The
inflates, you will need some new passenger airbag status indicator
A crash severe enough to inflate parts for the airbag system. will light on the overhead console
the airbags may have also If you do not get them, the when the vehicle is started.
damaged important functions in airbag system will not be there
(Continued) to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The passenger sensing system

works with sensors that are part of Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect passenger frontal airbag inflates.
the presence of a properly seated This is because the back of the
occupant and determine if the front rear-facing child restraint would
outboard passenger frontal airbag be very close to the inflating
United States airbag. A child in a forward-facing
and knee airbag should be allowed
to inflate or not. child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
According to accident statistics,
outboard passenger frontal airbag
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in a correct inflates and the passenger seat is
child restraint for their weight in a forward position.
and size. Even if the passenger sensing
Canada and Mexico system has turned off the front
Whenever possible, children aged
The words ON and OFF or the 12 and under should be secured in outboard passenger airbag(s), no
symbol for on and off will be visible a rear seating position. system is fail-safe. No one can
during the system check. When the guarantee that an airbag will not
system check is complete, either the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
inflate under some unusual
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great, circumstance, even though the
on and off will be visible. See airbag(s) are off.
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator if the airbag inflates.
0 124. Secure rear-facing child restraints
The passenger sensing system
{ Warning in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
turns off the front outboard A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in
passenger frontal airbag and knee restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
airbag, under certain conditions. No or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
other airbag is affected by the
passenger sensing system. (Continued) (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
that the airbags are off. See

Warning (Continued) Passenger Airbag Status Indicator { Warning
0 124.
back as it will go. It is better to If the airbag readiness light ever
secure the child restraint in a The passenger sensing system is comes on and stays on, it means
rear seat. designed to turn on the front that something may be wrong
outboard passenger frontal airbag with the airbag system. To help
and knee airbag anytime the system avoid injury to yourself or others,
The passenger sensing system is senses that a person of adult size is
designed to turn off the front have the vehicle serviced right
sitting properly in the front outboard
outboard passenger airbag and away. See Airbag Readiness
passenger seat.
knee airbag if: Light 0 123 for more information,
When the passenger sensing including important safety
. The front outboard passenger system has allowed the airbags to information.
seat is unoccupied. be enabled, the on indicator will light
. The system determines that an and stay lit as a reminder that the
infant is present in a child airbags are active. If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
restraint. Child Restraint
For some children, including
. A front outboard passenger children in child restraints, and for The passenger sensing system is
takes his/her weight off of the very small adults, the passenger designed to turn off the front
seat for a period of time. sensing system may or may not turn outboard passenger frontal airbag
off the front outboard passenger and knee airbag if the system
. There is a critical problem with determines that an infant is present
frontal airbag and knee airbag,
the airbag system or the depending upon the person’s in a child restraint. If a child restraint
passenger sensing system. seating posture and body build. has been installed and the on
When the passenger sensing Everyone in the vehicle who has indicator is lit:
system has turned off the front outgrown child restraints should 1. Turn the vehicle off.
outboard passenger frontal airbag wear a safety belt properly —
and knee airbag, the off indicator whether or not there is an airbag for 2. Remove the child restraint from
will light and stay lit to remind you that person. the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
3. Remove any additional items The passenger sensing system to detect that person and enable the
from the seat such as blankets, may or may not turn off the front outboard passenger frontal
cushions, seat covers, seat airbags for a child in a child airbag and knee airbag:
heaters, or seat massagers. restraint depending upon the 1. Turn the vehicle off.
4. Reinstall the child restraint child's size. It is better to
secure a child restraint in a 2. Remove any additional material
following the directions from the seat, such as
provided by the child restraint rear seat.
blankets, cushions, seat
manufacturer and refer to If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an covers, seat heaters, or seat
Securing Child Restraints Adult-Sized Occupant massagers. Also, remove
(Front Passenger Seat) 0 97 or laptops, or other electronic
Securing Child Restraints devices.
(Rear Seat) 0 100.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
5. If, after reinstalling the child upright position.
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still 4. Have the person sit upright in
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then the seat, centered on the seat
slightly recline the vehicle cushion, with legs comfortably
seatback and adjust the seat extended.
cushion, if adjustable, to make 5. Restart the vehicle and have
sure that the vehicle seatback the person remain in this
is not pushing the child position for two to
restraint into the seat cushion. three minutes after the on
Also make sure the child If a person of adult size is sitting in indicator is lit.
restraint is not trapped under the front outboard passenger seat,
the vehicle head restraint. but the off indicator is lit, it could be
If this happens, adjust the head because that person is not sitting
restraint. See Head Restraints properly in the seat. Use the
0 53. following steps to allow the system
6. Restart the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
A thick layer of additional material, . Liquid pooled on the seat that

{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, has not soaked in may make it
or aftermarket equipment such as more likely that the passenger
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat sensing system will turn on the
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the passenger frontal airbag and
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system passenger knee airbag while a
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you child restraint or child occupant
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other is on the seat. If the passenger
resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when frontal airbag and passenger
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific knee airbag are turned on, the
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to on indicator will be lit.
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83 If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about the seat immediately. If the airbag
airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how readiness light is lit, do not install a
the system operates. child restraint or allow anyone to
Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the occupy the seat. See Airbag
System Operation performance of the passenger Readiness Light 0 123 for important
sensing system. Here is how: safety information.
Safety belts help keep the
. The passenger sensing system The on indicator may be lit if an
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and may turn off the passenger object, such as a briefcase,
braking, which helps the passenger frontal airbag and passenger handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
sensing system maintain the knee airbag when liquid is or other electronic device, is put on
passenger airbag status. See soaked into the seat. If this an unoccupied seat. If this is not
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” happens, the off indicator will be desired, remove the object from
in the Index for additional lit, and the airbag readiness light the seat.
information about the importance of on the instrument panel will also
proper restraint use. be lit.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
modules, ceiling or pillar garnish

{ Warning { Warning trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the or airbag wiring.
passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the
passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag Your dealer and the service manual
seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper have information about the location
proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you of the airbag sensors, sensing and
sensing system. are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the In addition, the vehicle has a
Servicing the airbag system. Be sure to follow passenger sensing system for the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and front outboard passenger position,
make sure the person performing which includes sensors that are part
Airbags affect how the vehicle of the passenger seat. The
should be serviced. There are parts work for you is qualified to do so.
passenger sensing system may not
of the airbag system in several operate properly if the original seat
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
Adding Equipment to the trim is replaced with non-GM
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
information about servicing the GM covers, upholstery, or trim
vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any
purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat
Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
Information 0 373. metal, may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top
from working properly. The of the seat fabric, could also
operation of the airbag system can interfere with the operation of the
also be affected by changing or passenger sensing system. This
moving any parts of the front seats, could either prevent proper
safety belts, the airbag sensing and deployment of the passenger
diagnostic module, steering wheel, airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
instrument panel, any of the airbag sensing system from properly
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
turning off the passenger airbag(s).

See Passenger Sensing System Caution Warning (Continued)
0 78.
If an airbag covering is damaged, in serious injury or even death. To
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened, or broken, the airbag help make sure the airbag
airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not systems are working properly
and Wheels 0 317 for additional open or break the airbag after a crash, have them
important information. coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary
If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag replacements made as soon as
because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag possible.
you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module
the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you If an airbag inflates, you will need to
airbags, see Where Are the replace airbag system parts. See
have questions about whether the Airbags? 0 74. See your dealer
airbag system will be affected if the your dealer for service.
for service.
vehicle is modified for any other If the airbag readiness light stays on
reason, call Customer Assistance. after the vehicle is started or comes
See Customer Assistance Offices Replacing Airbag System on when you are driving, the airbag
0 366. Parts after a Crash system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag System Check Airbag Readiness Light 0 123.
{ Warning
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag
replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle.
readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may
Airbag Readiness Light 0 123. not work properly and may not
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown
0 67. If a comfort guide is not abdomen, which could cause
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal
vehicle safety belts.
still does not rest on the injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
. Does the lap belt fit low and 0 67.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older That could cause serious or fatal
children need to use safety belts injuries. The shoulder belt should
properly. go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young
forward increasing the chance of Children
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against,
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
wrapped around a child’s neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) outboard seat. Secure a
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a rear
tightened around a child’s neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's seat. It is also better to secure a
the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant should be forward-facing child restraint in a
to cut it. secured in an appropriate rear seat. If you must secure a
Never leave children unattended restraint. forward-facing child restraint in
in a vehicle and never allow the front outboard seat, always
children to play with the safety move the front passenger seat as
belts. far back as it will go.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
restraint will have a label saying

that it meets federal motor { Warning
vehicle safety standards.
A young child's hip bones are still
The restraint manufacturer so small that the vehicle's regular
instructions that come with the safety belt may not remain low on
restraint state the weight and
the hip bones, as it should.
height limitations for a particular
Instead, it may settle up around
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints the child's abdomen. In a crash,
available for children with the belt would apply force on a
special needs. body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
{ Warning injuries. To reduce the risk of
To reduce the risk of neck and serious or fatal injuries during a
A: Add-on child restraints, which
head injury in a crash, infants and crash, young children should
are purchased by the vehicle
toddlers should be secured in a always be secured in appropriate
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age child restraints.
restraint should take into two, or until they reach the
consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits
weight, height, and age but also of their child restraint.
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint
restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the
A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system.
restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child
against the back of the infant. to see out the window.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to Securing an Add-On Child
keep the infant positioned in the Restraint in the Vehicle
restraint.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the

Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint
copy from the manufacturer.
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning
LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure A child can be seriously injured or
instructions that came with that
people in the vehicle. Be sure to killed in a crash if the child is not
child restraint and the instructions
properly secure any child restraint in properly secured in the child
in this manual.
the vehicle — even when no child is restraint. Secure the child
in it. properly following the instructions
To help reduce the chance of injury, that came with that child restraint.
In some areas of the United States
the child restraint must be secured
and Canada, Certified Child
in the vehicle. Child restraint
Passenger Safety Technicians Where to Put the
systems must be secured in vehicle
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
seats by lap belts or the lap belt Restraint
and demonstrate how to correctly
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
use and install child restraints. In According to accident statistics,
the LATCH system. See Lower
the U.S., refer to the National children and infants are safer when
Anchors and Tethers for Children
Highway Traffic Safety properly restrained in a child
(LATCH System) 0 91. Children can
Administration (NHTSA) website to restraint system or infant restraint
be endangered in a crash if the child
locate the nearest child safety seat system secured in a rear seating
restraint is not properly secured in
inspection station. For CPST position.
the vehicle.
availability in Canada, check with
When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged
restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in
that come with the restraint which a rear seating position.
may be on the restraint itself or in a Never put a rear-facing child seat in
booklet, or both, and to this manual. the front. This is because the risk to
The child restraint instructions are the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
child restraint prevents access to or

{ Warning Warning (Continued) interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the
restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is
or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure installed, be sure to secure the child
airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. restraint properly.
the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System Keep in mind that an unsecured
restraint would be very close to 0 78 for additional information. child restraint can move around in a
the inflating airbag. A child in a collision or sudden stop and injure
forward-facing child restraint can people in the vehicle. Be sure to
be seriously injured or killed if the When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in
front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is
and the passenger seat is in a instructions that came with the child in it.
forward position. restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children
vary considerably in size, and some (LATCH System)
passenger frontal airbag, no
may fit in certain seating positions
system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. The LATCH system secures a child
guarantee that an airbag will not restraint during driving or in a crash.
deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the
LATCH attachments on the child
circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the
restraint are used to attach the child
turned off. child restraint, you may not be able
restraint to the anchors in the
to access adjacent safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints vehicle. The LATCH system is
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
in a rear seat, even if the airbag designed to make installation of a
additional passengers or child
is off. If you secure a child restraint easier.
restraints. Adjacent seating
forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the In order to use the LATCH system in
(Continued) your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must Lower Anchors

rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top
seats can be properly installed tether and anchor.
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight
use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is
LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than
safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs).
the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach
recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these
be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle.
this can be done as long as the Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or built into the vehicle. There are two
properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors lower anchors for each LATCH
with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether seating position that will
lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this accommodate a child restraint with
case, the safety belt must be used lower attachments (2).
Make sure to follow the instructions (with top tether where available) to
that came with the child restraint, secure the child restraint. See
and also the instructions in this Securing Child Restraints (Front
manual. Passenger Seat) 0 97 or Securing
When installing a child restraint with Child Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 100.
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top H (Lower Anchor) : Seating
tethers are designed for use with or positions with two lower anchors.
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint. To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
Lower Anchor and Top Tether lower anchors has two labels, near
Anchor Locations the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of To assist in locating the top tether
the child restraint during driving or in anchors, the top tether anchor
a crash. symbol is on the cover.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Rear Seat
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating
tether to the anchor. positions with top tether anchors.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The top tether anchors are behind Securing a Child Restraint

the rear seat, on the filler panel. Designed for the LATCH
Open the covers to access the System
anchors. Be sure to use an anchor
on the same side of the vehicle as
the seating position where the child { Warning
restraint will be placed. If a LATCH-type child restraint is
Do not secure a child restraint in a not attached to anchors or with
position without a top tether anchor the safety belt, the child restraint
if a national or local law requires will not be able to protect the child
that the top tether be attached, or if correctly. In a crash, the child
the instructions that come with the could be seriously injured or
The outboard lower anchors are child restraint say that the top tether killed. Install a LATCH-type child
behind the vertical openings in the must be attached. restraint properly using the
seat trim. According to accident statistics, anchors, or use the vehicle safety
children and infants are safer when belts to secure the restraint,
properly restrained in a child following the instructions that
restraint system or infant restraint came with the child restraint and
system secured in a rear seating the instructions in this manual.
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 90 for additional
information.
{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

Attaching more than one child tightened around a child’s neck, Do not fold the empty rear seat
restraint to a single anchor could the only way to loosen the belt is with a safety belt buckled. This
cause the anchor or attachment to cut it. could damage the safety belt or
to come loose or even break Buckle any unused safety belts the seat. Unbuckle and return the
during a crash. A child or others behind the child restraint so safety belt to its stowed position,
could be injured. children cannot reach them. Pull before folding the seat.
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock, If you need to secure more than one
{ Warning and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 90.
Children can be seriously injured restraint has been installed. This system is designed to make
or strangled if a shoulder belt is the installation of child restraints
wrapped around their neck. The easier. When using lower anchors,
shoulder belt can tighten but do not use the vehicle's safety belts.
cannot be loosened if it is locked. Caution Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
The shoulder belt locks when it is Do not let the LATCH and child restraint attachments to
pulled all the way out of the attachments rub against the secure the restraints. Some
retractor. It unlocks when the vehicle’s safety belts. This may restraints also use another vehicle
shoulder belt is allowed to go all anchor to secure a top tether.
damage these parts. If necessary,
the way back into the retractor, move buckled safety belts to 1. Attach and tighten the lower
but it cannot do this if it is avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments to the lower
wrapped around a child’s neck. attachments. anchors. If the child restraint
If the shoulder belt is locked and does not have lower
(Continued)
(Continued) attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
restraint with the top tether and 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten
the safety belts. Refer to your the top tether according to
child restraint manufacturer your child restraint
instructions and the instructions and the
instructions in this manual. following instructions:
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on If the position you are
the seat. using does not have a
1.3. Attach and tighten the headrest or head restraint
lower attachments on the and you are using a dual
child restraint to the lower tether, route the tether
anchors. over the seatback.
If the position you are
2. If the child restraint
using does not have a
manufacturer recommends that
headrest or head restraint
the top tether be attached,
and you are using a single
attach and tighten the top
tether, route the tether
tether to the top tether anchor,
over the seatback.
if equipped. Refer to the child
restraint instructions and the
following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor.
2.2. Open the top tether If the position you are
anchor cover to expose using has an adjustable
the anchor. headrest or head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, raise the headrest
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
or head restraint and route at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be
the tether under the to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH
headrest or head restraint back and forth. There should system was not being used at the
and in between the be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of time of the crash.
headrest or head restraint movement for proper
posts. installation. Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
Replacing LATCH System
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
Parts After a Crash seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
{ Warning Where to Put the Restraint 0 90.
A crash can damage the LATCH In addition, the vehicle has a
system in the vehicle. A damaged passenger sensing system which is
LATCH system may not properly designed to turn off the front
secure the child restraint, outboard passenger frontal airbag
If the position you are and knee airbag under certain
using has an adjustable resulting in serious injury or even
conditions. See Passenger Sensing
headrest or head restraint death in a crash. To help make
System 0 78 and Passenger Airbag
and you are using a dual sure the LATCH system is
Status Indicator 0 124.
tether, raise the headrest working properly after a crash,
or head restraint and route see your dealer to have the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the tether under the system inspected and any the front. This is because the risk to
headrest or head restraint necessary replacements made as the rear-facing child is so great,
and around the headrest soon as possible. if the airbag deploys.
or head restraint posts.
3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system
child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a
securely held in place. To crash, new LATCH system parts
check, grasp the child restraint may be needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat rearward as far
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a back as it will go and raise the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. seat upward as far up as it will
go, before securing the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System forward-facing child restraint.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 78 for additional information.
child restraint can be seriously When the passenger sensing
injured or killed if the front system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top outboard passenger frontal
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and airbag and knee airbag, the off
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH indicator on the passenger
System) 0 91 for top tether anchor airbag status indicator should
Even if the passenger sensing locations. light and stay lit when you start
system has turned off the front the vehicle. See Passenger
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger airbag(s), no Airbag Status Indicator 0 124.
position without a top tether anchor
system is fail-safe. No one can
if a national or local law requires 2. Put the child restraint on
guarantee that an airbag will not that the top tether be anchored, or if the seat.
inflate under some unusual the instructions that come with the
circumstance, even though the 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
child restraint say that the top strap the lap and shoulder portions
airbag(s) are off. must be anchored. of the vehicle's safety belt
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that through or around the restraint.
in a rear seat, even if the forward-facing child restraints have The child restraint instructions
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be will show you how.
(Continued) attached.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
belt if needed. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the back into the retractor. When
way out of the retractor to set installing a forward-facing child
the lock. When the retractor restraint, it may be helpful to
lock is set, the belt can be use your knee to push down on
tightened but not pulled out of the child restraint as you
the retractor. tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
4. Push the latch plate into the Steps 5 and 6.
buckle until it clicks.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
7. Before placing a child in the Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that
child restraint, make sure it is forward-facing child restraints have
securely held in place. To
(Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be
check, grasp the child restraint When securing a child restraint in a attached.
at the safety belt path and rear seating position, study the If the child restraint or vehicle seat
attempt to move it side to side instructions that came with the child position does not have the LATCH
and back and forth. When the restraint to make sure it is system, you will be using the safety
child restraint is properly compatible with this vehicle. belt to secure the child restraint in
installed, there should be no this position. Be sure to follow the
If the child restraint has the LATCH
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of instructions that came with the child
system, see Lower Anchors and
movement. restraint. Secure the child in the
Tethers for Children (LATCH
If the airbags are off, the off System) 0 91 for how and where to child restraint when and as the
indicator in the passenger airbag install the child restraint using instructions say.
status indicator will come on and LATCH. If a child restraint is secured If more than one child restraint
stay on when the vehicle is started. in the vehicle using a safety belt needs to be installed in the rear
If a child restraint has been installed and it uses a top tether, see Lower seat, be sure to read Where to Put
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the Anchors and Tethers for Children the Restraint 0 90.
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child (LATCH System) 0 91 for top tether
anchor locations. 1. Put the child restraint on
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing the seat.
System 0 78. Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
To remove the child restraint, the lap and shoulder portions
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if of the vehicle safety belt
let it return to the stowed position. through or around the restraint.
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap The child restraint instructions
must be anchored. will show you how.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
3. Push the latch plate into the

buckle until it clicks. If the latch
plate will not go fully into the
buckle, check if the correct
buckle is being used.
if necessary.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the 5. To tighten the belt, push down
belt, if needed. on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set Try to pull the belt out of the
the lock. When the retractor retractor to make sure the
lock is set, the belt can be retractor is locked. If the
tightened but not pulled out of retractor is not locked, repeat
the retractor. Steps 4 and 5.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
6. If the child restraint has a top

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 91 for more
information.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Storage 103
Storage Storage storage area may contain a USB

port, SD card reader, and auxiliary
Compartments jack. See the infotainment manual.
Storage Compartments Keep the storage area door closed
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 103 { Warning while driving.
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 103 Touch the bottom of the climate
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments. control system again until the door
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 automatically starts to close.
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 104 cause the cover to open and
could result in injury. Glove Box
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Instrument Panel Storage
To open, press the button. Close the

glove box manually.
Touch the bottom of the climate

control system panel until the door
automatically starts to open. The
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
104 Storage
Cupholders Power Retractable Cover Center Console Storage

Anti-Pinch Feature
If any object is in the path of the
power cover when it is active, the
cover will stop at the obstruction
and auto-reverse to a preset
position. The cover will return to
normal operation after the
obstruction is removed.
Armrest Storage
Cupholders in the front center Press the button to access the

console have a power retractable storage area in front of the armrest
cover. Push the handle forward to cover.
express open. Pull the handle Press the button on the driver side
rearward to express close. of the cover to access the storage
The power cover will operate when area under the armrest. There are
the vehicle door is opened and in two USB ports, an SD card reader,
ACC, RUN, or Retained Accessory a power outlet, and an input jack
Power (RAP) mode. The cover can inside.
be opened or closed manually by
pushing or pulling the handle. See Pull the armrest down to access the
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) rear seat storage area and
0 206. cupholders.
Press the latch to open the
storage area.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Storage 105
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
If equipped, press the top of the

door to open the storage area on
the rear of the center console.
If equipped, there is a power outlet
inside.
The cargo tie-downs can be used to

secure small loads inside the trunk.
Convenience Net
If equipped, the convenience net is
in the rear. Put small loads behind
the net. It can also be positioned
into an envelope style to hold
smaller items. The net is not for
heavier loads. Store items as far
forward as you can.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
106 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Engine Oil Temperature Gauge

(Performance
Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
132
Controls Configuration Only) . . . . . . . . . 121
Engine Coolant Temperature
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
Adaptive Forward Lighting
132
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 123 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 107 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 123 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 133
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 108 Passenger Airbag Status Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 108 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 125 Information Displays
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Driver Information
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 108 Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 125 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 136
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Brake System Warning
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Vehicle Messages
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . 127 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Service Electric Parking Brake Battery Voltage and Charging
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Indicators Antilock Brake System (ABS) Brake System Messages . . . . . 140
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 141
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 141
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 142
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 129 Engine Cooling System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 129 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 142
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Engine Power Messages . . . . . 143
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 143
Boost Gauge (Performance Engine Coolant Temperature Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 143
Configuration Only) . . . . . . . . . 120 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Object Detection System
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 131 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 131
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Instruments and Controls 107
Ride Control System Controls Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Airbag System Messages . . . . 149
Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 149 Steering Wheel
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Adjustment
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 150
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 151
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 151
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 151
Vehicle Personalization If equipped, the control is on the left
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 152 side of the steering column.
. Push the control up or down to
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 159 tilt the steering wheel up
To adjust the steering wheel: or down.
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 1. Pull the lever down. . Push the control forward or
Universal Remote System 2. Move the steering wheel up rearward to move the steering
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 or down. wheel toward the front or rear of
the vehicle.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place. To set the power tilt wheel memory
position, see Memory Seats 0 59.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Steering Wheel Controls Horn INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Move

the lever up to INT for intermittent
The infotainment system can be Press a on the steering wheel pad wipes, then turn the x INT band
operated by using the steering to sound the horn.
wheel controls. See "Steering up for more frequent wipes or down
Wheel Controls" in the infotainment for less frequent wipes.
manual.
Windshield Wiper/Washer If the windshield wipers are in use
for about six seconds while driving,
Heated Steering Wheel the exterior lamps come on
automatically if the exterior lamp
control is in AUTO. See
“Wiper-Activated Headlamps” later
in this section.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
With the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, 1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly
move the windshield wiper lever to move the wiper lever down. For
select the wiper speed. several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
( (Heated Steering Wheel, If LO : Use for slow wipes. blades and windshield before using
Equipped) : Press to turn the them. If frozen to the windshield,
heated steering wheel on or off. carefully loosen or thaw them.
A light next to the button displays Damaged blades should be
when the feature is turned on. replaced. See Wiper Blade
The steering wheel takes about Replacement 0 288.
three minutes to be fully heated. Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor. See Electrical System
Overload 0 291.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Wiper Parking windshield wiper. To turn this feature Wiper Arm Assembly Protection
When using intermittent or on or off, see “Rain Sense Wipers” If equipped with wiper arm assembly
Rainsense™ wipes, the wipers under Vehicle Personalization protection, when using an automatic
pause briefly on the windshield. 0 152. car wash, move the windshield
If the wiper lever is moved to OFF Keep this area of the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This disables
or if Rainsense and additional wipes clear of debris to allow for best the automatic Rainsense windshield
are not required, the wipers may system performance. wipers.
move to the base of the windshield. INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity With Rainsense, if the transmission
If the ignition is put in OFF while the Control) : When enabled, move the is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle
wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they windshield wiper lever to INT. Turn speed is very slow, the wipers will
will immediately stop. the x INT band on the wiper lever automatically stop at the base of the
If the windshield wiper lever is then to adjust the sensitivity. windshield.
moved to OFF before the driver The wiper operations return to
door is opened or within 10 minutes, normal when the transmission is no
the wipers will restart and move to longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle
the base of the windshield. speed has increased.
If the ignition is put in OFF while the n L(Windshield Washer) : Pull the
wipers are performing wipes due to windshield wiper lever toward you to
windshield washing or Rainsense spray windshield washer fluid and
wipes, the wipers continue to run . Turn the band up for more activate the wipers. The wipers will
until they reach the base of the sensitivity to moisture. continue until the lever is released
windshield. . Turn the band down for less or the maximum wash time is
sensitivity to moisture. reached. When the windshield wiper
Rainsense lever is released, additional wipes
. Move the windshield wiper lever may occur depending on how long
If equipped with Rainsense, a
sensor near the top center of the out of the INT position to the windshield washer had been
windshield detects the amount of deactivate Rainsense. activated. See Washer Fluid 0 283
water on the windshield and for information on filling the
controls the frequency of the windshield washer fluid reservoir.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
System (GPS) antenna, Setting the Clock

{ Warning StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed
information. Time
In freezing weather, do not use
The compass system is designed to To set the time:
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer operate for a certain number of 1. From the Home Page, touch
fluid can form ice on the miles or degrees of turn before the SETTINGS screen button,
windshield, blocking your vision. needing a signal from the GPS then touch Time and Date.
satellites. When the compass
2. Touch Set Time, then touch +
display shows CAL, drive the
Wiper-Activated Headlamps or − to increase or decrease
vehicle for a short distance in an
hours or minutes, and change
This feature activates the open area where it can receive a
AM or PM.
headlamps and parking lamps after GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a 3. Touch 12-24 Hr for a 12 or
the windshield wipers have been in
GPS signal is restored and provide 24 hour clock.
use for about six seconds. For this
a heading again. See Compass
feature to work, the exterior lamp
Messages 0 141 for the messages 4. Touch [ Back to go back to the
control must be in AUTO. previous menu.
that may be displayed for the
The wiper-activated headlamps compass. Date
immediately turn off when the
ignition is turned to LOCK/OFF, To set the date:
Clock
or the windshield wiper control is 1. Touch the SETTINGS screen
turned off. The infotainment system controls button and touch Time
are used to access the time and and Date.
Compass date settings through the menu
system. See “Home Page” in the 2. Touch Set Date and touch + or
The vehicle may have a compass infotainment manual for information − to increase or decrease
display on the Driver Information about how to use the menu system. month, day, or year.
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information 3. Touch [ Back to go back to the
from the Global Positioning previous menu.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Auto Set 2. Touch Clock Display, then Lift the cover to access the
When on, the time and date will select Off or On. accessory power outlet.
automatically update. 3. Touch [ Back to go back to the Certain electrical accessories may
To set auto set: previous menu. not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen overload a vehicle circuit breaker or
button, then touch Time Power Outlets adapter fuse. If overloaded, the
and Date. Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct circuit breaker will reset after all
2. Touch Set Time or Set Date. Current devices are disconnected or if
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is
3. Touch Auto Set, then select Accessory power outlets can be
turned off and then back on. See
On-Cell Network or Off-Manual used to plug in electrical equipment,
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
to manually set the time such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
0 206. Wait one minute to allow the
and date. The vehicle has three 12-volt circuit breaker to reset before
4. Touch [ Back to go back to the accessory power outlets: reconnecting devices or turning
previous menu. . Inside the center console RAP back on. If the problem
storage in front of the armrest continues, the issue could be within
If auto set is on, the time displayed your device. Try another known
cover.
on the clock may not update good device to make sure the circuit
immediately when driving into a new . Inside the storage area under breaker is operating properly. If this
time zone. the armrest cover. does not resolve your problem, see
Clock Display . On the rear of the center your dealer.
console, if equipped. It is possible to replace the factory
When on, the digital clock will
display on the infotainment screen. These outlets are powered while the power outlet with a cigar lighter
vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or receptacle, if desired. This requires
To set the clock display: ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until the factory installed circuit breaker
1. Touch the SETTINGS screen the driver door is opened within to be replaced with a standard
button and touch Time 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. minifuse by the dealer. A minifuse
and Date. will not reset and will have to be
replace if blown.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Power Outlet 110/120 Volt The indicator light does not come on
Caution Alternating Current when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
if the equipment is not fully seated
Failure to replace the circuit If equipped, this power outlet is into the outlet.
breaker with the minifuse could inside the center console. It can be
overheat the cigar lighter and used to plug in electrical equipment If equipment is connected using
damage the vehicle. that uses a maximum limit of 150 more than 150 watts or a system
watts. fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
When adding electrical equipment, indicator light turns off. To reset the
be sure to follow the proper circuit, unplug the item and plug it
installation instructions included with back in or turn the Retained
the equipment. See Add-On Accessory Power (RAP) off and
Electrical Equipment 0 259. then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 206. The
Caution power restarts when equipment
using 150 watts or less is plugged
Hanging heavy equipment from into the outlet and a system fault is
the power outlet can cause not detected.
damage not covered by the The power outlet is not designed for
vehicle warranty. The power the following and may not work
outlets are designed for properly, if this equipment is
accessory power plugs only, such An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light plugged in:
as cell phone charge cords.
comes on when the ignition is in . Equipment with high initial peak
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less wattage such as:
than 150 watts is plugged into the compressor-driven refrigerators
outlet, and no system fault is and electric power tools.
detected. . Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply
such as:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
microcomputer-controlled (RAP). The wireless charging

electric blankets, touch sensor feature may not correctly indicate
lamps, etc. charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
. Medical equipment. See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 206.
Wireless Charging The operating temperature is −20 °C
(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
The vehicle may have wireless charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
charging in the storage behind the 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone.
climate control system. See
Instrument Panel Storage 0 103.
The system wirelessly charges one { Warning
PMA or Qi compatible mobile
Remove all metal objects from the
device. To check for phone or other
charging pad before charging
device compatibility, see
www.gmtotalconnect.com. your mobile device. Metal objects,
such as coins, keys, rings,
or paper clips, between the phone
{ Warning and charging pad will become
Wireless charging can affect the very hot. On the rare occasion
operation of an implanted that the charging system does not
pacemaker or other medical detect a metal object, and the
devices. If you have one, it is object gets wedged between the
recommended to consult with phone and charger, remove the
your doctor before using the phone and allow the metallic
wireless charging system. object to cool before removing it To charge a mobile device:
from the charging pad, to prevent 1. Open the climate control
burns. system panel.
The vehicle must be in ON/RUN/
START, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or Retained Accessory Power
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
2. Remove all objects from the Warning Lights, Some warning lights come on briefly
charging pad. The system may when the engine is started to
not charge if there are any Gauges, and indicate they are working. When
objects on the charging pad. one of the warning lights comes on
Indicators and stays on while driving, or when
3. Place the mobile device face
Warning lights and gauges can one of the gauges shows there may
up on the @ symbol on the signal that something is wrong be a problem, check the section that
charging pad. before it becomes serious enough explains what to do. Waiting to do
4. The ~ will display on the V to cause an expensive repair or repairs can be costly and even
replacement. Paying attention to the dangerous.
on the infotainment screen.
This indicates that the mobile warning lights and gauges could
device is properly positioned prevent injury.
and charging. If a phone is
placed on the charging pad
and ~ does not display,
remove the phone from the
pad, and wait three seconds
before placing/aligning the
phone on the pad again.
Keep the storage door closed while
driving.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Instrument Cluster
English Base Cluster with Auto Stop Shown, Metric Similar

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
English Uplevel Balanced Cluster Shown, Metric Similar

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Reconfigurable Instrument Use the five-way control on the right

Cluster side of the steering wheel to move
between the different display zones
The uplevel cluster display layout and scroll through the different
can be changed. displays.
To change the cluster configuration:
1. Find the Options page in one of
the interactive display zones on
Enhanced Configuration the cluster.
The Enhanced configuration has 2. Press SEL to enter the
three interactive display zones. Options menu.
3. Scroll down to highlight Display
Balanced Configuration Layout. Then press SEL to
select it.
The Balanced configuration has
three interactive display zones: one 4. Each layout in the menu is
in the center of each of the gauges. represented by a small preview
image of the display layout.
Scroll up or down and highlight
the selection. Press SEL to
select the desired cluster
Performance Configuration (CTS-V
configuration.
Series and V Sport Only)
5. Exit the Display Layout menu
The Performance configuration has
two interactive display zones. by pressing S.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Cluster Application Displays or scroll through contacts. If there is Primary and SEEK Primary. This
an active call, mute the phone or selection allows for configuration of
The cluster can display information
switch to handset operation. the C and B steering wheel
regarding Navigation, Audio, and
Phone. On the base cluster, a Cluster Options Menu controls. When FAV Primary is
speedometer can also be displayed selected, pressing C and B will go
in the center zone. To enter the cluster Options menu:
to the next or previous favorite and
1. Use the five-way control on the pressing and holding C and B will
Navigation right side of the steering wheel seek. When SEEK Primary is
If there is no active route, a to find the Options page in one
compass will be displayed. If there of the interactive display zones selected, pressing C and B will
is an active route, press SEL to end on the cluster. seek and pressing and holding C
route guidance or turn the voice 2. Press SEL on the center of the and B will go to the next or
prompts on or off. five-way control to enter the previous favorite.
Audio Options menu. Display Layout : Press SEL while
While the Audio application page is Units : Press SEL while Units is Display Layout is highlighted to
displayed, press SEL to enter the highlighted to enter the Unit menu. change the configuration of the
Audio menu. In the Audio menu, Choose English or metric units by uplevel cluster. See “Reconfigurable
search for music, select from pressing SEL while the desired item Instrument Cluster” earlier in this
favorites, or change the audio is highlighted. A checkmark will be section.
source displayed next to the selected item. Open Source Software : Press
Phone Info Pages : Press SEL while Info SEL while Open Source Software is
Pages is highlighted to select the highlighted to display open source
While the Phone application page is items to be displayed in the DIC info software information.
displayed, press SEL to enter the displays. See Driver Information
Phone menu. In the Phone menu, Center (DIC) 0 134.
if there is no active phone call, view
recent calls, select from favorites, Fav Button Options : Press SEL
while Fav Button Options is
highlighted to select between FAV
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Speedometer tachometer indicates the vehicle Fuel Gauge

status. When pointing to AUTO
The speedometer shows the STOP, the engine is off but the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers vehicle is on and can move. The
per hour (km/h) or miles per engine could auto start at any time.
hour (mph). When the indicator points to OFF,
the vehicle is off.
Odometer When the engine is on, the
The odometer shows how far the tachometer will indicate the engine’s
vehicle has been driven, in either revolutions per minute (rpm). The
kilometers or miles. tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpm’s, during auto stop
Trip Odometer mode, when the engine is shutting
off and restarting.
The trip odometer shows how far Base Level
the vehicle has been driven since A slight bump may be felt when the
the trip odometer was last reset. transmission is determining the
most fuel efficient operating range.
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver Caution
Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
If the engine is operated with the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
Tachometer high end of the tachometer, the
The tachometer displays the engine vehicle could be damaged, and
speed in revolutions per the damage would not be covered
minute (rpm). by the vehicle warranty. Do not
On the Base cluster, if the vehicle operate the engine with the rpm’s
has the Stop/Start system, when the in the warning area.
ignition is in ON/RUN, the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

. At the service station, the fuel Boost Gauge
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
(Performance
. It takes a little more or less fuel
Configuration Only)
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
Uplevel Balanced Configuration
turning a corner or speeding up.
Shown
. The gauge takes a few seconds
When the ignition is on, the fuel to stabilize after the ignition is
gauge indicates about how much turned on, and goes back to
fuel is left in the tank. Metric
empty when the ignition is
There is an arrow near the fuel turned off.
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Engine Oil Temperature

Gauge (Performance
Configuration Only)
English English
This gauge indicates boost under This gauge shows the engine oil
heavier throttle. temperature.
It displays the air pressure level in Metric If the gauge pointer moves into the
the intake manifold before it enters high end, it means that the engine
the engine's combustion chamber. oil has overheated. If the vehicle
The gauge is automatically centered has been operated under normal
at zero every time the engine is driving conditions, pull off the road,
started. Actual boost is displayed stop the vehicle, and turn off the
from this zero point. Changes in engine as soon as possible.
ambient pressure, such as driving in See Engine Oil 0 271.
mountains and changing weather,
will slightly change the zero reading.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
English Base Level English Uplevel Balanced

Configuration Shown
Metric Base Level This gauge measures the

temperature of the vehicle's engine.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the red area, the engine
is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
Metric Uplevel Balanced

Configuration Shown
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt grocery bag, laptop, or other
Reminder Light electronic device. To turn off the
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light and/or chime, remove
Light There is a passenger safety belt the object from the seat or buckle
reminder light near the passenger the safety belt.
There is a driver safety belt airbag status indicator. See
reminder light on the instrument Passenger Sensing System 0 78.
cluster. Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
When the vehicle is started, this the crash sensing and diagnostic
When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come module. For more information on the
light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten airbag system, see Airbag System
on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays 0 72.
their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled.
on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if
This cycle may continue several the passenger remains or becomes
times if the driver remains or unbuckled while the vehicle is
becomes unbuckled while the moving.
vehicle is moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the
neither the light nor the chime light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on
comes on. for several seconds when the
The front passenger safety belt vehicle is started. If the light does
reminder light and chime may turn not come on then, have it fixed
on if an object is put on the seat immediately.
such as a briefcase, handbag,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

{ Warning and knee airbag are allowed to
inflate.
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or If the word OFF or the off symbol is
comes on while driving, it means lit on the airbag status indicator, it
the airbag system might not be means that the passenger sensing
working properly. The airbags in United States system has turned off the front
the vehicle might not inflate in a outboard passenger frontal airbag
and knee airbag.
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid If, after several seconds, both status
injury, have the vehicle serviced indicator lights remain on, or if there
right away. are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
Canada and Mexico passenger sensing system. See
If there is a problem with the airbag your dealer for service.
system, a Driver Information Center When the vehicle is started, the
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
{ Warning
0 149. for on and off for several seconds If the airbag readiness light ever
as a system check. Then, after comes on and stays on, it means
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status that something may be wrong
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF, with the airbag system. To help
or the on or off symbol to let you avoid injury to yourself or others,
The vehicle has a passenger know the status of the front
sensing system. See Passenger have the vehicle serviced right
Sensing System 0 78 for important away. See Airbag Readiness
and knee airbag.
safety information. The passenger Light 0 123 for more information,
airbag status indicator is in the If the word ON or the on symbol is including important safety
overhead console. lit on the passenger airbag status information.
indicator, it means that the front
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Charging System Light If a short distance must be driven Malfunctions are often indicated by
with the light on, be sure to turn off the system before any problem is
all accessories, such as the radio noticeable. Being aware of the light
and air conditioner. and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Caution
Light) If the vehicle is driven continually
On some vehicles the charging
This light is part of the vehicle’s with this light on, the emission
system light comes on briefly when
emission control on-board control system may not work as
the ignition is turned on, but the
engine is not running, as a check to diagnostic system. If this light is on well, the fuel economy may be
show the light is working. It should while the engine is running, a lower, and the vehicle may not
go out when the engine is started. malfunction has been detected and run smoothly. This could lead to
For vehicles with a reconfigurable the vehicle may require service. The costly repairs that might not be
cluster, this light may not come on light should come on to show that it covered by the vehicle warranty.
when the ignition is turned on. is working when the ignition is in
Service Only Mode. See Ignition
If the light stays on, or comes on Positions 0 202.
while driving, there may be a Caution
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your Modifications to the engine,
dealer. Driving while this light is on transmission, exhaust, intake,
could drain the battery. or fuel system, or the use of
When this light comes on, or is replacement tires that do not
flashing, the Driver Information meet the original tire
Center (DIC) also displays a specifications, can cause this light
message. to come on. This could lead to
See Battery Voltage and Charging (Continued)
Messages 0 140.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
previous guidelines and see your least one full tank of the proper
Caution (Continued) dealer for service as soon as fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
possible. 0 250.
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also If the light is on steady : A If the light remains on, see your
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass malfunction has been detected. dealer.
an Emissions Inspection/ Diagnosis and service may be
required. Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance test. See Maintenance Programs
Accessories and Modifications Check the following:
0 261. If the vehicle requires an Emissions
. If fuel has been added to the Inspection/Maintenance test, the
vehicle using the capless funnel test equipment will likely connect to
If the light is flashing : A adapter, make sure that it has the vehicle's Data Link
malfunction has been detected that been removed. See “Filling the Connector (DLC).
could damage the emission control Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
system and increase vehicle under Filling the Tank 0 252.
emissions. Diagnosis and service The diagnostic system can
may be required. detect if the adapter has been
left installed in the vehicle,
To help prevent damage, reduce allowing fuel to evaporate into
vehicle speed and avoid hard the atmosphere. A few driving
accelerations and uphill grades. trips with the adapter removed
If towing a trailer, reduce the may turn off the light. The DLC is under the instrument
amount of cargo being hauled as panel to the left of the steering
soon as possible. . Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and wheel. Connecting devices that are
If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go not used to perform an Emissions
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed Inspection/Maintenance test or to
off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the service the vehicle may affect
before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at vehicle operation See Add-On
light is still flashing, follow the Electrical Equipment 0 259. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the
inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking Warning (Continued)
. The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to
be working. Driving with the brake system
is running. warning light on can lead to a
. The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there crash. If the light is still on after
when the ignition is in Service is a brake problem. Have the brake the vehicle has been pulled off
Only Mode. system inspected right away. the road and carefully stopped,
. Critical emission control systems have the vehicle towed for
have not been completely service.
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for Parking Brake Light
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving Metric English
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if This light comes on briefly when the
the 12-volt battery has recently vehicle is turned on. If it does not
been replaced or run down, or if come on then, have it fixed so it will
the vehicle has been recently be ready to warn if there is a Metric English
serviced. problem.
See your dealer if the vehicle will If the light comes on and stays on, This light comes on when the
not pass or cannot be made ready there is a brake problem. parking brake is applied. If the light
for the test. continues flashing after the parking
Brake System Warning

{ Warning brake is released, or while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric
The brake system might not be Parking Brake system or another
Light system. A message may also
working properly if the brake
The vehicle brake system consists system warning light is on. display in the Driver Information
of two hydraulic circuits. If one Center (DIC). See Brake System
circuit is not working, the remaining (Continued) Messages 0 140.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
If the light does not come on, displays in the Driver Information If the ABS light is the only light on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer. Center (DIC), see Brake System the vehicle has regular brakes, but
Messages 0 140. the antilock brakes are not
Service Electric Parking functioning.
Brake Light Antilock Brake System If both the ABS and the brake
(ABS) Warning Light system warning light are on, the
vehicle's antilock brakes are not
functioning and there is a problem
with the regular brakes. See your
dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 127 and Brake System Messages
On some vehicles the service 0 140.
electric parking brake light should This light comes on briefly when the
come on briefly when the vehicle is engine is started. Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
in ON/RUN. If it does not come on, If the light does not come on, have it Light
have it fixed so it will be ready to fixed so it will be ready to warn if
warn if there is a problem. For there is a problem.
vehicles with the reconfigurable
cluster, this light may not come on If the light comes on while driving,
when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. stop as soon as it is safely possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then start
If this light stays on, there is a the engine again to reset the
problem with a system on the system. If the ABS light stays on,
vehicle that is causing the parking or comes on again while driving, the For some vehicles, this light comes
brake system to work at a reduced vehicle needs service. A chime may on briefly while starting the vehicle.
level. The vehicle can still be driven, also sound when the light comes on If it does not come on, have the
but should be taken to a dealer as steady. vehicle serviced.
soon as possible. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 214. If a message
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
For vehicles with the uplevel cluster, If equipped, this indicator will The traction off light comes on when
this light may not come on when display green when a vehicle is the Traction Control System (TCS)
starting the vehicle. detected ahead and amber when has been turned off by pressing and
This light is green if LKA is available you are following a vehicle ahead releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak
to assist. much too closely. button.
LKA may assist by gently turning See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) This light and the StabiliTrak OFF
the steering wheel if the vehicle System 0 242. light come on when StabiliTrak is
approaches a detected lane marking turned off.
without using the turn signal in that Traction Off Light If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
direction. The LKA light will turn limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
amber. See Traction Control/Electronic
This light is amber and flashes as a Stability Control 0 216.
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert, to indicate that the lane StabiliTrak® OFF Light
marking has been crossed.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 248. This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
Vehicle Ahead Indicator have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off. For vehicles with a
reconfigurable cluster, this light is in This light comes on briefly while
the display area and it may not starting the engine. If it does not,
come on when the ignition is have the vehicle serviced by your
turned on. dealer.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the is working normally the indicator
StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak light goes off. For vehicles with the
If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. A DIC reconfigurable cluster, this light may
Control System (TCS) is also off. message may display. Check the not come on when starting the
If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, DIC messages to determine which vehicle.
the system does not assist in feature(s) is no longer functioning
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the and whether the vehicle requires Caution
TCS and the StabiliTrak systems service.
and the warning light turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the The engine coolant temperature
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system warning light indicates that the
See Traction Control/Electronic vehicle has overheated. Driving
Stability Control 0 216. is actively working.
with this light on can damage the
See Traction Control/Electronic engine and it may not be covered
Traction Control System Stability Control 0 216.
by the vehicle warranty. See
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light Engine Overheating 0 281.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning The engine coolant temperature
Light warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens pull over and turn off
the engine as soon as possible. See
This light comes on briefly when the Engine Overheating 0 281.
engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. On some vehicles this light comes
If the system is working normally, on briefly while starting the vehicle.
the indicator light turns off. If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by the dealer. If the system
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and

Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle. This light should come on briefly as
See Tire Pressure Monitor the engine is started. If it does not
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 311. come on, have the vehicle serviced
Monitor System (TPMS), this light by your dealer.
comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it
started. It provides information means that oil is not flowing through
about tire pressures and the TPMS. Caution the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
When the Light Is On Steady
Lack of proper engine oil some other system problem. See
This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the your dealer.
the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine oil
underinflated. low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light
A Driver Information Center (DIC) The repairs would not be covered
tire pressure message may also by the vehicle warranty. Check
display. See Tire Messages 0 150. the oil level as soon as possible.
Stop as soon as possible, and Add oil if required, but if the oil
inflate the tires to the pressure value level is within the operating range
shown on the Tire and Loading and the oil pressure is still low,
Information label. See Tire Pressure have the vehicle serviced. Always
0 308. follow the maintenance schedule This light is near the fuel gauge and
for changing engine oil. comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working. For vehicles with a
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
reconfigurable cluster, this light is in On some vehicles the immobilizer IntelliBeam® Light
the display area and may not come light should come on briefly as the
on when the ignition is turned on. engine is started. If it does not come
It also comes on when the fuel tank on, have the vehicle serviced by
is low on fuel. The light turns off your dealer. If the system is working
when fuel is added. If it does not, normally, the indicator light turns off.
have the vehicle serviced. For vehicles with the reconfigurable
cluster, this light may not come on
when the engine is started.
Auto Stop Mode This light comes on when the
If the light stays on and the engine IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
does not start, there could be a enabled.
problem with the theft-deterrent
See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163.
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 44.
Adaptive Forward
High-Beam On Light Lighting (AFL) Light
This light comes on when the
engine is in an Auto Stop.
See Starting the Engine 0 204.
Security Light
This light comes on when the This light should come on briefly as
high-beam headlamps are in use. the vehicle is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam by your dealer. For vehicles with a
Changer 0 165. reconfigurable cluster, this light is in
the display area and may not come
on when the ignition is turned on.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
This light comes on solid when The cruise control light is white Door Ajar Light
there is a problem with the AFL when the cruise control is on and
system. It flashes when the system ready, and turns green when the
is switching between lighting cruise control is set and active.
modes. See Adaptive Forward See Cruise Control 0 224.
Lighting (AFL) 0 167.
Adaptive Cruise Control Light
Lamps On Reminder
This light is white when the Adaptive

For vehicles equipped with this light,
This light comes on when the Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is
it comes on when a door is open or
exterior lamps are in use. See on and ready, and turns green when
not securely latched. Before driving,
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163. the ACC is set and active. See
check that all doors are properly
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227.
closed. See Door Ajar Messages
Cruise Control Light 0 142 for more information.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Information Displays S or T : Press to move between DIC Information Displays

the interactive display zones in the The following is the list of all
Driver Information cluster. Press S to go back to the possible DIC information displays.
Center (DIC) previous menu. Some of the information displays
SEL (Select) : Press to open a may not be available for your
The DIC displays are shown in the particular vehicle.
menu or select a menu item. Press
left and right interactive display
and hold to reset values on certain Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
zones on the instrument cluster. The
screens. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
displays show the status of many
miles per hour (mph).
vehicle systems. The controls for DIC Information Display
the DIC are on the right steering Options Trip 1 and Trip 2 (Base Cluster) /
wheel control. Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average Fuel
The information displays on the DIC Economy (Uplevel Cluster) :
can be turned on or off through the Shows the current distance traveled,
Options menu. in either kilometers (km) or
1. Press SEL while viewing the miles (mi), since the trip odometer
Options page in the center was last reset. The trip odometer
display zone on the cluster. can be reset by pressing and
holding SEL while this display is
2. Scroll to Info Pages and active.
press SEL.
The average fuel economy shows
3. Press y or z to move the approximate average liters per
through the list of possible 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles
information displays. per gallon (mpg). This number is
4. Press SEL while an item is calculated based on the number of
highlighted to select or L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
y or z : Press to move up or deselect that item. When an last time this menu item was reset.
down in a list. item is selected, a checkmark This number reflects only the
will appear next to it. approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
will change as driving conditions Economy can be reset by pressing active and the timer is running. To
change. The Average Fuel and holding SEL while this display reset the timer to zero, press and
Economy can be reset along with is active. hold SEL while this display is active.
the trip odometer by pressing and Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Compass (Base Cluster) : Shows
holding SEL while this display is Shows the current fuel economy in the direction the vehicle is driving.
active. either liters per 100 kilometers Turn Arrow : Shows the next
Fuel Range : Shows the (L/100 km) or miles per maneuver when using route
approximate distance the vehicle gallon (mpg). This number reflects guidance.
can be driven without refueling. only the approximate fuel economy
LOW will be displayed when the that the vehicle has right now and Estimated Time to Arrival : Shows
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel changes frequently as driving the estimated time until arrival at
range estimate is based on an conditions change. your destination.
average of the vehicle's fuel Average Speed : Shows the Distance to Destination : Shows
economy over recent driving history average speed of the vehicle in the distance to the destination when
and the amount of fuel remaining in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles using route guidance.
the fuel tank. per hour (mph). This average is Speed Limit : Shows the current
Average Fuel Economy (Base calculated based on the various speed limit on vehicles with the
Cluster) : Shows the approximate vehicle speeds recorded since the navigation system. The information
average liters per 100 kilometers last reset of this value. The average for this page comes from a roadway
(L/100 km) or miles per speed can be reset by pressing and database.
gallon (mpg). This number is holding SEL while this display is
calculated based on the number of active. Speed Warning : Allows the driver
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the to set a speed that they do not want
Timer : This display can be used as to exceed. To set the Speed
last time this menu item was reset. a timer. To start the timer, press SEL
This number reflects only the Warning, press SEL when Speed
while this display is active. The
approximate average fuel economy Warning is displayed. Press y or
display will show the amount of time
that the vehicle has right now, and that has passed since the timer was z to adjust the value. This feature
will change as driving conditions last reset. To stop the timer, press can be turned off by pressing and
change. The Average Fuel SEL briefly while this display is holding SEL while viewing this
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
page. If the selected speed limit is Battery Voltage : Shows the press and hold SEL for several
exceeded, a pop-up warning is current battery voltage. seconds while the Oil Life display is
displayed and a chime may sound. Engine Boost : Shows the current active. See Engine Oil Life System
Best Fuel Economy : Displays amount of boost being added. 0 273.
average fuel economy, the best fuel Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the Tire Pressure : Shows the
economy over the selected oil's remaining useful life. approximate pressures of all four
distance, and a bar graph showing If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
instantaneous fuel economy. displayed, that means 99% of the either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
Driver Assistance (Uplevel current oil life remains. per square inch (psi). If the pressure
Cluster) : Shows information for is low, the value for that tire is
When the remaining oil life is low, shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA), Lane the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
Departure Warning (LDW), Adaptive Monitor System 0 310 and Tire
message will appear on the display. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 311.
Cruise Control (ACC), and Forward See Engine Oil Messages 0 142.
Collision Alert (FCA). The oil should be changed as soon Vehicle Odometer (Base
Performance Timer (CTS-V as possible. See Engine Oil 0 271. Cluster) : Shows the odometer.
Only) : Shows the last performance In addition to the engine oil life Blank Page : The Blank Page
time recorded. Press and hold SEL system monitoring the oil life, display allows for no information to
while viewing the performance timer additional maintenance is be displayed in the DIC display
to reset and stop the timer. Press recommended in the Maintenance zone(s).
SEL to enter the performance timer Schedule. See Maintenance
menu. In the menu, set the start Schedule 0 347. Head-Up Display (HUD)
speed, set the end speed, and reset The Oil Life display must be reset
the timer. after each oil change. It will not { Warning
Cruise Set Speed : Shows the reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
speed the cruise control or Adaptive Life display accidentally at any time If the HUD image is too bright or
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is other than when the oil has just too high in your field of view, it
set to. been changed. It cannot be reset may take you more time to see
accurately until the next oil change. (Continued)
To reset the engine oil life system,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
reading and other numerical values . Tachometer

Warning (Continued) can be displayed in either English or . Audio
metric units.
things you need to see when it is . Phone
dark outside. Be sure to keep the The language selection is changed
through the radio and the units of . Navigation
HUD image dim and placed low in
your field of view. measurement is changed through . Collision Alert
the instrument cluster. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 152 and “Cluster . Cruise Control
If equipped with HUD, some Settings Menu” under Instrument . Lane Keep Assist
information concerning the Cluster 0 115.
operation of the vehicle is projected . Low Fuel
onto the windshield. The image is Some vehicle messages or alerts
projected through the HUD lens on displayed in the HUD may be
top of the instrument panel. The cleared by using the steering wheel
information appears as an image controls. See Vehicle Messages
focused out toward the front of the 0 140.
vehicle.
Caution
If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use HUD Display on the Vehicle
the HUD image as a parking aid. Windshield
The HUD may display some of the
The HUD information can be following vehicle information and The HUD control is to the left of the
displayed in various languages in vehicle messages or alerts: steering wheel.
some vehicles. The speedometer . Speed To adjust the HUD image:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
1. Adjust the driver seat. Polarized sunglasses could make only appears on vehicles that have
2. Start the engine. the HUD image harder to see. these features, and when they are
active.
Use the following settings to adjust HUD Views
the HUD. There are four views in the HUD.
$ (Image Adjustment) : Press Some vehicle information and
down or lift up to center the HUD vehicle messages or alerts may be
image. The HUD image can only be displayed in any view.
adjusted up and down, not side
to side.
Metric
! (Display View) : Press to
select the display view. Each press
will change the display view.
D (Image Brightness) : Lift up Metric
and hold to brighten the display.
Press down and hold to dim the
display. Hold down to turn the
English
display off.
Audio/Phone View : This displays
The HUD image will automatically
the speed view along with audio/
dim and brighten to compensate for
phone information. The current radio
outside lighting. The HUD
station, media type, and incoming
brightness control can also be English
calls will be displayed.
adjusted as needed.
Speed View : This display gives the All HUD views may briefly display
The HUD image can temporarily speedometer reading (in English or audio information when the driver
light up depending on the angle and metric units), speed limit, Adaptive uses the steering wheel controls to
position of the sunlight on the HUD Cruise Control speed, Lane adjust the audio settings appearing
display. This is normal. Departure Warning, and Vehicle in the instrument cluster.
Ahead indicator. Some information
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Incoming phone calls appearing in HUD Troubleshooting

the instrument cluster, may also
Check that:
display in any HUD view.
. Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
. HUD brightness setting is not
Metric too dim or too bright.
. HUD is adjusted to the proper
height.
Metric . Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
. Windshield and HUD lens are
clean.
English
If the HUD image is not correct,
Performance View : This displays contact your dealer.
the speedometer reading, rpm
English reading, transmission positions, and The windshield is part of the HUD
gear shift indicator. system. If the windshield needs
Navigation View : This display replacing, see Windshield
includes the information in the Care of the HUD Replacement 0 289.
speed view along with Turn-by-Turn
Navigation information in some Clean the inside of the windshield to
vehicles. When navigation routing is remove any dirt or film that could
not active “No Route Active” is reduce the sharpness or clarity of
displayed. the HUD image.
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
shown in the instrument cluster may sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
also be displayed in any HUD view. the lens gently, then dry it.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and TRANSPORT MODE ON

Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages This message is displayed when the
indicate the status of the vehicle or vehicle is in transport mode. Some
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE features can be disabled while in
some action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple This message displays when the this mode, including Remote
messages may display one after the vehicle has detected that the battery Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start,
other. voltage is dropping beyond a and the vehicle alarm system. Take
reasonable point. The battery saver the vehicle to your dealer for service
The messages that do not require system starts reducing features of to turn transport mode off.
immediate action can be the vehicle that may be noticed. At
acknowledged and cleared by the point that features are disabled, Brake System Messages
pressing SEL. The messages that this message displays. Turn off
require immediate action cannot be unnecessary accessories to allow BRAKE FLUID LOW
cleared until that action is the battery to recharge. This message displays when the
performed. All messages should be
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
taken seriously and clearing the LOW BATTERY Fluid 0 284.
messages does not correct the
This message is displayed when the
problem. RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
battery voltage is low. See Battery -
The following are some of the North America 0 285. This message displays if the Electric
vehicle messages that may be Parking Brake is on while the
displayed depending on the vehicle SERVICE BATTERY vehicle is in motion. Release it
content. CHARGING SYSTEM before attempting to drive. See
This message is displayed when Electric Parking Brake 0 214.
there is a fault in the battery
charging system. Take the vehicle to SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
your dealer for service. This message displays when there
is a problem with the brake boost
system. When this message
displays, the brake pedal may be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
harder to push and the stopping Cruise Control Messages CRUISE SET TO XXX
distance may be longer. See your
ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET This message displays when the
dealer for service.
cruise control speed is set. See
TO XXX Cruise Control 0 224.
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
This message displays when the
This message displays when there Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS
is a problem with the parking brake. speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise PEDAL APPLIED
See your dealer for service. Control 0 227. This message displays when
STEP ON BRAKE TO ADAPTIVE CRUISE Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
RELEASE PARK BRAKE active and the driver is pressing the
TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC
This message displays when This message displays when will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise
attempting to release the Electric attempting to activate Adaptive Control 0 227.
Parking Brake without the brake Cruise Control (ACC) when it is
pedal applied. See Electric Parking temporarily unavailable. The ACC SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
Brake 0 214. system does not need service. CONTROL
This can occur under the following This message displays when the
Compass Messages Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
conditions:
The compass display will be blank if needs service. Take the vehicle to
. The radar is not clean. Keep the
the vehicle temporarily loses your dealer.
communication with the Global radar sensors free of mud, dirt,
Positioning System (GPS). snow, ice, and slush. Clean the SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE
entire front and/or rear of the EXITING
vehicle. For cleaning
instructions, see Exterior Care This message may display if
0 336. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is
engaged holding the vehicle at a
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering stop, and the driver attempts to exit
with the radar object detection or the vehicle. Put the vehicle in
camera performance. P (Park) before exiting.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED —

Messages TURN VEHICLE OFF
DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a
A door open symbol will be A/C OFF ENGINE continuous chime sounds if the
displayed on the DIC showing which COOLANT HOT engine cooling system reaches
door is open. If the vehicle has been This message displays when the unsafe temperatures for operation.
shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR engine coolant becomes hotter than The engine coolant temperature
OPEN message will also be the normal operating temperature. warning light will flash. Stop and
displayed. The DOOR OPEN To avoid added strain on a hot turn off the vehicle as soon as it is
message may also be displayed if engine, the air conditioning safe to do so to avoid severe
the vehicle starts to move. Close the compressor automatically turns off. damage. This message clears when
door completely. When the coolant temperature the engine has cooled to a safe
HOOD OPEN returns to normal, the air operating temperature.
conditioning compressor turns back
This message will display along with on. The vehicle can continue to be Engine Oil Messages
a hood open symbol when the hood driven.
is open. Close the hood completely. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
If this message continues to appear,
TRUNK OPEN have the system repaired by your This message displays when the
dealer as soon as possible to avoid engine oil needs to be changed.
This message will display along with When you change the engine oil, be
a symbol when the trunk is open. damage to the engine.
sure to reset the oil life system. See
Close the trunk completely. ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Life System 0 273, Driver
IDLE ENGINE Information Center (DIC) 0 134,
Engine Oil 0 271, and Maintenance
This message displays and a chime
Schedule 0 347.
sounds when the engine coolant
temperature is too hot. The engine
coolant temperature warning light
will also be on. Stop and allow the
vehicle to idle until it cools down.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE Engine Power Messages Key and Lock Messages
ENGINE
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED NO REMOTE DETECTED
engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the This message displays when the
Stop and allow the vehicle to idle vehicle's engine power is reduced. transmitter battery may be weak.
until it cools down. Reduced engine power can affect See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
the vehicle's ability to accelerate. Transmitter Battery” under Remote
ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL If this message is on, but there is no Keyless Entry (RKE) System
On some vehicles, this message reduction in performance, proceed Operation 0 29.
displays when the engine oil level to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the NO REMOTE KEY WAS
may be too low. Check the oil level DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
before filling to the recommended next time the vehicle is driven. The
level. If the oil is not low and this vehicle may be driven at a reduced TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
message remains on, take the speed while this message is on, but START YOUR VEHICLE
vehicle to your dealer for service. maximum acceleration and speed This message displays when trying
See Engine Oil 0 271. may be reduced. Anytime this to start the vehicle if an RKE
message stays on, the vehicle transmitter is not detected. The
OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP should be taken to your dealer for transmitter battery may be weak.
ENGINE service as soon as possible. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low
This message displays if low oil Transmitter Battery” under Remote
pressure levels occur. Stop the Fuel System Messages Keyless Entry (RKE) System
vehicle as soon as safely possible Operation 0 29.
FUEL LEVEL LOW
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been This message displays when the NO REMOTE DETECTED
corrected. Check the oil as soon as vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART
possible and have the vehicle soon as possible. This message displays when
serviced by your dealer. attempting to turn off the vehicle
and the RKE transmitter is no longer
detected. Restarting is allowed
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
without the RKE transmitter for Lamp Messages TURN SIGNAL ON

five minutes. Press the brake pedal
AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD This message is displayed if the
to restart the vehicle.
turn signal has been left on. Turn off
LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED the turn signal.
NUMBER OF KEYS
SERVICE
PROGRAMMED
This message displays when
This message displays when the Object Detection System
AFL system is disabled and needs Messages
programming new keys to the service. See your dealer. See
vehicle. Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) 24 GHz RADARS OFF
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE 0 167.
This message displays when driving
This message displays when AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL in certain areas where there may be
leaving the vehicle with the RKE ON/OFF radar interference. Adaptive Cruise
transmitter still inside. Control (ACC), Forward Collision
This message is displayed when the Alert (FCA), and the Front
REPLACE BATTERY IN exterior lamp control is in AUTO and Automatic Braking (FAB) System
REMOTE KEY the lights have turned on or off. See may not work or may not work as
Automatic Headlamp System 0 166. well. The vehicle does not need
battery in the RKE transmitter needs XXX TURN INDICATOR service.
to be replaced. FAILURE AUTOMATIC COLLISION
When one of the turn signals is out, PREP OFF
this message displays to show This message displays when the
which bulb needs to be replaced. Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
See Bulb Replacement 0 290 and System has been turned off. See
Replacement Bulbs 0 291. Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
System 0 244.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP . Heavy rain or snow is interfering LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF
REDUCED with the object detection
This message indicates that the
performance.
This message displays when the driver has turned the Side Blind
Front Automatic Braking (FAB) This message may also be Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane
System has been set to the Alert displayed if there is a problem with Change Alert (LCA) systems off.
setting. This setting disables most the StabiliTrak system. See Traction
FAB functions. Some last-second Control/Electronic Stability Control LANE KEEPING ASSIST
automatic braking capability is still 0 216. UNAVAILABLE
provided with the Alert setting, but FORWARD COLLISION This message displays when the
braking is less likely to occur. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
ALERT OFF
Departure Warning (LDW) system is
System 0 244. This message displays when the temporarily unavailable. The LKA
Forward Collision Alert has been system does not need service.
AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP turned off.
UNAVAILABLE This message could be due to the
FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED camera being blocked. Cleaning the
This message displays when the outside of the windshield behind the
Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
rearview mirror may correct the
System has been unavailable for This message displays when the issue.
some time. The FAB System does camera is blocked. Cleaning the
not need service. This message can outside of the windshield behind the REAR AUTO BRAKE/PARK
display under the following rearview mirror may correct the ASSIST OFF
conditions: issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
. The front of the vehicle or and the Lane Departure Warning
Parking Assist system has been
windshield is not clean. Keep (LDW) system will not operate.
turned off or when there is a
these areas clean and free of Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
temporary condition causing the
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and
system to be disabled.
For cleaning instructions, see the Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
Exterior Care 0 336. System may not work or may not
work as well.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
REAR AUTO BRAKE AND (ACC), Forward Collision Alert SERVICE PARK ASSIST
PARK ASSIST UNAVAILABLE (FCA), and/or the Front Automatic
This message displays if there is a
Braking (FAB) System may not
This message displays when problem with the Parking Assist
work. Do not use these systems
attempting to activate the parking system. Do not use this system to
until the vehicle has been repaired.
and backing features of the Driver help you park. See your dealer for
Assistance System when they are SERVICE DRIVER ASSIST service.
temporarily unavailable. The system SYSTEM
does not need service.
SERVICE REAR AUTO BRAKE
If this message displays, take the AND PARK ASSIST
This can occur under the following vehicle to your dealer to repair the
conditions: This message displays if there is a
system.
problem with the parking and
. The radar is not clean. Keep the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), backing features of the Driver
radar sensors free of mud, dirt, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), the Assistance System. Do not use this
snow, ice, and slush. Clean the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) system to help park or back the
entire front and/or rear of the System, Assistance Systems for vehicle. See your dealer for service.
vehicle. For cleaning Parking or Backing, and/or the Lane
instructions, see Exterior Care Keep Assist (LKA) system may not SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
0 336. work. Do not use these systems SYSTEM
. Heavy rain or snow is interfering until the vehicle has been repaired. If this message remains on after
with the radar object detection or SERVICE FRONT CAMERA continued driving, the vehicle needs
camera performance. service. Side Blind Zone Alert
If this message remains on after (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),
See Driver Assistance Systems continued driving, take the vehicle
0 235. and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
to your dealer for service. Do not features will not work. Take the
SERVICE AUTOMATIC use the Lane Keep Assist (LKA), vehicle to your dealer.
COLLISION PREP Lane Departure Warning (LDW),
and Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
If this message displays, take the features.
vehicle to your dealer to repair the
system. Adaptive Cruise Control
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM Ride Control System selected. Launch Control is

UNAVAILABLE available when this mode is
Messages selected. In this mode, the Traction
This message indicates that Side Control and Active Handling System
Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF
are available but intended for use
Change Alert (LCA), and Rear If the vehicle has the on wet race track conditions. Adjust
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are All-Wheel-Drive (AWD) system, this your driving accordingly. See
disabled either because the sensor message displays when there is a “Performance Traction Management
is blocked and cannot detect temporary condition making the (V-Series Only)” under Competitive
vehicles in the blind zone, or the AWD system unavailable. The Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series
vehicle is passing through an open vehicle will run in 2WD. This could Only) 0 221.
area, such as the desert, where be caused by:
there is insufficient data for . Loss of wheel or vehicle speed PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2 -
operation. This message may also DRY (V-Series Only)
activate during heavy rain or due to . AWD system overheat
road spray. The vehicle does not This message displays when this
. Certain vehicle electrical Performance Traction Management
need service. For cleaning, see conditions
"Washing the Vehicle" under (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS
Exterior Care 0 336. This message turns off when the and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights
above conditions are no longer will also be on when this mode is
TAKE STEERING present and the warning message is selected. Launch Control is
reset. available when this mode is
If LKA does not detect active driver
selected. In this mode, the Traction
steering, an alert and chime may be See All-Wheel Drive 0 213. Control and Active Handling System
provided. Move the steering wheel
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 - are available but intended for use
to dismiss. See Lane Keep Assist
WET (V-Series Only) on dry race track conditions. Adjust
(LKA) 0 248.
your driving accordingly. See
This message displays when this “Performance Traction Management
Performance Traction Management (V-Series Only)” under Competitive
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights Only) 0 221.
will also be on when this mode is
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3 - use on dry race track conditions. (V-Series Only)” under Competitive
SPORT 1 (V-Series Only) The Active Handling System is Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series
disabled when this mode is Only) 0 221.
This message displays when this selected. This mode will require
Performance Traction Management more driver skill than modes 1–3. REAR AXLE OFF
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS Adjust your driving accordingly. See When this message is displayed,
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights “Performance Traction Management the vehicle’s handling capabilities
will also be on when this mode is (V-Series Only)” under Competitive will be reduced during severe
selected. Launch Control is Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series maneuvers. StabiliTrak will be
available when this mode is Only) 0 221. affected. See Traction Control/
selected. In this mode, the Traction
Electronic Stability Control 0 216.
Control and Active Handling System PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5 -
are available but intended for use RACE (V-Series Only) SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
on dry race track conditions. Adjust
your driving accordingly. See This message displays when this This message displays if a problem
“Performance Traction Management Performance Traction Management occurs with the All-Wheel-Drive
(V-Series Only)” under Competitive (PTM) mode is selected. The TCS (AWD) system. The vehicle will run
Driving Mode (V-Sport and V-Series and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights in 2WD. This could be caused by:
Only) 0 221. will also be on when this mode is . An electronics problem
selected. Launch Control is
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4 - available when this mode is . Worn out or overheated clutch
SPORT 2 (V-Series Only) selected. In this mode, the Traction plates
Control is available but intended for . Various electrical issues
This message displays when this use on dry race track conditions.
Performance Traction Management The Active Handling System is The system may need service. See
(PTM) mode is selected. The TCS disabled when this mode is your dealer.
and StabiliTrak OFF cluster lights selected. This mode will require
will also be on when this mode is SERVICE REAR AXLE
more driver skill than modes 1–4.
selected. Launch Control is Adjust your driving accordingly. See If there is a problem detected with
available when this mode is “Performance Traction Management the Electronic Limited-Slip Rear
selected. In this mode, the Traction Axle, this message displays. When
Control is available but intended for displayed, the system is not
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
operational and driving should be SERVICE TRACTION Safety Belt Messages

adjusted accordingly. Take the CONTROL
vehicle to your dealer for service as AUTOMATIC SEATBELT
soon as possible. This message displays when there TIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE
is a problem with the Traction
When this message is displayed, Control System (TCS). See Traction This message displays when the
the vehicle’s handling capabilities Control/Electronic Stability Control Automatic Safety Belt Tightening
will be reduced during severe 0 216. System, if equipped, becomes
maneuvers. StabiliTrak will be unavailable. This could be caused
affected. See Traction Control/ TRACTION CONTROL OFF by a temporary condition. If the
Electronic Stability Control 0 216. This message may display when the message continues to display, see
Traction Control System (TCS) has your dealer.
SERVICE STABILITRAK
been turned off. See Traction SERVICE AUTOMATIC
This message displays if there is a Control/Electronic Stability Control
problem with the StabiliTrak system. 0 216.
SEATBELT TIGHTENING
See Traction Control/Electronic SYSTEM
Stability Control 0 216. TRACTION CONTROL ON If this message displays, take the
SERVICE SUSPENSION This message may display when the vehicle to your dealer to repair the
Traction Control System (TCS) has Automatic Safety Belt Tightening
SYSTEM
been turned on. See Traction System, if equipped.
This message displays when there Control/Electronic Stability Control
is a problem with the Magnetic Ride 0 216. Security Messages
Control system. See Driver Mode
Control 0 218. Have the vehicle Airbag System Messages THEFT ATTEMPTED
serviced by your dealer. This message displays if the vehicle
SERVICE AIRBAG detects a tamper condition.
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system. See
your dealer for service.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Service Vehicle Messages Starting the Vehicle Tire Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM Messages SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
This message displays if there is a PRESS BRAKE TO START SYSTEM
problem with the air conditioning This message is displayed when This message displays if there is a
system. Take the vehicle to your attempting to start the vehicle problem with the Tire Pressure
dealer for service. without first pressing the brake Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
pedal. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 311.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays and a chime SERVICE KEYLESS START TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
may sound when there may be a SYSTEM This message displays when the
problem with the power steering This message is displayed if there is system is learning new tires. See
system. If this message displays a problem with the pushbutton start Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
and a reduction in steering system. Take the vehicle to your 0 311.
performance or loss of power dealer for service.
steering assistance is noticed, see TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
your dealer. TURN STEERING WHEEL This message displays when the
SERVICE STEERING START VEHICLE AGAIN pressure in one or more of the tires
This message may display when is low.
COLUMN LOCK
you try to start the vehicle, but the This message also displays LEFT
This message displays if there is a column remains locked. Try turning FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
problem with the steering column the steering wheel while starting the REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
lock. Take the vehicle to your dealer vehicle to unlock the steering the location of the low tire.
for service. column. If the vehicle still does not The low tire pressure warning light
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON start, turn the steering wheel the will also come on. See Tire
other way, and try starting the Pressure Light 0 131.
This message displays if there is a vehicle again.
problem with the vehicle. Take the If a tire pressure message appears
vehicle to your dealer for service. on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
until the tire pressure is equal to the SHIFT TO PARK Vehicle Speed Messages
values shown on the Tire and
This message displays when the SELECTED SPEED LIMIT
Loading Information label. See Tires
transmission needs to be shifted to
0 300, Vehicle Load Limits 0 198,
P (Park). This may appear when
EXCEEDED
and Tire Pressure 0 308.
turning the ignition off if the vehicle This message is displayed when the
You can receive more than one tire is not in P (Park). vehicle speed is greater than the set
pressure message at a time. The speed. See "Speed Warning" under
DIC also shows the tire pressure TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE Driver Information Center (DIC)
values. See Driver Information ENGINE 0 134.
Center (DIC) 0 134. This message displays and a chime VEHICLE SPEED LIMITED
sounds if the transmission fluid in
Transmission Messages the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the This message is displayed under
transmission fluid temperature high certain conditions when there is a
SERVICE TRANSMISSION can cause damage to the vehicle. problem and the vehicle’s speed is
This message displays if there is a Stop the vehicle and let it idle to being limited.
problem with the transmission. See allow the transmission to cool. This
your dealer. message clears when the fluid Washer Fluid Messages
temperature reaches a safe level.
SHIFT DENIED WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
This message displays when using Vehicle Reminder FLUID
the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and Messages This message may display when the
attempting to shift to a gear not washer fluid level is low. Fill the
appropriate for the vehicle speed ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE windshield washer reservoir as soon
and engine revolutions per WITH CARE as possible. See Engine
minute (rpm). See Manual Mode Compartment Overview 0 264 for
0 212. This message displays when ice
conditions are possible. the location of the windshield
washer reservoir. Also, see Washer
Fluid 0 283.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Vehicle Personalization Menus Driving Mode

The following list of menu items may Press and the following may
Personalization be available: display:
Use the audio system controls to . Time and Date . Engine Sound Management
access the personalization menus
for customizing vehicle features. . Driving Mode . Steering
The following are all possible . Language (Language) . Suspension
personalization features. Depending . Valet Mode Engine Sound Management
on the vehicle, some may not be
available. . Radio This allows the Engine Sound
. Vehicle Management setting to be changed.
Infotainment System Audio
System Controls . Bluetooth Select Auto (Mode Selector),
Stealth, Tour, Sport, or Track.
To access the . Voice
personalization menu: . Steering
Display
1. Press SETTINGS on the Home . This allows the Steering setting to
Rear Camera
page on the infotainment be changed.
system display. . Return to Factory Settings
Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,
2. Press the desired feature to . Software Information Sport, or Track.
display a list of available Each menu is detailed in the Suspension
options. following information.
This allows the Suspension setting
3. Press to select the desired
Time and Date to be changed.
feature setting.
Manually set the time and date. See Select Auto (Mode Selector), Tour,
4. Press the [ Back screen Clock 0 110. Sport, or Track.
button to return to the
previous menu.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Language (Language) . Number of Favorites Shown Audible Touch Feedback

Select Language, then select from . Auto Volume This allows Audible Touch
the available language(s). . Audible Touch Feedback Feedback to be turned on or off.
The selected language will display . Bose Audio Pilot Select Off or On.
on the system, and voice
. Maximum Startup Volume Bose Audio Pilot
recognition will reflect the selected
language. Manage Favorites This feature adjusts the volume
based on the noise in the vehicle.
Valet Mode (If Equipped) This allows favorites to be edited. See “Bose AudioPilot Noise
This will lock the infotainment See “Manage Favorites” in Compensation Technology” under
system and steering wheel controls. “Settings” under “Radio” in the “Infotainment System Settings” in
It may also limit access to vehicle infotainment manual. the infotainment manual.
storage locations (if equipped). Number of Favorites Shown Select Off or On.
To enable valet mode: Press to set the number of favorites Maximum Startup Volume
1. Enter a four-digit code on the to display.
This feature sets the maximum
keypad. Select the desired number or select startup volume. If the vehicle is
2. Select Enter to go to the Auto and the infotainment system started and the volume is greater
confirmation screen. will automatically adjust the number than this level, the volume is
of favorites shown. adjusted to this level. To set the
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Auto Volume maximum startup volume, press +
Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or or − to increase or decrease.
unlock the system. Press Back to go This feature adjusts the volume
back to the previous menu. based on the vehicle speed. Vehicle
Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Select and the following may
Radio
Medium, Medium-High, or High. display:
Press to display the Radio menu . Climate and Air Quality
and the following may display:
. Collision/Detection Systems
. Manage Favorites
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

. Comfort and Convenience Auto Heated Seats . Auto Collision Preparation
. Lighting When enabled, this feature will . Go Notifier
. Power Door Locks automatically activate the heated . Lane Change Alert
seats at the level required by the
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start interior temperature. The auto . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Climate and Air Quality heated seats can be turned off by Alert Type
using the heated seat buttons on
Select and the following may the center stack. See Heated and This feature will set crash alerts to
display: Ventilated Front Seats 0 61. beeps or seat vibrations. This
. Auto Fan Max Speed setting affects all crash alerts
Select Off or On. including:
. Air Quality Sensor Auto Defog . Forward Collision
. Auto Heated Seats When set to On, the front defog will . Lane Keep Assist
. Auto Defog automatically react to temperature
and humidity conditions that may . Adaptive Cruise Control
. Auto Rear Defog cause fogging. . Parking Assist
Auto Fan Max Speed Select Off or On. . Backing Warning
This feature will set the maximum Auto Rear Defog Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
auto fan speed.
If equipped, this feature will Auto Collision Preparation
Select Low, Medium, or High. automatically turn on the rear defog.
This feature will turn on or off the
Air Quality Sensor Select Off or On. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and
This allows for selection of air Collision/Detection Systems Front Automatic Braking (FAB). The
quality sensor operation at high or Off setting disables all FCA and
low sensitivity. Select the Collision/Detection FAB functions. With the Alert and
Systems menu and the following Brake setting, both FCA and FAB
Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or High may display:
Sensitivity. are available. The Alert setting
. Alert Type disables FAB, but some last-second
automatic braking capability is still
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
provided, though less likely to occur. Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume
See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) Select and the following may This allows the selection of the
System 0 244. display: chime volume level.
Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert. . Auto Memory Recall Press + or − to adjust the volume.
Go Notifier . Easy Exit Options Reverse Tilt Mirror
This feature will give a reminder . Chime Volume This allows the feature to be turned
from Adaptive Cruise Control when on or off.
it has brought the vehicle to a . Reverse Tilt Mirror
complete stop behind another . Rain Sense Wipers Select Off, On - Driver and
stopping vehicle, and then that Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
vehicle drives on. See Adaptive Auto Memory Recall Passenger.
Cruise Control 0 227. This feature automatically recalls Rain Sense Wipers
Select Off or On. the current driver’s previously stored
1 or 2 button positions when This allows the feature to be turned
Lane Change Alert entering the vehicle. See Memory on or off.
The LCA system is a lane-changing Seats 0 59. Select Off or On.
aid that assists drivers with avoiding Select Off or On. Lighting
lane change crashes. See Lane
Change Alert (LCA) 0 246. Easy Exit Options Select and the following may
This feature automatically recalls display:
Select Off or On.
the current driver’s previously stored . Vehicle Locator Lights
Rear Cross Traffic Alert B (Exit) button position when . Exit Lighting
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic exiting the vehicle. See Memory
Alert feature to be turned on or off. Seats 0 59. Vehicle Locator Lights
See Assistance Systems for Parking Select Off or On. This feature will flash the exterior
or Backing 0 235. lamps and allows some of the
Select Off or On. exterior lamps and most of the
interior lamps to turn on briefly when
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
K on the Remote Keyless Entry Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback
(RKE) transmitter is pressed to This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will
locate the vehicle. doors will automatically unlock when flash when unlocking the vehicle
Select Off or On. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). with the RKE transmitter.
Exit Lighting Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights.
This allows the selection of how Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback
long the exterior lamps stay on When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of
when leaving the vehicle when it is locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the
dark outside. delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Seconds, or 120 Seconds. Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only.
Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock
Select and the following may Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors
display: display: will unlock when pressing K on the
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter.
. Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this
When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats feature will turn on the ventilated
driver door from locking when the seats when using remote start on
. Remote Window Operation warm days. See Heated and
door is open. If Off is selected, the
Delayed Door Lock menu will be . Passive Door Unlock Ventilated Front Seats 0 61 and
available. Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.
. Passive Door Lock
Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Select Off, On with Horn Ringtones
If equipped and turned on, this Chirp, or On. Press to change the ring tone for
feature will turn on the heated seats Remote Left in Vehicle Alert the specific phone. The phone does
when using remote start on not need to be connected to change
cold days. See Heated and This feature sounds an alert when the ring tone.
Ventilated Front Seats 0 61 and the RKE transmitter is left in the
Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. vehicle. Voice Mail Numbers
Select Off or On. Select Off or On. This feature displays the voice mail
number for all connected phones.
Remote Window Operation Bluetooth To change the voice mail number,
This allows the window to be Select and the following may select EDIT or press the EDIT
display: button. Type a new number, then
opened when pressing K on the select SAVE or press the SAVE
RKE transmitter. See Remote . Pair New Device
button.
Keyless Entry (RKE) System . Device Management
Operation 0 29. Voice
. Ringtones
Select Off or On. Select and the following may
. Voice Mail Numbers display:
Passive Door Unlock
Pair New Device . Confidence Threshold
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the Select to pair a new device. See . Prompt Length
button on the driver door to unlock “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”
. Audio Feedback Speed
the vehicle. under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment
manual. Confidence Threshold
Select All Doors or Driver Door.
Device Management This feature allows the adjustment
Passive Door Lock of the sensitivity of the speech
Select to connect to a different
This allows passive locking to be phone source, disconnect a phone, recognition system.
turned on or off and selects or delete a phone. Select Confirm More or
feedback. See Remote Keyless Confirm Less.
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Prompt Length Proximity Sensing Rear Park Assist Symbols

This feature adjusts the voice When on, certain screen buttons Select to turn Off or On. See
prompt length. and features will become visible Assistance Systems for Parking or
Select Short or Long. when a hand approaches the Backing 0 235.
screen.
Audio Feedback Speed Return to Factory Settings
Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.
This feature adjusts the audio Select and the following may
feedback speed. Calibrate Touchscreen display:
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. Select to calibrate the touchscreen, . Restore Vehicle Settings
then follow the prompts.
. Clear All Private Data
Display Turn Display Off . Restore Radio Settings
Select and the following may
Select to turn the display off. Press
display: Restore Vehicle Settings
anywhere on the display area or any
. Mode faceplate button to turn the This allows selection of restoring
. Proximity Sensing display on. vehicle settings.
. Calibrate Touchscreen Rear Camera Select Restore or Cancel.
. Turn Display Off Select and the following may Clear All Private Data
display: This allows selection to clear all
Mode
. Guidance Lines private information from the vehicle.
Select to change the display screen
for day or night driving. . Rear Park Assist Symbols Select Delete or Cancel.
Select Auto, Day, or Night. Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 235.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Restore Radio Settings Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door

This allows selection to restore opener, but can be used for other
radio settings.
System devices.
Select Restore or Cancel. See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote
0 374. system with any garage door opener
Software Information that does not have the stop and
Select to view the infotainment Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
system current software information. Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Read these instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
If equipped, these buttons are in the section.
overhead console. To program a garage door opener,
This system can replace up to three park outside directly in line with and
remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener
activate devices such as garage receiver. Clear all people and
door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door.
home automation devices. These
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
Make sure the hand-held transmitter system buttons to be used to be required. For a second
has a new battery for quick and operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the
accurate transmission of the not release either button until newly programmed button
radio-frequency signal. the indicator light changes from for five seconds. If the light
a slow to a rapid flash. Then stays on or the garage door
Programming the Universal release both buttons. moves, programming is
Remote System complete.
Some garage door openers
For questions or help programming may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks
the Universal Remote system, call Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds,
1-800-355-3515 or see under “Radio Signals for then changes to a solid light
www.homelink.com. Canada and Some Gate and the garage door does
Programming involves Operators” later in this section. not move, continue with
time-sensitive actions, and may time 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6.
out causing the procedure to be programmed Universal Remote
repeated. system button for five seconds
To program up to three devices: while watching the indicator
light and garage door
1. Hold the end of the hand-held activation.
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the . If the indicator light stays on
Universal Remote system continuously or the garage
buttons with the indicator light door moves when the
in view. The hand-held button is pressed, then Learn or Smart Button
transmitter was supplied by the programming is complete.
manufacturer of the garage There is no need to 4. After completing Steps 1–3,
door opener receiver. complete Steps 4–6. locate the Learn or Smart
. If the indicator light does button inside the garage on the
2. At the same time, press and garage door opener receiver.
hold both the hand-held not come on or the garage
transmitter button and one of door does not move, a
the three Universal Remote second button press may
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
The name and color of the Radio Signals for Canada and Universal Remote System
button may vary by Some Gate Operators
manufacturer.
Operation
For questions or programming help
5. Press and release the Learn or call 1-800-355-3515 or see Using the Universal Remote
Smart button. Step 6 must be www.homelink.com. System
completed within 30 seconds of Press and hold the appropriate
pressing this button. Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require Universal Remote system button for
6. Inside the vehicle, press and transmitter signals to time out or quit at least one-half second. The
hold the newly programmed after several seconds of indicator light will come on while the
Universal Remote system transmission. This may not be long signal is being transmitted.
button for two seconds and enough for the Universal Remote
then release it. If the garage Erasing Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
door does not move or the programming.
System Buttons
lamp on the garage door Erase all programmed buttons when
opener receiver does not flash, If the programming did not work,
vehicle ownership is terminated.
press and hold the same replace Step 2 under “Programming
button a second time for the Universal Remote System” with To erase:
two seconds, then release it. the following: 1. Press and hold the two outside
Again, if the door does not Press and hold the Universal buttons until the indicator light
move or the garage door lamp Remote system button while begins to flash. This should
does not flash, press and hold pressing and releasing the take about 10 seconds.
the same button a third time for hand-held transmitter button every 2. Release both buttons.
two seconds, then release it. two seconds until the signal has
The Universal Remote system been successfully accepted by the Reprogramming a Single
should now activate the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote System
garage door. Universal Remote system indicator Button
light will flash slowly at first and then
Repeat the process for rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To reprogram any of the system
programming the two remaining “Programming the Universal Remote buttons:
buttons. System” to complete.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15
1. Press and hold any one of the

buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lighting 163
Lighting Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination
Exterior Lighting
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 163
Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Headlamp High/Low-Beam Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Battery Load Management . . . 170
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 170
Daytime Running Exterior Lighting Battery
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Turn the control to the following
Adaptive Forward
positions:
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 167 O (Off) : Turns off the exterior
Turn and Lane-Change lamps. The knob returns to the
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 AUTO position after it is released.
Turn to O again to reactivate the
AUTO mode.
In Canada, the headlamps will
automatically reactivate when the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically
turns the exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
164 Lighting
; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the Turning On and Enabling . The system detects a preceding
parking lamps including all lamps, IntelliBeam vehicle's taillamps.
except the headlamps. To enable the IntelliBeam system, . The outside light is bright
2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the with the turn signal lever in the enough that high-beam
headlamps together with the parking neutral position, turn the exterior headlamps are not required.
lamps and instrument panel lights. lamp control to AUTO. The blue . The vehicle's speed drops below
®
high-beam on light appears on the 20 km/h (12 mph).
IntelliBeam System instrument cluster when the high
beams are on. . The turn signal lever is moved
If equipped, this system turns the
forward to the high-beam
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on Driving with IntelliBeam position or the Flash-to-Pass
and off according to surrounding
The system only activates the high feature is used. See Headlamp
traffic conditions.
beams when driving over 40 km/h High/Low-Beam Changer 0 165
The system turns the high-beam (25 mph). and Flash-to-Pass 0 165.
headlamps on when it is dark .
There is a sensor near the top The IntelliBeam system can be
enough and there is no other traffic
center of the windshield, which disabled by the High/Low-Beam
present.
automatically controls the system. Changer or the Flash-to-Pass
Keep this area of the windshield feature. If this happens, the
clear of debris to allow for best High/Low-Beam Changer must
system performance. be activated two times within
two seconds to reactivate the
The high-beam headlamps remain IntelliBeam system. The
on, under the automatic control,
instrument cluster light will come
until one of the following situations
on to indicate IntelliBeam is
This light comes on in the occurs: reactivated.
instrument cluster when the . The system detects an
IntelliBeam system is enabled. The high beams may not turn off
approaching vehicle's
automatically if the system cannot
headlamps.
detect other vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lighting 165
. The other vehicle's lamp(s) are You may need to manually disable
missing, damaged, obstructed or cancel the high-beam headlamps
from view, or otherwise by turning the low-beam headlamps
undetected. on, if any of the above conditions
. The other vehicle's lamp(s) are exist.
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray. Exterior Lamps Off This indicator light turns on in the
. The other vehicle's lamp(s) Reminder instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.
cannot be detected due to dense A warning chime will sound if the
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road exterior lamp control is left on in
spray, mist, or other airborne either the headlamp or parking lamp
Flash-to-Pass
obstructions. position and the driver door is This feature allows the high-beam
. Your vehicle's windshield is dirty, opened with the ignition off. headlamps to be used to signal the
cracked, or obstructed by driver in front of you that you want
something that blocks the view Headlamp High/ to pass.
of the light sensor. Low-Beam Changer Pull and hold the turn signal lever
. toward you to use this feature.
Your vehicle's windshield is 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam When this is done the following will
covered with ice, dirt, haze, Changer) : Push the turn signal
or other obstructions. occur:
lever away from you and release, to
. Your vehicle is loaded such that turn the high beams on. To return to . If the headlamps are off or in
the front end points upward, low beams, push the lever again or low-beam mode, the high-beam
causing the light sensor to aim pull it toward you and release. headlamps will turn on. They will
high and not detect headlamps stay on as long as the lever is
and taillamps. held there. Release the lever to
turn them off.
. You are driving on winding or
hilly roads. . If the headlamps are in
high-beam mode, they will go to
low beam.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
166 Lighting
Daytime Running Automatic Headlamp If the vehicle is started in a dark

garage, the automatic headlamp
Lamps (DRL) System system comes on immediately. If it
DRL can make it easier for others to When the exterior lamp control is is light outside when the vehicle
see the front of your vehicle during set to AUTO and it is dark enough leaves the garage, there is a slight
the day. Fully functional DRL are outside, the headlamps come on delay before the automatic
required on all vehicles first sold in automatically. headlamp system turns off the
Canada. headlamps. During that delay, the
instrument cluster may not be as
The dedicated DRL will come on
bright as usual. Make sure the
when all of the following conditions
instrument panel brightness control
are met:
is in the full bright position. See
. The ignition is on. Instrument Panel Illumination
. The exterior lamp control is Control 0 168.
in AUTO. When it is bright enough outside,
. The light sensor determines it is the headlamps will turn off and the
daytime. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) will
turn on.
. The parking brake is released or
the vehicle is not in P (Park). The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
The taillamps, instrument panel If equipped, the light sensor is on control is turned to O or the ignition
lights, and other lamps will not top of the instrument panel or on the
is off.
be on. windshield near the rearview mirror.
The DRL turn off when the Do not cover the sensor, otherwise Lights On with Wipers
the headlamps will come on when
headlamps are turned to O or the they are not needed. If the windshield wipers are
ignition is off. activated in daylight with the engine
The system may also turn on the on, and the exterior lamp control is
headlamps when driving through a in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
parking garage or tunnel. lamps, and other exterior lamps
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lighting 167
come on. The transition time for the Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
Signals
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to O
or ; to disable this feature.
Adaptive Forward
Lighting (AFL)
On vehicles with the AFL system,
the headlamps pivot horizontally to
provide greater road illumination Move the lever all the way up or
while turning. To enable AFL, set down to signal a turn.
the exterior lamp control on the turn
signal lever to the AUTO position. | (Hazard Warning Flashers) : An arrow on the instrument cluster
Moving the control out of the AUTO Press and hold this button for flashes in the direction of the turn or
position will deactivate the system. one second to make the front and lane change.
AFL will operate when the vehicle rear turn signal lamps flash on and Raise or lower the lever until the
speed is greater than 3 km/h off. Release the button for at least arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
(2 mph). AFL will not operate when one second and press again to turn change. Hold it there until the lane
the transmission is in R (Reverse). the flashers off. change is completed. If the lever is
AFL is not immediately operable briefly pressed and released, the
The hazard warning flashers turn on
after starting the vehicle; driving a turn signal flashes three times.
automatically if the airbags deploy.
short distance is required to
The turn and lane-change signal
calibrate the AFL. See Exterior
can be turned off manually by
Lamp Controls 0 163.
moving the lever back to its original
position.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
168 Lighting
If after signaling a turn or lane Interior Lighting Dome Lamps

change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
might be burned out. Instrument Panel
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
Illumination Control
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 292.
The brightness of the instrument To change the dome lamp settings,

panel lighting and steering wheel press the following:
controls can be adjusted. OFF : Turns the lamp off, even
D (Instrument Panel when a door is open.
Illumination) : Move the DOOR : The lamp comes on when
thumbwheel up or down to brighten a door is opened.
or dim the lights.
ON : Turns the lamp on.
The brightness of the displays
automatically adjusts based on Reading Lamps
outdoor lighting. The instrument
panel illumination control will set the There are front and rear reading
lowest level to which the displays lamps on the overhead console and
will automatically be adjusted. over the rear passenger doors.
These lamps come on when any
door is opened.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lighting 169
To manually turn the reading lamps Lighting Features

on or off:
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and most of
the interior lights turn on briefly at
night when K is pressed on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Press the lamp lenses over the rear Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
passenger doors. After about 30 seconds the exterior
For more information on interior lamps turn off, then the remaining
lighting, see Instrument Panel interior lights dim to off. Entry
Illumination Control 0 168. lighting can be disabled manually by
changing the ignition out of the OFF
Press m or n next to each position, or by pressing Q on the
overhead console reading lamp. RKE transmitter.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See “Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps come on at
night, or in areas with limited
lighting, when the key is removed
from the ignition. The dome lamps
also come on when the key is
removed from the ignition. The
exterior lamps and dome lamps
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
170 Lighting
remain on after the door is closed When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
for a set amount of time, then the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power, whenever
automatically turn off. prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
For vehicles with Keyless Access, has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the power demands of some
the exterior lamps automatically turn display on the Driver Information accessories.
on when a door is opened after the Center (DIC), you may see the Normally, these actions occur in
ignition is changed to the OFF voltage move up or down. This is steps or levels, without being
position. The dome lamps also normal. If there is a problem, an noticeable. In rare cases at the
come on after the ignition is alert will be displayed. highest levels of corrective action,
changed to the OFF position. See The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the
Ignition Positions 0 202. idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC message might
The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles. be displayed. If a battery message
immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator is displayed, it is recommended that
lamps control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast the driver reduce the electrical loads
enough at idle to produce all the as much as possible. See Driver
This feature can be changed. See power that is needed for very high Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when Battery Power Protection
Battery Load several of the following are on, such The battery saver feature is
Management as: headlamps, high beams, fog designed to protect the vehicle's
The vehicle has Electric Power lamps, rear window defogger, battery.
Management (EPM), which climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans, If some interior lamps are left on
estimates the battery's temperature and the ignition is turned off, the
and state of charge. It then adjusts and loads plugged into accessory
power outlets. battery rundown protection system
the voltage for best performance automatically turns the lamp off after
and extended life of the battery. EPM works to prevent excessive some time.
When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lighting 171
Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be in
the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/
START position.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
172 Infotainment System
Infotainment Introduction Performance Data

System Recorder (PDR)
Infotainment
If equipped, the PDR icon displays
See the infotainment manual for on the Home screen.
Introduction information on the radio, audio
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 players, phone, navigation system, The PDR records video, audio, and
and voice or speech recognition. vehicle data. This data is stored on
Performance Data It also includes information on a removable SD card in the
Recorder (PDR) settings. glove box.
Performance Data The recorded data is not stored
Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 anywhere else and is only
accessible from the SD card.
To begin, insert a FAT32 formatted
SD card, Class 10 required, into the
glove box SD card reader.
Press the PDR icon to access the
PDR menu. The options
displayed are:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Infotainment System 173
Start Recording The elapsed time will show when

recording. To define a finish line,
see “Define Finish Line” later in this
section.
If no SD card is inserted, a message

displays.
If the system is unable to begin
recording, the Start Recording Define Finish Line
button is grayed out. To track and record the vehicle’s lap
Press the Start Recording button to If there is no available space on the times, the starting point of a lap
begin recording. After recording SD card, a message displays. must be set. Crossing this point
begins, this button changes to Stop Delete or transfer recordings on the activates the lap timer when
Recording. Press to stop the SD card or use another SD card recording.
recording session. with free space.
To delete a recording, go to the
Recorded Sessions menu and press
z next to the item. See “Recorded
Sessions” later in this section.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
To set the finish line, position the Video playback is not allowed while Exit : Press to exit the current
vehicle with the front bumper at the the vehicle is in motion. display.
start/finish point. From the PDR Tap on the screen while the video is
menu, press Define Finish Line and Choose Video Overlay
playing to display the video controls:
then press Mark Finish Line. This
can be done with the vehicle Video Scrubber : Changes the
moving. position and playback. The length of
the bar corresponds to the time of
Recorded Sessions the video. Advance or rewind the
To view recorded videos, press video by dragging along the bar.
Recorded Sessions.
Press the Choose Video Overlay

screen button to display the menu
screen.
Select one:
. No Overlay
. Sport
A list of recordings displays. Delete Recording : Press to delete . Track
the video. A confirmation screen
Select the recording to start displays. Press Yes to delete or No . Performance Timing
playback. to cancel. No Overlay:
Press z next to an item to delete Pause/Play : Press to play or No vehicle data displays on top of
that recording, Press Yes to delete pause the video. The button will the recorded video. Vehicle data is
or No to cancel on the confirmation change when pressed. still available with the video when
screen. Press Dismiss to exit. Back : Press to display the previous accessed in the toolbox software.
screen.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Sport: . Lateral G-Force Graphic: Left . Transmission State (Current

and Right G-Forces are Gear): Same as Sport.
displayed. The graphic fills to the . Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateral
left or the right depending on the and longitudinal G-Forces are
measure value. The measured displayed as a dot within a
G-Force displays as a number at bubble. A red dot displays when
the top of the graphic. the vehicle starts braking and
Track: turns green when the vehicle
accelerates. The dot is white
when the vehicle is not moving.
A white dot is the default.
Displays these vehicle metrics:
. Brake and Throttle Graphic:
. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digits Displays the percentage value of
are displayed in km/h or MPH brake and throttle pedal position
depending on vehicle settings. from 0–100%.
. Engine Rotations Per Minute . Steering Angle: The graphic fills
(RPMs): The vertical line and from the center to the left or right
triangle show current RPMs. As depending on the direction of
the RPMs increase, the backfill Displays these vehicle metrics:
steering. The numerical steering
follows. . Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. angle displays below the
. Transmission State (Current . GPS Tracking Map: Shows the graphic.
Gear): Automatic transmissions vehicle’s current position relative . StabiliTrak Active Indicator: The
display PRDN. D can change to to a known route. graphic only displays if the
D1, D2, etc. When an automatic . Engine Rotations Per Minute active handling systems are
transmission is in manual shift (RPMs): The vertical line and activated.
mode, the display will change to triangle indicate current RPMs.
M1, M2, etc. As the RPMs increase, the
orange backfill follows.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Performance Traction . 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph), 0– Settings
Management (PTM) Mode: 200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m
Displays the current PTM mode. (1/4 mi), and 0–200–0 km/h (0–
The options are Wet, Dry, Sport 100–0 mph): The timer starts
1, Sport 2, or Race. recording as soon as the vehicle
. Current Lap Time: Displays the accelerates. As the vehicle
elapsed lap time if the finish line passes each speed and distance
is defined and the vehicle has milestone, it is displayed on the
crossed the defined finish line at overlay.
least once. . Throttle Position: Displays
Performance Timing: the percentage of throttle applied
Press the Settings button from the
from 0–100%.
PDR menu to display settings.
. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: The
graphic only displays if the
active handling systems are
activated.
Naming Convention
The recorded video file name is
stored as the recorded date and the
length of the recording.
Displays these vehicle metrics: If the recorded session was
. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport. recorded while the system was in
Valet Mode, the file name will
. Engine Rotations Per Minute display the mode, date, and length
(RPMs): Same as Sport. of time.
. Transmission State (Current
Gear): Same as Sport.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Valet Mode Recording : Allows

recording preferences to be
selected. It is recommended that a
blank SD card be used. Available
choices are:
. Automatically record when in
Valet Mode: Enables the PDR to
begin recording as soon as the
vehicle is in Valet Mode.
. Overwrite existing data when
memory full: Allows manual
overwriting of previous
recordings, one at a time starting
with the oldest, when the current
recording requires additional
storage to continue.
Audio will not record during
Valet Mode.
Software Information : Displays
PDR software information and
version numbers.
Toolbox Software : Allows for the
evaluation of the driver and the
vehicle performance on a personal
computer after a recorded event.
See www.Cadillac.com to download
the software.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
178 Climate Controls
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control System
Climate Control Systems The climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust the
Dual Automatic Climate
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Climate Control Buttons
1. Driver and Passenger 6. Rear Window Defogger

Temperature Controls 7. Defrost
2. Fan Control 8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
3. OFF (Fan)
4. Driver and Passenger Heated
and Ventilated Seats (If
Equipped)
5. Recirculation
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Climate Controls 179
Climate Control Touch Screen adjusted. The air delivery mode can
The fan, air delivery mode, air be adjusted on the climate control
conditioning, driver and passenger status screen.
temperatures, and SYNC settings Climate Control Function With
can be controlled by pressing Stop/Start (If Equipped)
CLIMATE on the infotainment home
The climate control system depends
screen or the climate button in the
on other vehicle systems for heat
touch screen application tray.
and power input. The climate control
A selection can then be made on
system will balance stop/start
the front climate control page
displayed. See the infotainment efficiency with air conditioning
comfort and defog operation.
manual.
Climate Touch Screen Controls Certain climate control settings can
Climate Control Status Screen result in fewer autostops.
1. Outside Temperature Display
The following are climate control
2. Driver and Passenger settings that result in fewer
Temperature Controls autostops:
3. Fan Control . The defrost mode.
4. SYNC (Synchronized . High fan speed settings.
Temperature)
. Extreme temperature settings.
5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)
For maximum air conditioning
6. Climate Control Selection comfort, use the stop/start disable
(Application Tray Button) switch. See “Auto Engine Stop/
7. Rear (Rear Climate Control Start” under Starting the Engine
Touch Screen) 0 204.
8. Air Delivery Mode Control The climate control status screen
appears briefly when the climate
control buttons on the faceplate are
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Automatic Operation light will not come on. Press @ to to change the linked temperature.
The system automatically controls select recirculation; press it again to When the passenger settings are
the fan speed, air delivery, air select outside air. adjusted, the SYNC button is
conditioning, and recirculation in displayed when the temperatures
English units can be changed to are unlinked.
order to heat or cool the vehicle to metric units through the instrument
the desired temperature. cluster. See “Cluster Settings Menu” Rear (If Equipped) : Press this
When the indicator light is on or under Instrument Cluster 0 115. button on the front climate control
AUTO is displayed on the touch touch screen to open the rear
OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan on climate control screen. The rear
screen, the system is in full or off. The temperature control and
automatic operation. If the air climate control settings can now be
air delivery mode can still be adjusted from the front
delivery mode or fan setting is adjusted.
manually adjusted, the auto passenger area.
indicator turns off and the display w / x (Driver and Passenger Manual Operation
will show the selected settings. Auto Temperature Controls) : The
operation can be turned off temperature can be adjusted z 9 y(Fan Control) : Press the
individually for climate settings. separately for the driver and the fan control buttons or the touch
passenger. Press to increase or screen fan control, to increase or
For automatic operation: decrease the temperature. Press decrease the fan speed. Press and
1. Press AUTO. and hold to rapidly increase or hold the buttons or the touch screen
decrease the temperature. control to adjust speed more
2. Set the temperature. Allow the quickly. The fan speed setting
system time to stabilize. Then The driver and passenger displays. Pressing either button
adjust the temperature as temperatures can also be adjusted cancels automatic fan control and
needed for best comfort. by pressing the controls on the the fan can be controlled manually.
touch screen. Press AUTO to return to automatic
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation SYNC (Synchronized operation. To turn off the fan and
may be automatically selected in Temperature) : Press SYNC on the climate control system, press and
warm weather. The recirculation touch screen to link all climate zone hold the fan down button or touch
settings to the driver settings. Adjust screen fan control until it is off.
the driver side temperature control
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Air Delivery Mode Control : When turn on or off. Changing the air @ (Recirculation) : Press to
the climate information is displayed, delivery mode also turns the alternate between recirculating air
press the desired air delivery mode defrost off. inside the vehicle or pulling in
on the touch screen to change the A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press the outside air. The indicator light on the
direction of the airflow. The selected AC Mode touch screen control to button is lit when recirculation mode
air delivery mode button is lit. turn the automatic air conditioning is active. This helps to quickly cool
Pressing any of the air delivery on or off. If the fan is turned off, the the air inside the vehicle or reduce
buttons cancels automatic air air conditioner will not run. Outside the outside air and odors that might
delivery control and the direction of temperatures below freezing may enter.
the airflow can be controlled also prevent the air conditioner from
manually. Press AUTO to return to Pressing this button cancels
running. automatic recirculation. Press AUTO
automatic operation.
Press AUTO to return to automatic to return to automatic operation;
To change the current mode, select operation and the air conditioner recirculation runs automatically as
one of the following: runs as needed. needed.
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the Automatic Air Recirculation : Manual recirculation mode is not
instrument panel outlets. When the AUTO indicator light is available when in Defrost or Defog
\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided on, the air is automatically modes.
between the instrument panel recirculated as needed to help Auto Defog : The climate control
outlets and the floor outlets. quickly cool the inside of the system may have a sensor to
[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the vehicle. automatically detect high humidity
floor outlets. The climate control system may inside the vehicle. When high
have a sensor to detect air pollution. humidity is detected, the climate
- (Defog) : Clears the windows of When using automatic air control system may adjust to
fog or moisture. Air is directed to the outside air supply and turn on the
windshield and floor outlets. recirculation, the air quality control
system may operate. To adjust the air conditioner. If the climate control
0 (Defrost) : Clears the sensitivity of the air quality sensor, system does not detect possible
windshield of fog or frost more see “Climate and Air Quality” under window fogging, it returns to normal
quickly. Air is directed to the Vehicle Personalization 0 152. operation. To turn Auto Defog off or
windshield. Press the 0 button to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
on, see “Climate and Air Quality” seats can be turned on or off. See
under Vehicle Personalization Caution Vehicle Personalization 0 152 and
0 152. Heated and Ventilated Seats 0 14.
Do not try to clear frost or other
Rear Window Defogger material from the inside of the Remote Start Climate Control
front windshield and rear window Operation : If equipped with the
= (Rear Window Defogger) : remote start feature, the climate
Press to turn the rear window with a razor blade or anything
else that is sharp. This may control system may run when the
defogger on or off. An indicator light vehicle is started remotely. The
on the button comes on to show that damage the rear window
system uses the driver’s previous
the rear window defogger is on. defogger grid and affect the
settings to heat or cool the inside of
radio's ability to pick up stations
The rear window defogger can be the vehicle. The rear defog may
clearly. The repairs would not be come on during remote start based
set to automatic operation. See
covered by the vehicle warranty. on cold ambient conditions. The
“Climate and Air Quality” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. rear defog indicator light does not
When Auto Rear Defog is selected, Driver and Passenger Heated and come on during a remote start.
the rear window defogger turns on Ventilated Seats (If Equipped) : If equipped with heated or ventilated
automatically when the interior Press J or z to heat the driver or seats, they may come on during a
temperature is about 4 °C (40 °F) passenger seat cushion and remote start. See Remote Vehicle
and below. seatback. Start 0 35 and Heated and
Ventilated Seats 0 14.
The upper gridlines on the rear
window are antenna lines and are Press C or { to ventilate the driver
not intended to heat when the or passenger seat.
defogger is activated. The vehicle also has auto heated
The heated outside rearview mirrors seats that turn on when the vehicle
turn on when the rear window is on. The seats will activate at the
defogger button is on and help to level required by the vehicle’s
clear fog or frost from the surface of interior temperature. To turn off,
the mirrors. press J or z. The auto heated
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Sensor Air Quality Sensor Rear Climate Control

If equipped with an air quality System
sensor, the climate control system
adjusts to limit some exhaust fumes If equipped, the rear climate control
from being pulled inside the vehicle. system is on the rear of the center
console. The settings can be
Press the AUTO button on the adjusted with the rear climate
climate control to activate the air control buttons and the touch
quality sensor. Recirculation is screen.
automatically selected when poor
quality air is detected. The air
quality sensor will not maintain
recirculation for an extended period
to prevent the air inside the vehicle
from becoming too dry or stuffy.
The solar sensor, on top of the
instrument panel near the Under certain conditions, the air
windshield, monitors the solar heat. quality sensor will not activate, such
as during cold weather or with
The climate control system uses the extreme odors. Press @ to
sensor information to adjust the activate recirculation.
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode The air quality sensor system does
for best comfort. not protect against carbon monoxide Rear Climate Control Buttons
(CO), which you cannot see or 1. Heated Rear Seats (If
If the sensor is covered, the smell. See Engine Exhaust 0 209.
automatic climate control system Equipped)
The air quality sensor operation can
may not work properly. be adjusted, See “Climate and Air 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Quality” under Vehicle 3. Temperature Control
Personalization 0 152.
4. O (On/Off)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
5. MODE (Air Delivery Mode 7. Rear Control Lockout twice to unlink the set driver and
Control) 8. Air Delivery Mode Control rear temperatures. The SYNC
button turns off.
Rear : Press this button on the front
climate control touch screen to open Rear Control Lockout : Press to
the rear climate control screen. The lock or unlock control of the rear
rear climate control settings can climate control system from the rear
now be adjusted from the front seat passengers. When locked, the
passenger area. rear climate control can only be
adjusted from the front seat.
O (On/Off) : Press the O button or
Automatic Operation
REAR O on the touch screen to turn
the rear climate control on or off. Rear AUTO : Press to turn on or off.
If the rear climate control is turned The air delivery is controlled
off using REAR O on the touch automatically. The AUTO indicator
Rear Climate Touch Screen appears on the display. If the MODE
screen, the rear climate control
Controls setting is manually adjusted, this
buttons must be pressed twice to
cancels full automatic operation.
1. Outside Temperature Display turn the system back on. Press O
on the rear climate control faceplate Manual Operation
2. Rear Climate Temperature
Control
and within five seconds press the S A T(Fan Control) : Press or
MODE or temperature buttons on press and hold the front climate
3. SYNC (Synchronized the faceplate. control buttons or touch screen to
Temperatures) increase or decrease the rear
SYNC : Press SYNC on the touch
4. REAR O (On/Off) screen to match the rear climate climate airflow.
control temperature to the front +/− (Temperature Control) : Press
5. Rear AUTO (Automatic climate control driver temperature.
Operation) or press and hold the rear
The SYNC button will be lit. Press temperature control buttons or touch
6. Front (Front Climate Control the TEMP, MODE, or AUTO button screen to adjust the rear passenger
Touch Screen) temperature. Press + for warmer air
and press − for cooler air.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Y/ [/\ (Air Delivery Mode Air Vents

Control) : Press the desired mode
button on the touch screen or the Adjustable air vents are in the
MODE button on the rear faceplate center and on the side of the
to change the direction of the airflow instrument panel.
in the rear seating area.
M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If
Equipped) : Press M or L to heat
the left or right outboard seat
cushion and seatback. See Heated
Rear Seats 0 64.
Move the slider knobs (2) to change
the direction of the airflow.
Additional air vents are beneath the
windshield and the driver and
passenger side door windows.
These are fixed and cannot be
1. Thumbwheel adjusted.
2. Slider Knob
Operation Tips
Use the thumbwheels (1) near the
air vents to open or close off the . Clear away any ice, snow,
airflow. or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
Maintenance directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
circulate the air inside of the create unsafe conditions based on
vehicle more effectively. Passenger Compartment inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
. Use of non-GM approved hood
Air Filter or other health-based concerns.
deflectors can adversely affect The filter reduces dust, pollen, and
the performance of the system. other airborne irritants from outside
Check with your dealer before air that is pulled into the vehicle.
adding equipment to the outside The filter should be replaced as part
of the vehicle. of routine scheduled maintenance.
. Do not attach any devices to the See Maintenance Schedule 0 347.
air vent slats. This restricts See your dealer regarding
airflow and may cause damage replacement of the filter.
to the air vents.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Driving and Operating 187
Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Parking over Things
Limited-Slip Differential
(V-Sport and
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 V-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Engine Exhaust Cruise Control
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Driving Information Running the Vehicle While Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 227
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Driver Assistance Systems
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Automatic Transmission Driver Assistance Systems . . . 235
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 210 Assistance Systems for
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 235
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Assistance Systems for
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Drive Systems Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Track Events and Competitive Brakes System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Antilock Brake Front Automatic Braking (FAB)
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 195 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 196 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 214 Side Blind Zone
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 198 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 246
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Ride Control Systems Lane Departure
Traction Control/Electronic Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Starting and Operating Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 248
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 202 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 218
Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Competitive Driving Mode Fuel
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 (V-Sport and Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 204 V-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 California Fuel
Retained Accessory Limited-Slip Differential Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 (Except V-Sport and Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 252
Engine Coolant Heater . . . . . . . 207 V-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
188 Driving and Operating
Filling a Portable Fuel .

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
Trailer Towing Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate
General Towing control and seat settings.
Distraction comes in many forms
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Program all trip information into
and can take your focus from the
Driving Characteristics and any navigation device prior to
task of driving. Exercise good
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 driving.
judgment and do not let other
Trailer Towing (With LGX
Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Trailer Towing (With LTG, LF3, from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen
or LT4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 governments have enacted laws to the floor.
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
Conversions and Add-Ons your area. to children.
Add-On Electrical To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary { Warning
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
See the infotainment manual for Average driver reaction time is

information on that system or the { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
navigation system, if equipped, that time, a vehicle moving at
including pairing and using a cell Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
phone. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
Defensive Driving judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive driving means “always can have a serious — or even include:
expect the unexpected.” The first fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
step in driving defensively is to wear drinking. you and the vehicle in front
the safety belt. See Safety Belts of you.
0 65. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users
Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
careless and make mistakes. who will not drink.
vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to
front of you. power brake assist but it will be
control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
. Focus on the task of driving. Once the power assist is used up, it
Braking can take longer to stop and the
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
Death and injury associated with time and reaction time. Deciding to
drinking and driving is a global push the brake pedal is perception
tragedy. time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Steering If the steering wheel is turned until it Steering in Emergencies

reaches the end of its travel and is .
Variable Effort Steering There are some situations when
held against that position for an
steering around a problem may
Some vehicles have a steering extended period of time, power
be more effective than braking.
system that varies the amount of steering assist may be reduced.
. Holding both sides of the
effort required to steer the vehicle in If steering assist is used for an
relation to the speed of the vehicle. steering wheel allows you to turn
extended period of time, power
180 degrees without removing
The amount of steering effort assist may be reduced.
a hand.
required is less at slower speeds to Normal use of the power steering . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
make the vehicle more assist should return when the
maneuverable and easier to park. At allows steering while braking.
system cools down.
faster speeds, the steering effort
See specific vehicle steering Off-Road Recovery
increases to provide a sport-like feel
messages under Vehicle Messages
to the steering. This provides
0 140.
maximum control and stability.
See your dealer if there is a
Electric Power Steering problem.
The vehicle has electric power Curve Tips
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance . Take curves at a reasonable
is not required. speed.
If power steering assist is lost due . Reduce speed before entering a
to a system malfunction, the vehicle curve.
can be steered, but may require . Maintain a reasonable steady
increased effort. See your dealer if speed through the curve.
there is a problem.
. Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The vehicle's right wheels can drop . Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering,
off the edge of a road onto the throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking,
shoulder while driving. Follow wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed
these tips: Defensive drivers avoid most skids by shifting to a lower gear. Any
1. Ease off the accelerator and by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause
then, if there is nothing in the existing conditions, and by not the tires to slide.
way, steer the vehicle so that it overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help
straddles the edge of the skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
pavement. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
2. Turn the steering wheel about these suggestions: Track Events and
one-eighth of a turn, until the . Ease your foot off the Competitive Driving
right front tire contacts the accelerator pedal and steer the Track events and competitive
pavement edge. way you want the vehicle to go. driving may affect the vehicle
3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. warranty. See the warranty manual
straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it before using the vehicle for
occurs. competitive driving.
Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your
Skidding driving according to weather Caution
conditions. Stopping distance
There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle If the vehicle is used for track
correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when events and competitive driving,
control systems: traction is reduced by water, the engine may use more oil than
. Braking Skid — wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other it would with normal use. Low oil
rolling. material on the road. Learn to levels can damage the engine.
recognize warning clues — such Check the oil level often and
. Steering or Cornering Skid — as enough water, ice, or packed maintain the proper level. See
too much speed or steering in a snow on the road to make a Engine Oil 0 271.
curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface — and slow
lose cornering force. down when you have any doubt.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Axle Fluid Engine Oil Ultra Platinum™ 0W-40, Valvoline

SYNPOWER MST 5W-40, Mobil 1
Axles must have 885 km (500 mi) 2.0L (LTG) Engine ESP Formula M 5W-40. See
before being used in track driving.
This is not available with a track Capacities and Specifications 0 361.
The front, if equipped with AWD, package option and is not This requires premium fuel, and
and rear axle fluid temperatures recommended for track use. comes standard with a 10 qt sump,
may be higher than when driving in
3.6L Non-Turbo (LGX) Engine air/oil separator, integrated oil
severe conditions. Drain and refill
cooler, and other powertrain and
with new fluid after the first racing or . With Oil Cooler: Confirm the oil powertrain cooling components in
competitive driving event, and then level is at the upper mark that preparation for track use.
after every 24 hours of racing or shows the proper operating
competitive driving. See range on the engine oil dipstick. Check the oil level often during track
Recommended Fluids and events and competitive driving and
. Without Oil Cooler: Do not use keep the oil level at or near the
Lubricants 0 356.
for track events and competitive upper mark.
driving.
Caution Brake Fluid
3.6L Twin Turbo (LF3) Engine
During a first time track or racing For track events and competitive
This requires premium fuel, and
event, high axle temperatures can driving, it is recommended that the
comes standard with a 7 qt sump,
occur. Damage could be caused brake fluid be replaced with a high
integrated oil cooler, and other
to the axle and would not be performance brake fluid that has a
powertrain and powertrain cooling
covered by the vehicle warranty. dry boiling point greater than 279 °C
components in preparation for
Do not drive as long or as fast the (534 °F). After conversion to the
track use.
first time the vehicle is driven on high performance brake fluid, follow
6.2L Supercharged (LT4) Engine the brake fluid service
the track or raced.
recommendations outlined by the
Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or
fluid manufacturer. Do not use
5W-40 that meets the dexos2 ™
silicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.
specification. If this oil is not
available, the following oils can be
used as an alternative: Pennzoil
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
V-Sport and V-Series Brake smoke and produce an odor. The

Caution Burnishing braking force and pedal travel may
New brake pads must be burnished increase. After the procedure is
Removing the splash shield can complete, the brake pads may
degrade wet braking before racing or other competitive
driving. appear white at the rotor contact.
performance, as well as introduce
brake pedal pulsation, due to Run this procedure in a safe
brake disc exposure to road Caution manner and in compliance with all
debris. Only remove the front local and state ordinances/laws
These procedures are specific to regarding motor vehicle operation.
brake disc splash shield and front
the V-Sport and V-Series brake Run this procedure only on dry
tire deflector when driving in track
package. This procedure should pavement.
events.
not be run on other models as Racing/Track Brake Burnishing
damage may result. Procedure
Brake cooling can be improved if
the front brake disc splash shield
and front tire deflector are removed. Caution
Removing the shield will require that Caution
the suspension bushings visible to Brake pedal fade will occur during
the brake disc be protected with The new vehicle break-in period this track burnish procedure and
insulated thermal wrapping. should be completed before can cause brake pedal travel and
performing the brake burnish force to increase. This could
Brake Burnishing procedure or damage may occur extend stopping distance until the
To prepare the V-Sport and V-Series to the powertrain/engine. See brakes are fully burnished.
brake systems for track events and New Vehicle Break-In 0 202.
racing, complete the appropriate 1. Apply the brakes 25 times
high performance brake burnishing starting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to
When performed as instructed, this
procedure described below. 50 km/h (30 mph) while
procedure will not damage the
brakes. During the burnishing decelerating at 0.4 g. This is a
procedure, the brake pads will medium brake application.
Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
between applying the brakes. Brake Cooling Inflation Pressure Guidelines

This first step may be skipped On V-Series, remove front tire Tire pressures affect vehicle
if there are more than 320 km deflectors if equipped, before track handling and tire life, and should be
(200 mi) on the brake pads. driving for optimized brake cooling. adjusted for various types of track
2. Repeatedly apply the brakes courses. Inspect the tires prior to
from 100 km/h (60 mph) to Wheel Alignment (V-Series Only)
every track session. Track driving
25 km/h (15 mph) while Wheel alignment suggested specs will reduce the tire tread life.
decelerating at 0.8 g. This is a for track use:
hard brake application, without
activating the Antilock Brake
. Front: -2.0 deg camber, 0.2 deg { Warning
total toe
System (ABS). Drive for at Operating the vehicle at high
least 1 km (0.6 mi) between . Rear: -1.7 deg camber, 0.2 deg
speeds can be dangerous.
stops. Repeat until the brake total toe
Improper tire inflation pressure
pedal travel starts to increase. can put additional strain on the
V-Series Vehicles Equipped
Depending on conditions, this tires and can cause a sudden
should take no longer than 25 With the Original Equipment
Tires failure. Make sure the tires are in
brake applications.
excellent condition, and use the
3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h Follow the requirements and correct cold tire inflation pressure
(60 mph) for approximately recommendations for tire inflation
for the vehicle load and track or
15 km (10 mi) without using the pressures while driving on various
course.
brakes. types of tracks. This helps to
achieve a well-balanced vehicle and
4. Apply the brakes 25 times from enhance tire traction performance.
100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h
(30 mph) while decelerating at
Use good judgment to determine the
appropriate inflation pressure and
{ Warning
0.4 g. This is a medium brake speeds for the track configuration Track courses put high loads on
application. Drive for at least and environmental conditions. tires operating at high speed,
1 km (0.6 mi) between Contact the tire manufacturer if which can lead to tire failure if not
applications. further assistance is needed. inflated properly.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Tracks with Sustained High-Speed Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to the
Operation on Banked Turns driver and one passenger, with no { Warning
(e.g., Daytona International additional cargo.
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
Speedway, Indianapolis Motor Tire Pressure Recommendation: They might not work as well in a
Speedway, or similar) quick stop and could cause
Hot: Target hot tire pressures to
Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to the 270-280 kPa (39-41 psi). This is the pulling to one side. You could
driver and one passenger, with no stable tire pressure reached after lose control of the vehicle.
additional cargo. approximately 15 minutes of After driving through a large
Tire Pressure Requirement: Inflate operation at maximum driver effort. puddle of water or a car/vehicle
tires to no less than 300 kPa Cold: This value will vary based on wash, lightly apply the brake
(44 psi) cold. driving style, track, temperature, and pedal until the brakes work
Tracks with Combined High-Speed weather conditions. normally.
and High-Load Corners Return the tires to the Flowing or rushing water creates
(e.g., Nurburgring Nordschliefe, Spa recommended cold tire inflation strong forces. Driving through
Francorchamps, or similar) pressure when high-speed driving flowing water could cause the
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits vehicle to be carried away. If this
Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to the 0 198 and Tire Pressure 0 308. happens, you and other vehicle
driver and one passenger, with no
occupants could drown. Do not
additional cargo. Driving on Wet Roads ignore police warnings and be
Tire Pressure Requirement: Inflate Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive
tires to no less than 260 kPa vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water.
(38 psi) cold and limit to 230 km/h ability to stop and accelerate.
(143 mph) until 290 kPa (42 psi) is Always drive slower in these types
reached. Hydroplaning
of driving conditions and avoid
Road/Street Courses driving through large puddles and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
deep-standing or flowing water. can build up under the vehicle's
(e.g., Virginia International tires so they actually ride on the
Raceway, Road Atlanta, or similar) water. This can happen if the road is
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
wet enough and you are going fast . Keep the vehicle serviced and in
enough. When the vehicle is good shape. Warning (Continued)
hydroplaning, it has little or no . Check all fluid levels and brakes,
contact with the road. loss of steering. Always have the
tires, cooling system, and engine running and the vehicle
There is no hard and fast rule about transmission. in gear.
hydroplaning. The best advice is to . Shift to a lower gear when going
slow down when the road is wet. down steep or long hills. . Drive at speeds that keep the
Other Rainy Weather Tips vehicle in its own lane. Do not
Besides slowing down, other wet { Warning swing wide or cross the
weather driving tips include: center line.
Using the brakes to slow the
. Allow extra following distance. . Be alert on top of hills;
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can something could be in your lane
. Pass with caution. (e.g., stalled car, accident).
reduce brake performance, and
. Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking. . Pay attention to special road
equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
. Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the winding roads, long grades,
reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope. passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.
. Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 300.
Winter Driving
. Turn off cruise control. { Warning Driving on Snow or Ice
Hill and Mountain Roads Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
Snow or ice between the tires and
or with the ignition off is the road creates less traction or
Driving on steep hills or through dangerous. This can cause
mountains is different than driving grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
overheating of the brakes and occur at about 0 ° C (32 ° F) when
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid Avoid sudden steering

driving on wet ice or in freezing rain maneuvers and braking while Warning (Continued)
until roads can be treated. on ice.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
For slippery road driving: . Turn off cruise control.
. Clear snow from the base of
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating Blizzard Conditions the vehicle, especially any
too quickly causes the wheels to blocking the exhaust pipe.
Stay with the vehicle unless there is
spin and makes the surface . Open a window about 5 cm
help nearby. If possible, use
under the tires slick.
Roadside Service. See Roadside (2 in) on the vehicle side
. Turn on Traction Control. See Service 0 367. To get help and keep that is away from the wind,
Traction Control/Electronic everyone in the vehicle safe: to bring in fresh air.
Stability Control 0 216. . Fully open the air outlets on
. Turn on the hazard warning
. Antilock Brake System (ABS) flashers. or under the instrument
improves vehicle stability during . Tie a red cloth to an outside panel.
hard stops, but the brakes . Adjust the climate control
mirror.
should be applied sooner than
system to circulate the air
when on dry pavement. See
Antilock Brake System (ABS) { Warning inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
0 214.
Snow can trap engine exhaust setting. See “Climate
See Driver Mode Control 0 218 under the vehicle. This may Control Systems.”
. Allow greater following distance cause exhaust gases to get For more information about CO,
and watch for slippery spots. Icy inside. Engine exhaust contains see Engine Exhaust 0 209 in the
patches can occur on otherwise carbon monoxide (CO), which index.
clear roads in shaded areas. cannot be seen or smelled. It can
The surface of a curve or an cause unconsciousness and even
overpass can remain icy when death.
the surrounding roads are clear. (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
To save fuel, run the engine for causes a rocking motion that could
short periods to warm the vehicle { Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
and then shut the engine off and the vehicle out after a few tries, it
partially close the window. Moving If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the
about to keep warm also helps. speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out,
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 333.
If it takes time for help to arrive, vehicle can overheat, causing an
when running the engine, push the engine compartment fire or other
accelerator pedal slightly so the Vehicle Load Limits
damage. Spin the wheels as little
engine runs faster than the idle It is very important to know how
as possible and avoid going
speed. This keeps the battery much weight the vehicle can
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
charged to restart the vehicle and to
carry. This weight is called the
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
save fuel. includes the weight of all
it Out
occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
Slowly and cautiously spin the front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may
wheels to free the vehicle when system. Shift back and forth
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. between R (Reverse) and a low
properly carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
If stuck too severely for the traction the Certification label.
system to free the vehicle, turn the as little as possible. To prevent
traction system off and use the transmission wear, wait until the
rocking method. See Traction wheels stop spinning before shifting { Warning
Control/Electronic Stability Control gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
0 216.
lightly on the accelerator pedal heavier than the Gross
when the transmission is in gear. Vehicle Weight Rating
Slowly spinning the wheels in the (GVWR), or either the
forward and reverse directions
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the

Warning (Continued) Label recommended cold tire inflation
maximum front or rear Gross pressures (4). For more
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). information on tires and inflation
This can cause systems to see Tires 0 300 and Tire
break and change the way the Pressure 0 308.
vehicle handles. This could There is also important loading
cause loss of control and a information on the Certification
crash. Overloading can also label. It may show the Gross
reduce stopping distance, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
damage the tires, and shorten and the Gross Axle Weight
the life of the vehicle. Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle. See “Certification
Label Example Label” later in this section.
A vehicle-specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct
Loading Information label is Load Limit–
attached to the vehicle's center 1. Locate the statement "The
pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and combined weight of
Loading Information label shows occupants and cargo should
the number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or
positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard.
kilograms and pounds.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the
passengers that will be
tire size of the original
riding in your vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant

weight of the driver and manual to determine how Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and
4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg
the available amount of See Trailer Towing (With LGX (700 lbs).
cargo and luggage load Engine) 0 257 or Trailer Towing
capacity. For example, if the (With LTG, LF3, or LT4 Engine)
"XXX" amount equals 0 258 for important information
1400 lbs. and there will be on towing a trailer, towing safety
five 150 lb passengers in rules, and trailering tips.
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo Example 2
being loaded on the vehicle.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo for Example 2 = 453 kg
and luggage load capacity (1,000 lbs).
calculated in Step 4. Example 1 2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
6. If your vehicle will be towing × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
a trailer, load from your for Example 1 = 453 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight
trailer will be transferred to (1,000 lbs). = 113 kg (250 lbs).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
weight of the driver, passengers,

and cargo should never exceed { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. Things inside the vehicle can
Certification Label strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
. Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Example 3
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight . Never stack heavier
for Example 3 = 453 kg things, like suitcases,
(1,000 lbs). inside the vehicle so that
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example some of them are above
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats.
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an
(1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint
3. Available Cargo Weight may show the gross weight in the vehicle.
= 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of the vehicle, called
. Secure loose items in the
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The GVWR includes vehicle.
Loading Information label for
specific information about the the weight of the vehicle, all . Do not leave a seat
vehicle's capacity weight and occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless
seating positions. The combined needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

.
Starting and Do not participate in track
events, sport driving schools, { Warning
Operating or similar activities during this
The exposed edges of carbon
break-in period.
fiber parts can be sharp when
New Vehicle Break-In . Check engine oil with every damaged. You or others could be
Follow these recommended refueling and add if necessary. injured. Use caution when
guidelines during the first Oil and fuel consumption may be washing the vehicle, coming in
2 400 km (1,500 mi) of driving this higher than normal during the contact with damaged carbon
vehicle. Parts have a break-in first 2 400 km (1,500 mi).
fiber parts, or removing these
period and performance will be . To break in new tires, drive at parts. See your dealer for
better in the long run. moderate speeds and avoid hard replacement.
For the first 2 400 km (1,500 mi): cornering for the first
300 km (200 mi). New tires do
. Avoid full throttle starts and not have maximum traction and Ignition Positions
abrupt stops. may tend to slip.
. Do not exceed 4000 engine rpm. . New brake linings also need a
. Avoid driving at any one break–in period. Avoid making
constant speed, fast or slow. hard stops during the first
300 km (200 mi). This is
. Avoid downshifting to brake or recommended every time brake
slow the vehicle when the linings are replaced.
engine speed will exceed
4000 rpm.
Carbon Fiber
. Do not let the engine labor.
Never lug the engine in high This vehicle may be equipped with
gear at low speeds. carbon fiber parts. Dealer-installed
accessories may also contain
carbon fiber.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The vehicle has an electronic If the vehicle is in P (Park), the Do not turn the engine off when the
keyless ignition with pushbutton ignition will turn off, and Retained vehicle is moving. This will cause a
start. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain loss of power assist in the brake
Pressing the button cycles it through active. See Retained Accessory and steering systems and disable
three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, Power (RAP) 0 206. the airbags.
ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the If the vehicle must be shut off in an
Engine/OFF. ignition will return to ACC/ emergency:
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ACCESSORY and display a 1. Brake using a firm and steady
transmitter must be in the vehicle for message in the Driver Information pressure. Do not pump the
the system to operate. If the Center (DIC). See Transmission brakes repeatedly. This may
pushbutton start is not working, the Messages 0 151. When the vehicle deplete power assist, requiring
vehicle may be near a strong radio is shifted into P (Park), the ignition increased brake pedal force.
antenna signal causing interference system will switch to OFF.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
to the Keyless Access system. See The vehicle may have an electric This can be done while the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) steering column lock. The lock is vehicle is moving. After shifting
System Operation 0 29. activated when the vehicle is to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle switched to OFF and the driver door brakes and steer the vehicle to
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or is opened. A sound may be heard a safe location.
ON/RUN, and the brake pedal must as the lock actuates or releases.
The steering column lock may not 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
be applied. to P (Park), and turn the
release with the wheels turned off
Stopping the Engine/OFF (No center. If this happens, the vehicle ignition to OFF. On vehicles
Indicator Lights) : When the may not start. Move the steering with an automatic transmission,
vehicle is stopped, press the wheel from left to right while the shift lever must be in
ENGINE START/STOP button once attempting to start the vehicle. If this P (Park) to turn the ignition
to turn the engine off. does not work, the vehicle needs switch to the OFF position.
service. 4. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 214.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Starting the Engine

{ Warning Light) : This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
Turning off the vehicle while the brake pedal applied, pressing N (Neutral). To restart the engine
moving may cause loss of power the button once will place the when the vehicle is already moving,
assist in the brake and steering ignition system in ON/RUN/START. use N (Neutral) only.
systems and disable the airbags. Once engine cranking begins,
While driving, only shut the release the button. Engine cranking Caution
vehicle off in an emergency. will continue until the engine starts.
See Starting the Engine 0 204. The Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. vehicle is moving. If you do, you
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving, could damage the transmission.
Service Only Mode Shift to P (Park) only when the
press and hold the ENGINE START/
STOP button for longer than This power mode is available for vehicle is stopped.
two seconds, or press twice in service and diagnostics, and to
five seconds. verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber be required for emission inspection Caution
Indicator Light) : This mode allows purposes. With the vehicle off, and
you to use some electrical the brake pedal not applied, If you add electrical parts or
accessories when the engine is off. pressing and holding the button for accessories, you could change
more than five seconds will place the way the engine operates. Any
With the ignition off, pressing the
button one time without the brake the vehicle in Service Only Mode. resulting damage would not be
pedal applied will place the ignition The instruments and audio systems covered by the vehicle warranty.
system in ACC/ACCESSORY. will operate as they do in ON/RUN, See Add-On Electrical Equipment
but the vehicle will not be able to be 0 259.
The ignition will switch from ACC/ driven. The engine will not start in
ACCESSORY to OFF after Service Only Mode. Press the
five minutes to prevent battery button again to turn the vehicle off.
rundown.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Starting Procedure gasoline from the engine. Do

Caution not race the engine
1. With the Keyless Access
system, the Remote Keyless immediately after starting it.
Cranking the engine for long Operate the engine and
Entry (RKE) transmitter must periods of time, by returning the
be in the vehicle. Press the transmission gently until the oil
ignition to the START position warms up and lubricates all
ENGINE START/STOP button immediately after cranking has
with the brake pedal applied. moving parts.
ended, can overheat and damage
When the engine begins the cranking motor, and drain the Stop/Start System
cranking, let go of the button.
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
The idle speed will go down as between each try, to let the { Warning
the engine gets warm. Do not cranking motor cool down.
race the engine immediately Exiting the vehicle without first
after starting it. shifting into P (Park) may cause
2. If the engine does not start the vehicle to move. You or others
If the RKE transmitter is not in after five to 10 seconds,
the vehicle, if there is may be injured. Because the
especially in very cold weather
interference, or the RKE vehicle has the auto engine stop/
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
battery is low, a Driver start feature, the vehicle's engine
be flooded with too much
Information Center (DIC) will gasoline. Try pushing the might seem to be shut off;
display a message. See Key accelerator pedal all the way to however, once the brake pedal is
and Lock Messages 0 143 and the floor and holding it there as released, the engine will start up
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) you press the ENGINE START/ again.
System Operation 0 29. STOP button. Wait at least Shift to P (Park) and turn the
15 seconds between each try, ignition to LOCK/OFF, before
to allow the cranking motor to exiting the vehicle.
cool down. When the engine
starts, release the accelerator.
If the vehicle starts briefly but
then stops again, do the same
thing. This clears the extra
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
If equipped with the 2.0L L4, or 3.6L . The battery has been recently display. The indicator on the switch
V6 non-turbo engine, the vehicle disconnected. will illuminate when the system is
has a fuel saving stop/start system . The battery charge is low. operational.
to shut off the engine to help
conserve fuel. . The interior comfort level has not When h comes on green in the
reached the required level for instrument cluster, the system is
Auto Engine Stop/Start the climate control system or active. The system is not active
When the brakes are applied and defog settings. See Dual when it comes on white with a slash
the vehicle is at a complete stop, Automatic Climate Control through it.
the engine may turn off. When System 0 178.
stopped, the tachometer displays . The Auto Stop time is greater Retained Accessory
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer than two minutes. Power (RAP)
0 119. When the brake pedal is
released or the accelerator pedal These vehicle accessories can be
pushed, the engine will restart. used for up to 10 minutes after the
engine is turned off:
Auto Stop may be deactivated if:
. Audio System
. A minimum vehicle speed is not
reached. . Power Windows
. The engine or transmission is . Sunroof (if equipped)
not at the required operating Power to the audio system will work
temperature. up to 10 minutes or until the driver
. The outside temperature is not door is opened. Power to the
in the required operating range. windows or sunroof will work up to
Typically below −10 °C (14 °F) or 10 minutes or until any door is
above 50 °C (122 °F). opened.
The automatic engine stop/start
. The shift lever is in any gear function can be disabled using the
other than D (Drive). switch to the left of the infotainment
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Engine Coolant Heater 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded

Warning (Continued)
110-volt AC outlet.
Vehicles with the engine coolant
heater can use this option in cold it overheat and cause a fire,
weather conditions at or below −18 ° { Warning property damage, electric
C (0 °F) for easier starting and better shock, and injury.
Improper use of the heater cord
fuel economy during engine or an extension cord can damage . Do not operate the vehicle
warm-up. Plug in the coolant heater with the heater cord
the cord and may result in
at least four hours before starting permanently attached to the
overheating and fire.
your vehicle. An internal thermostat vehicle. Possible heater
in the plug-end of the cord may exist . Plug the cord into a cord and thermostat
which will prevent engine coolant three-prong electrical utility damage could occur.
heater operation at temperatures receptacle that is protected
above −18 °C (0 °F). by a ground fault detection . While in use, do not let the
function. An ungrounded heater cord touch vehicle
To Use the Engine Coolant outlet could cause an parts or sharp edges. Never
Heater electric shock. close the hood on the
heater cord.
1. Turn off the engine. . Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated . Before starting the vehicle,
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
extension cord if needed. unplug the cord, reattach
electrical cord. The cord is
Failure to use the the cover to the plug, and
clipped to the diagonal brace
recommended extension securely fasten the cord.
on the passenger side of the
cord in good operating Keep the cord away from
engine compartment.
condition, or using a any moving parts.
Check the heater cord for damaged heater or
damage. If it is damaged, do extension cord, could make
not use it. See your dealer for 4. Before starting the engine, be
(Continued) sure to unplug and store the
a replacement. Inspect the
cord as it was before to keep it
cord for damage yearly.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
away from moving engine Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with
parts. If you do not, it could be Engine Running the engine running, the vehicle must
damaged. be in P (Park) and the parking brake
set. After shifting into P (Park), try to
Contact your dealer for information { Warning move the shift lever out without first
on how long to use the heater in
your particular area. It can be dangerous to leave the pushing the button on the shift lever.
vehicle with the engine running. If you can, the shift lever was not
Shifting Into Park It could overheat and catch fire. fully locked into P (Park).
Use this procedure to shift into It is dangerous to get out of the Torque Lock
P (Park): vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake Torque lock is when the weight of
1. Hold the brake pedal down and the vehicle puts too much force on
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
set the parking brake. the parking pawl in the
See Electric Parking Brake Do not leave the vehicle when the transmission. This happens when
0 214. engine is running. If you have left parking on a hill and shifting the
the engine running, the vehicle transmission into P (Park) is not
2. Move the shift lever into can move suddenly. You or others done properly and then it is difficult
P (Park) by holding in the could be injured. To be sure the to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
button on the shift lever and vehicle will not move, even when torque lock, set the parking brake
pushing the lever all the way you are on fairly level ground, and then shift into P (Park). To find
toward the front of the vehicle. out how, see "Shifting Into Park"
always set the parking brake and
3. Turn the ignition off. move the shift lever to P (Park). listed previously.
4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry See Shifting Into Park 0 208. If torque lock does occur, the
(RKE) transmitter with you. If you are towing a trailer, see vehicle may need to be pushed
Driving Characteristics and uphill by another vehicle to relieve
Towing Tips 0 254. the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Shifting out of Park 1. Fully release the shift lever Engine Exhaust
button.
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system. 2. While holding down the brake
pedal, press the shift lever
{ Warning
The shift lock release is designed to
prevent movement of the shift lever button again. Engine exhaust contains carbon
out of P (Park), unless the ignition is 3. Move the shift lever. monoxide (CO) which cannot be
in ON/RUN and the brake pedal is seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
applied. If the shift lever will not move from
can cause unconsciousness and
P (Park), consult your dealer or a
The shift lock release is always even death.
professional towing service.
functional except in the case of an Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
uncharged or low voltage (less than Parking over Things . The vehicle idles in areas
9 volt) battery.
That Burn with poor ventilation
If the vehicle has an uncharged (parking garages, tunnels,
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the { Warning deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
battery. See Jump Starting - North Things that can burn could touch pipes).
America 0 331 for more information. hot exhaust parts under the . The exhaust smells or
To shift out of P (Park): vehicle and ignite. Do not park sounds strange or different.
1. Apply the brake pedal. over papers, leaves, dry grass, . The exhaust system leaks
or other things that can burn.
2. Release the parking brake. due to corrosion or damage.
See Electric Parking Brake . The vehicle exhaust system
0 214. has been modified,
3. Press the shift lever button. damaged, or improperly
repaired.
4. Move the shift lever.
(Continued)
If unable to shift out of P (Park):
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the
in the vehicle body from
engine running.
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 208 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 209.
coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 254.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the There are several different positions
engine running in an enclosed for the shift lever.
area such as a garage or a
P : This position locks the rear
building that has no fresh air
wheels. Use this position when
ventilation. starting the engine because the
vehicle cannot move easily.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out of moving, use N (Neutral) only. You
{ Warning P (Park), ease pressure on the shift can also use N (Neutral) when the
lever and push the shift lever all the vehicle is being towed.
It is dangerous to get out of the way into P (Park) as you maintain
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
brake application. Then press the
shift lever button and move the shift
{ Warning
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. lever into another gear. See Shifting Shifting into a drive gear while the
Do not leave the vehicle when the out of Park 0 209. engine is running at high speed is
engine is running unless you dangerous. Unless your foot is
have to. If you have left the Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the
engine running, the vehicle can vehicle could move very rapidly.
move suddenly. You or others Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit
could be injured. To be sure the vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift
vehicle will not move, even when damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine
you are on fairly level ground, repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed.
always set the parking brake and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
move the shift lever to P (Park). R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
See Shifting Into Park 0 208. is stopped.
Caution
If you are pulling a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and R : Use this gear to back up. Shifting out of P (Park) or
Towing Tips 0 254. At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) N (Neutral) with the engine
can be used to rock the vehicle running at high speed may
Make sure the shift lever is fully in back and forth to get out of snow, damage the transmission. The
P (Park) before starting the engine. ice, or sand without damaging your repairs would not be covered by
The vehicle has an electronic shift transmission. See If the Vehicle Is the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
lock release system. Fully apply the Stuck 0 198. engine is not running at high
regular brakes first and then press N : In this position, the engine does speed when shifting the vehicle.
the shift lever button before shifting not connect with the wheels. To
from P (Park) when the ignition is in restart when the vehicle is already
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
D : This position is for normal

Caution
Manual Mode
driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If you need more power Tap Shift
for passing, and you are: Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
. Going less than 55 km/h using only the accelerator pedal Caution
(35 mph), push the accelerator may damage the transmission.
pedal about halfway down. Driving with the engine at a high
The repair will not be covered by rpm without upshifting while using
. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or the vehicle warranty. If you are Tap Shift, could damage the
more, push the accelerator all stuck, do not spin the tires. When vehicle. Always upshift when
the way down. stopping on a hill, use the brakes necessary while using Tap Shift.
The transmission will shift down to hold the vehicle in place.
to a lower gear and have more
power. While in Sport or Track Mode, the
Downshifting the transmission in vehicle monitors driving behavior,
slippery road conditions could result and automatically enables
in skidding. See “Skidding” under Performance Shift Features when
Loss of Control 0 191. spirited driving is detected. These
features maintain lower
M : This mode can be entered with transmission gears to increase
the shift lever in the D (Drive) available engine braking and
position by pressing the M (Manual improve acceleration response. The
Mode) button on the top of the shift vehicle will exit these features and
lever. M (Manual Mode) allows the return to normal operation after a
driver to select gears appropriate for short period when no spirited driving
current driving conditions. is detected. See Driver Mode
M (Manual Mode) can be exited with Vehicles with Tap Shift have
Control 0 218.
a second press of the M (Manual controls on the back of the steering
Mode) button. See Manual Mode wheel to manually shift the
0 212. automatic transmission.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode: While using Tap Shift, the vehicle Drive Systems
1. With the shift lever in D (Drive), will have firmer, quicker shifting. You
can use this for sport driving or
press the M (Manual Mode)
when climbing or descending hills, All-Wheel Drive
button on the top of the shift
lever. While in Tap Shift Mode, to stay in gear longer, or to Vehicles with this feature always
the M of the PRNDM section of downshift for more power or engine send engine power to all four
the instrument cluster will braking. wheels. It is fully automatic, and
become highlighted, and the The transmission will only allow you adjusts itself as needed for road
current gear is indicated. to shift into gears appropriate for the conditions.
2. Tap the left control to vehicle speed and engine
downshift, and the right control revolutions per minute (rpm). The
to upshift. To shift to the lowest transmission will not automatically
available gear, press and hold shift to the next lower gear if the
the left control. engine rpm is too high, nor to the
next higher gear when the maximum
3. To exit, press the M (Manual engine rpm is reached.
Mode) button a second time.
If shifting is prevented for any
With the shift lever in D (Drive) and reason, a SHIFT DENIED message
not in Permanent Tap Shift Mode, will be displayed in the instrument
the tap shift controls will activate a cluster. See Transmission
temporary tap manual shift mode, Messages 0 151.
allowing the transmission to be
manually shifted. Automatic shifts When accelerating the vehicle from
return after no manual shifts have a stop in snowy and icy conditions,
been done for seven to 10 seconds. it is suggested to shift into second
The Temporary Tap Shift Mode can gear. A higher gear allows the
also be deactivated by holding the vehicle to gain more traction on
right upshift control briefly. slippery surfaces.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a Using ABS

computer senses the wheels are
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
slowing down. If one of the wheels
Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer
the brake pedal down firmly and let
System (ABS) ABS work. You may hear the ABS
will separately work the brakes at
pump or motor operating and feel
each wheel.
This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is
electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure normal.
prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies
When the vehicle begins to drive
you steer around the obstacle while ABS allows you to steer and brake
away, ABS checks itself.
braking hard. at the same time. In many
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help
going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best
noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls braking.
a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
Electric Parking Brake
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always
warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light stop, even with ABS.
0 128.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The vehicle has an Electric Parking 2. Lift up the EPB switch held up. If the switch is held up until
Brake (EPB). The switch for the momentarily. the vehicle comes to a stop, the
EPB is on the instrument panel, to The red parking brake status light EPB will remain applied.
the left of the steering wheel. The will flash and then stay on once the The vehicle may automatically apply
EPB can always be activated, even EPB is fully applied. If the red the EPB in some situations when
if the ignition is off. To prevent parking brake status light flashes the vehicle is not moving. This is
draining the battery, avoid repeated continuously, then the EPB is only normal, and is done to periodically
cycles of the EPB system when the partially applied or there is a check the correct operation of the
engine is not running. problem with the EPB. A DIC EPB system.
The system has a red parking brake message will display. Release the If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
status light and an amber parking EPB and try to apply it again. If the wheels should be blocked to
brake warning light. See Parking light does not come on, or keeps prevent vehicle movement.
Brake Light 0 127 and Service flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
Electric Parking Brake Light 0 128. Do not drive the vehicle if the red EPB Release
There are also parking brake-related parking brake status light is flashing.
To release the EPB:
Driver Information Center (DIC) See your dealer. See Parking Brake
messages. See Brake System Light 0 127. 1. Place the ignition in the ACC/
Messages 0 140. In case of ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
If the amber parking brake warning
insufficient electrical power, the EPB position.
light is on, lift up on the EPB switch
cannot be applied or released. and hold it up. Continue to hold the 2. Apply and hold the brake
Before leaving the vehicle, check switch until the red parking brake pedal.
the red parking brake status light to status light remains on. If the amber 3. Push down momentarily on the
ensure that the parking brake is parking brake warning light remains EPB switch.
applied. on, see your dealer.
The EPB is released when the red
EPB Apply If the EPB is applied while the parking brake status light is off.
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
To apply the EPB: decelerate as long as the switch is If the amber parking brake warning
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a light is on, release the EPB by
complete stop. pushing down on the EPB switch
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
and holding it down. Continue to Brake Assist Ride Control Systems

hold the switch until the red parking
brake status light is off. If either light This vehicle has a brake assist
stays on after release is attempted, feature designed to assist the driver Traction Control/
see your dealer. in stopping or decreasing vehicle Electronic Stability
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the Control
Caution stability system hydraulic brake The vehicle has a Traction Control
Driving with the parking brake on control module to supplement the System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
can overheat the brake system power brake system under electronic stability control system.
conditions where the driver has These systems help limit wheel slip
and cause premature wear or
quickly and forcefully applied the and assist the driver in maintaining
damage to brake system parts.
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly control, especially on slippery road
Make sure that the parking brake stop or slow down the vehicle. The conditions.
is fully released and the brake stability system hydraulic brake
warning light is off before driving. TCS activates if it senses that any
control module increases brake
of the drive wheels are spinning or
pressure at each corner of the
beginning to lose traction. When this
Automatic EPB Release vehicle until the ABS activates.
happens, the system brakes the
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
The EPB will automatically release if spinning wheel(s) and/or reduces
pedal movement during this time is
the vehicle is running, placed into engine power to limit wheel spin.
normal and the driver should
gear, and an attempt is made to continue to apply the brake pedal as StabiliTrak activates when the
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration the driving situation dictates. The computer senses a difference
when the EPB is applied, to brake assist feature will between the intended path and the
preserve parking brake lining life. automatically disengage when the direction the vehicle is actually
If parking on a hill, or if the vehicle brake pedal is released or brake traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
is pulling a trailer, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly applies braking pressure at any one
Characteristics and Towing Tips decreased. of the vehicle's brakes to help steer
0 254. the vehicle in the intended direction.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
If cruise control is being used and The indicator light for both systems Drive the vehicle. if d comes on
traction control or StabiliTrak begins is in the instrument cluster. This and stays on, the vehicle may need
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will light will: more time to diagnose the problem.
disengage. Cruise control may be . Flash when TCS is limiting If the condition persists, see your
turned back on when road wheel spin. dealer.
conditions allow.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is Turning the Systems Off
Both systems come on activated.
automatically when the vehicle is and On
started and begins to move. The . Turn on and stay on when either
systems may be heard or felt while system is not working.
they are operating or while If either system fails to turn on or to
performing diagnostic checks. This activate, a message displays in the
is normal and does not mean there Driver Information Center (DIC), and
is a problem with the vehicle. d comes on and stays on to
It is recommended to leave both indicate that the system is inactive
systems on for normal driving and is not assisting the driver in
conditions, but It may be necessary maintaining control. The vehicle is
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets safe to drive, but driving should be
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. adjusted accordingly.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198
and “Turning the Systems Off and
If d comes on and stays on:
On” later in this section. 1. Stop the vehicle. Caution
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds. Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
3. Start the engine.
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
To turn off only TCS, press and To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on vehicle to enhance the ride
release the Y button. The traction again, press and release the Y performance for the road conditions
and the selected mode.
off light i displays in the instrument button. The traction off light i and
cluster. The appropriate DIC StabiliTrak OFF light g in the While in the Sport and/or Track
message is displayed. See Ride Modes, the vehicle monitors driving
instrument cluster turn off.
Control System Messages 0 147. behavior and automatically enables
Adding accessories can affect the Performance Shift Features when
To turn TCS on again, press and vehicle's performance. See spirited driving is detected. These
release the Y button. The traction Accessories and Modifications features maintain lower
off light i displayed in the 0 261. transmission gears to increase
instrument cluster will turn off. available engine braking and
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
Driver Mode Control improve acceleration response. The
vehicle will exit these features and
the Y button is pressed, the Driver Mode Control attempts to add
return to normal operation after a
system will not turn off until the a sportier feel, provide a more
short period when no spirited driving
wheels stop spinning. comfortable ride, or assist in
is detected.
different weather conditions or
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, terrain. This system simultaneously
press and hold the Y button until changes the software calibration of
the traction off light i and various sub-systems. Depending on
the option package, available
StabiliTrak OFF light g come on features, and mode selected, the
and stay on in the instrument suspension, steering, and
cluster. The appropriate DIC powertrain will change calibrations
message is displayed. See Ride to achieve the desired mode
Control System Messages 0 147. characteristics. If the vehicle is
equipped with Magnetic Ride
Control, selecting the various Driver
Modes adjusts the ride of the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Tour Mode When selected, the Track Mode

indicator will display in the DIC.
Use for normal city and highway
driving to provide a smooth, When in Track Mode, the automatic
soft ride. transmission and steering will
function similar to Sport Mode. The
Sport Mode accelerator pedal is adjusted to give
Use where road conditions or maximum control during the highest
personal preference demand a more level of spirited driving. The
controlled response. Magnetic Ride Control will be set to
the optimum level for vehicle
When selected, the Sport Mode responsiveness. Competitive Driving
indicator will display in the Driver Mode or Performance Traction
Driver Mode Control Switch Information Center (DIC). Management (PTM) can be
The Driver Mode Control has three Snow/Ice Mode accessed through this mode.
or four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/ Use when more traction is needed There are seven attributes that vary
Ice, and Track. The Track Mode is during slippery conditions. by mode shown below. Not all
for V-Sport and V-Series models vehicles have all features,
only. Press « or z on the MODE When selected, the Snow/Ice Mode depending on the vehicle options.
indicator will display in the DIC.
switch on the center console to
make a mode selection. The first This feature is not intended for use
press of the switch will show the when the vehicle is stuck in sand,
current mode. Subsequent presses mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If the
will scroll though the available vehicle becomes stuck, see If the
modes. The Tour and Sport Modes Vehicle Is Stuck 0 198.
will feel similar on a smooth road.
Select a new setting whenever
Track Mode (V-Sport and
driving conditions change. V-Series Only)
Use when maximum vehicle
handling is desired.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Modes: TOUR SPORT SNOW/ICE TRACK

Default
Throttle Progression Normal Normal Snow/Ice Track
Transmission Shift Mode Normal Sport Normal Track
Steering (Assist Effort) Tour Sport Tour Track
Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Sport Tour Track
Launch Control (V-Series Only) NA NA NA Available
Stability Control Normal Normal Normal Track
Performance Traction Management (if Off Off Off Available
equipped) (V-Series Only)
Driver Mode Selector Attributes . Snow/Ice - The accelerator current gear after a quick
Affected pedal will reduce engine torque release of a heavily applied
The Gauge Cluster Display is at small pedal inputs. This accelerator pedal. This provides
configured for each mode when allows better wheel control on greater engine braking and
linked (default): slippery surfaces. enhanced vehicle control without
. Track - The accelerator pedal is using the paddles. Performance
Throttle Progression Algorithm Shift (PAS) recognizes
adjusted to give maximum
Adjusts throttle sensitivity by control during the highest level aggressive cornering, heavy
selecting how quick or slow the of spirited driving. braking, and high acceleration to
throttle reacts to input. select and hold lower gears
Transmission Shift Mode when not using paddles. The
. Sport or Track – Performance shifts are also firmer to increase
Mode Lift Foot (PMLF) allows the quickness of shifting.
the transmission to hold the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Snow/Ice – The vehicle will Stability Control instrument cluster. TCS does not
upshift normally when the . Competitive mode allows less limit wheel spin, the Electronic
vehicle is moving. The computer control to permit some Limited-Slip Differential (ELSD)
transmission will also shift slide and drift and is selected allows increased vehicle agility, and
differently to assist in with the button – only available more effort is required to turn the
maintaining traction. in Track mode. steering wheel. See “Limited–Slip
Differential (V-Sport and V-Series
Steering (Assist Effort) . StabiliTrak can be turned off by Only)” later in this section. Adjust
Adjusts from a lighter steering feel pressing and holding the button your driving accordingly.
in Tour mode to reduced assist in for five seconds.
Sport and Track mode for more Press the Y button again, or turn
PTM (Performance Traction the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY
steering feel. Management) (if equipped) and restart the vehicle, to turn TCS
Magnetic Ride Control (if (V-Series Only)
back on. The traction off light i and
equipped) . Available in Track mode.
StabiliTrak OFF light g will go out in
Adjusts the shock dampening . There are five selectable the instrument cluster.
firmness from a comfort tune in Tour settings.
mode to an optimized
responsiveness tune in Sport and Caution
Track.
Competitive Driving Mode
(V-Sport and When traction control is turned
Launch Control (V-Series Only) off, or Competitive Driving Mode
V-Series Only) is active, it is possible to lose
Available only in Track mode for
maximum “off–the–line” acceleration To select this optional handling traction.
when in Competitive or PTM modes. mode, press the Y button quickly
two times and the DIC will display Performance Traction
the appropriate message. While in Management (V-Series Only)
the Competitive Driving Mode, the
traction off light i and StabiliTrak Performance Traction Management
(PTM) integrates the Traction
OFF light g will come on in the Control, StabiliTrak, and Selective
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Ride Control systems to provide To select a mode while in PTM, . StabiliTrak is on and engine
improved and consistent press the Driver Mode Control/PTM power is reduced based on
performance when cornering. The buttons on the center console. conditions.
amount of available engine power is To experience the performance
based on the mode selected, track PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2
benefit of this system, after entering – DRY ACTIVE HANDLING ON
conditions, driver skill, and the a curve and at the point where
radius of each corner. normal acceleration occurs, fully . For use by less experienced
push the accelerator pedal. The drivers or while learning a new
PTM system will modify the level of track.
engine power for a smooth and . Dry conditions only.
consistent corner exit.
. StabiliTrak is on and engine
The PTM system contains five power is slightly reduced.
modes. These modes are selected
by pressing the Driver Mode PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3
This light is on when the vehicle is – SPORT ACTIVE
Control/PTM buttons on the center
in the PTM mode.
console. Scroll up or down through HANDLING ON
To select this optional handling modes 1-5 by pressing the MODE . For use by drivers who are
mode, the vehicle mode must be SELECT up and down buttons The
Track. Then quickly press the TCS/ familiar with the track.
following is a DIC display
StabiliTrak Y button on the center description and the recommended . Dry conditions only.
console two times. usage of each mode: . Requires more driving skill than
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 - PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 mode 2.
WET ACTIVE HANDLING ON
displays in the DIC.
– WET ACTIVE HANDLING ON . StabiliTrak is on and more
. Intended for all driver skill levels. engine power is available than in
When PTM is active, the up and mode 2.
down buttons will no longer change . Wet or damp conditions only —
Drive Modes, but instead change not intended for use in heavy
PTM modes. rain or standing water.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4 control and StabiliTrak systems. The . The steering wheel is pointing
– SPORT ACTIVE traction off light i and StabiliTrak straight.
HANDLING OFF OFF light g will go out. Automatic Transmissions
. For use by drivers who are . The brake pedal must be firmly
familiar with the track.
Launch Control (V-Series Only)
pressed to the floor, equivalent
. A Launch Control feature is to a panic brake event.
Dry conditions only.
available, within Performance
. Requires more driving skill than Traction Management, to allow the . The accelerator pedal is rapidly
modes 2 or 3. driver to achieve high levels of applied to wide open throttle. (If
vehicle acceleration in a straight the vehicle rolls due to wide
. StabiliTrak is off and available
line. Launch Control is a form of open throttle, release the
engine power is the same as throttle, press the brake pedal
mode 3. traction control that manages tire
spin while launching the vehicle. more firmly, and re-apply the
PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5 This feature is intended for use accelerator to wide open
– RACE ACTIVE during closed course race events throttle.)
HANDLING OFF where consistent zero to The Launch Control feature will
60 and quarter mile times are initially limit engine speed as the
. For use by experienced drivers desirable. driver rapidly applies the accelerator
who are familiar with the track.
Launch Control is only available pedal to wide open throttle. Allow
. Dry conditions only. the engine rpm to stabilize.
when the following criteria are met:
. Requires more driving skill than A smooth, quick release of the
. Performance Traction brake pedal, while maintaining the
in other modes. Management modes are fully pressed accelerator pedal, will
. StabiliTrak is off and engine selected. The TCS light comes manage wheel slip.
power is available for maximum on the instrument panel and the
cornering speed. appropriate DIC message After the vehicle is launched, the
displays. system continues in Performance
Press and release the TCS/ Traction Management.
StabiliTrak Y button to turn off . The vehicle is not moving.
PTM and return to the traction
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Competitive Driving Mode, PTM, Limited-Slip Differential Cruise Control

and Launch Control are systems
designed for a closed course race
(V-Sport and
track and not intended for use on V-Series Only) { Warning
public roads. The systems are not If equipped, the Electronic
intended to compensate for lack of Cruise control can be dangerous
Limited-Slip Differential (ELSD) is where you cannot drive safely at
driver experience or familiarity with automatically activated. ELSD
the race track. a steady speed. Do not use
actively monitors vehicle sensors cruise control on winding roads or
and driver inputs to determine the in heavy traffic.
Limited-Slip Differential amount of change for the
(Except V-Sport and conditions. With ELSD, the Cruise control can be dangerous
V-Series) vehicle has: on slippery roads. On such roads,
. Enhanced high-speed control. fast changes in tire traction can
If equipped, the mechanical cause excessive wheel slip, and
limited-slip differential can give more . Improved traction through you could lose control. Do not use
traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, corners, allowing more cruise control on slippery roads.
or gravel. It works like a standard acceleration.
axle most of the time, but when . More precise steering.
traction is low, this feature allows With cruise control, a speed of
the drive wheel with the most . Increased vehicle agility. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
traction to move the vehicle. For . be maintained without keeping your
Integration with StabiliTrak.
vehicles with limited slip differential, foot on the accelerator. Cruise
driven under severe conditions, the For vehicles with ELSD, driven control does not work at speeds
rear axle fluid should be changed. under severe conditions, the rear below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
See Competitive Driving Mode axle fluid should be changed. See
If the StabiliTrak® system begins to
(V-Sport and V-Series Only) 0 221 Competitive Driving Mode (V-Sport
limit wheel spin while using cruise
and Maintenance Schedule 0 347. and V-Series Only) 0 221 and
control, the cruise control
Maintenance Schedule 0 347.
automatically disengages. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 216. If a collision alert
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
occurs when cruise control is +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If Setting Cruise Control

activated, cruise control is there is a set speed in memory,
disengaged. See Forward Collision press the control up briefly to If the J button is on when not in
Alert (FCA) System 0 242. When resume to that speed or press and use, SET− or +RES could get
road conditions allow the cruise hold to accelerate. If the cruise pressed and go into cruise when not
control to be safely used, cruise control is already active, use to desired. Keep the J button off
control can be turned back on. increase vehicle speed. To increase when cruise is not being used.
If the brakes are applied, the cruise speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press
+RES up to the first detent. To 1. Press J.
control disengages.
increase speed to the next 5 km/h 2. Get up to the desired speed.
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,
press +RES up to the second 3. Press and release SET− .
detent. 4. Remove foot from the
SET− (Set/Coast) : Press the accelerator.
control down briefly to SET− to set When the cruise control has been
the speed and activate cruise set to the desired speed, a green
control. If cruise control is already cruise control indicator appears on
active, use to decrease vehicle the instrument cluster and a cruise
speed. To decrease speed by set speed message appears on the
1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down to Head-Up Display (HUD),
the first detent. To decrease speed if equipped.
to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on
the speedometer, press SET− down Resuming a Set Speed
J (On/Off) : Press to turn the to the second detent. If the cruise control is set at a
system on and off. A white indicator *(Cancel) : Press to disengage desired speed and then the brakes
appears in the instrument cluster cruise control without erasing the are applied or * is pressed , the
when cruise is turned on. set speed from memory. cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Once the vehicle speed reaches The speedometer reading can be The speedometer reading can be
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, displayed in either English or metric displayed in either English or metric
press the +RES up to the first units. See Instrument Cluster 0 115. units. See Instrument Cluster 0 115.
detent briefly. The vehicle returns to The increment value used depends The increment value used depends
the previous set speed. on the units displayed. on the units displayed.
Increasing Speed While Cruise Reducing Speed While Cruise Passing Another Vehicle While
Control is at a Set Speed Control is at a Set Speed Using Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is If the cruise control system is Use the accelerator pedal to
already activated: already activated: increase the vehicle speed. When
. Press and hold +RES up until . Press and hold SET− down until you take your foot off the pedal, the
the desired speed is reached, the desired lower speed is vehicle will slow down to the
then release it. reached, then release it. previously set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
. To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in shortly following the release to
small increments, briefly press small increments, briefly press override cruise control, briefly
+RES up to the first detent. For SET− down to the first detent. applying the SET– switch will result
each press, the vehicle goes For each press, the vehicle goes in cruise control set to the current
about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. vehicle speed.
. To increase vehicle speed in . To decrease the vehicle speed in Using Cruise Control on Hills
larger increments, briefly press larger increments, briefly press
+RES up to the second detent. SET− down to the second How well the cruise control will work
For each press, the vehicle detent. For each press, the on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed increases to the next vehicle speed decreases to the speed, load, and the steepness of
5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the the hills. When going up steep hills,
speedometer. speedometer. you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
The cruise control system may vehicle speed. When going
automatically brake to slow the downhill, the cruise control system
vehicle down (CTS model only). may automatically brake to slow the
vehicle down (CTS model only).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Also, you may have to brake or shift time between your vehicle and a
to a lower gear to keep the vehicle vehicle detected directly ahead in { Warning
speed down. If the brake pedal is your path moving in the same
applied, cruise control disengages. direction. If no vehicle is detected in ACC has limited braking ability
your path, ACC works like regular and may not have time to slow
Ending Cruise Control cruise control. ACC uses camera the vehicle down enough to avoid
There are four ways to end cruise and radar sensors. See Radio a collision with another vehicle
control: Frequency Statement 0 374. you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. If a vehicle is detected in your path,
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
ACC can apply acceleration or
. Press *. limited, moderate braking to
Also see “Alerting the Driver” in
maintain the selected following gap. this section. Complete attention is
. Shift the transmission to
To disengage ACC, apply the brake. always required while driving and
N (Neutral).
If ACC is controlling your vehicle you should be ready to take
. Press J. speed when the Traction Control action and apply the brakes. See
System (TCS) or electronic stability Defensive Driving 0 189.
Erasing Speed Memory
control system activates, the ACC
The cruise control set speed is may automatically disengage. See
erased from memory if J is Traction Control/Electronic Stability
pressed or if the ignition is Control 0 216. When road { Warning
turned off. conditions allow ACC to be safely ACC will not detect or brake for
used, the ACC can be turned children, pedestrians, animals,
Adaptive Cruise Control back on.
or other objects.
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise ACC will not engage if the TCS or
Do not use ACC when:
Control (ACC), it allows the driver to electronic stability control system is
disabled. . On winding and hilly roads
select the cruise control set speed
and following gap. Read this entire or when the sensors are
section before using this system. blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
The following gap is the following (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
SET– (Set/Coast) : Press the

Warning (Continued) control down briefly to set the speed
and activate ACC or to decrease
The system may not detect vehicle speed if ACC is already
a vehicle ahead. Keep the activated. To decrease speed by
entire front of the vehicle 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− down to
clean. the first detent. To decrease speed
. Visibility is low, such as in to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on
fog, rain, or snow the speedometer, press SET− down
conditions. ACC to the second detent.
performance is limited under * (Cancel) : Press to disengage
these conditions. ACC without erasing the set speed
. On slippery roads where from memory.
fast changes in tire traction J (On/Off) : Press to turn the [ (Follow Distance Gap) : Press
can cause excessive system on or off. A white cruise
control indicator comes on. to select a following gap time (or
wheel slip. distance) setting for ACC of Far,
+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Medium, or Near.
Press the control up briefly to
resume the previous set speed or to Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
increase vehicle speed if ACC is If the cruise control is on when not
already activated. To increase in use, the cruise on/off control
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press could get pressed and cruise control
+RES up to the first detent. To could become active when not
increase speed to the next 5 km/h desired. Keep cruise control button
(5 mph) mark on the speedometer, off when cruise is not being used.
press +RES up to the second
Select the set speed desired for
detent.
cruise. This is the vehicle speed
when no vehicle is detected in
its path.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
ACC will not set at a speed less Be mindful of speed limits, (DIC) and the Head-Up Display
than 25 km/h (16 mph), although it surrounding traffic speeds, and (HUD) (if equipped). See Cruise
can be resumed when driving at weather conditions when selecting Control Messages 0 141.
lower speeds. the set speed. . Press and hold +RES up until
To set ACC: Resuming a Set Speed the desired set speed appears
on the display, then release it.
1. Press J. If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied, the . To increase vehicle speed in
2. Get up to the desired speed. ACC is disengaged without erasing small increments, press +RES
3. Press and release SET– . the set speed from memory. up to the first detent. For each
press, the vehicle goes 1 km/h
4. Remove foot from the To begin using ACC again, press (1 mph) faster.
accelerator. +RES up briefly. The vehicle returns
to the previous set speed. . To increase vehicle speed in
After ACC is set, it may immediately larger increments, press +RES
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead Increasing Speed While ACC is at up to the second detent. For
is detected closer than the selected a Set Speed each press, the vehicle speed
following gap. increases to the next 5 km/h
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following: (5 mph) mark on the
. Use the accelerator to get to the speedometer.
higher speed. Press SET– down. When it is determined that there is
Release the control and the no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
accelerator pedal. The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected
will now cruise at the higher following gap, then the vehicle
speed. speed will increase to the set speed.
The ACC indicator displays in the
instrument cluster and Head-Up When the accelerator pedal is The speedometer reading can be
Display (HUD) (if equipped). When pressed, ACC will not brake displayed in either English or metric
the ACC is active, the indicator because it is overridden. units. See Instrument Cluster 0 115.
turns green. A warning message will appear The increment value used depends
on the Driver Information Center on the units displayed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Reducing Speed While ACC is at a The speedometer reading can be faster the vehicle speed, the further
Set Speed displayed in either English or metric back your vehicle will follow a
If ACC is already activated, do one units. See Instrument Cluster 0 115. vehicle detected ahead. Consider
of the following: The increment value used depends traffic and weather conditions when
on the units displayed. selecting the following gap. The
. Use the brake to get to the range of selectable gaps may not be
desired lower speed. Press Selecting the Follow Distance appropriate for all drivers and
SET– down and release the When a slower moving vehicle is driving conditions.
accelerator pedal. The vehicle detected ahead within the selected
will now cruise at the lower Changing the gap setting
following gap, ACC will adjust the automatically changes the alert
speed. vehicle's speed and attempt to timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
. Press and hold SET– down until maintain the follow distance gap or Near) for the Forward Collision
the desired lower speed is selected. Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
reached, then release it. Press [ on the steering wheel to Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 242.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in adjust the following gap. Each press Alerting the Driver
smaller increments, press SET− cycles the gap button through three
down to the first detent. For settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
each press, the vehicle goes When pressed, the current gap
about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. setting displays briefly on the
. To decrease the vehicle speed in instrument cluster and HUD,
larger increments, press SET− if equipped. Subsequent presses
down to the second detent. For cycle the gap button through three
each press, the vehicle speed settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The Without Head-Up Display
decreases to the next 5 km/h gap setting will be maintained until it
(5 mph) mark on the is changed.
speedometer. Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Approaching and Following a braking may feel or sound different

Vehicle than if the brakes were applied
manually. This is normal.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Objects
With Head-Up Display

{ Warning
If ACC is engaged, driver action
may be required when ACC cannot Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
The vehicle ahead symbol is in the may not detect and react to
apply sufficient braking because of
instrument cluster and HUD display, stopped or slow-moving vehicles
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
if equipped. ahead of you. For example, the
When this condition occurs, a series
The vehicle ahead symbol only system may not brake for a
of red lights or the collision alert
displays when a vehicle is detected vehicle it has never detected
symbol on the HUD, if equipped, will
in your vehicle’s path moving in the moving. This can occur in
flash on the windshield. Either eight
same direction. stop-and-go traffic or when a
beeps will sound from the front,
or both sides of the Safety Alert If this symbol is not displaying, ACC vehicle suddenly appears due to
Seat will pulse five times. See will not respond to or brake to a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
“Collision/Detection Systems” under vehicles ahead. Your vehicle may not stop and
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. ACC automatically slows the vehicle could cause a crash. Use caution
See Defensive Driving 0 189. down and adjusts vehicle speed to when using ACC. Your complete
follow the vehicle in front at the attention is always required while
selected follow gap. The vehicle driving and you should be ready
speed increases or decreases to to take action and apply the
follow the vehicle in front of you, but brakes.
will not exceed the set speed. It may
apply limited braking, if necessary.
When braking is active, the brake
lamps will come on. The automatic
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
ACC Automatically Disengages the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three
ACC may automatically disengage times, or three beeps will sound. { Warning
and the driver will need to manually See ”Alert Type” and “Go Notifier” in
“Collision/Detection Systems” under If ACC has stopped the vehicle,
apply the brakes to slow the and if ACC is disengaged, turned
vehicle when: Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
off, or canceled, the vehicle will
. The sensors are blocked. When the vehicle ahead drives no longer be held at a stop. The
away, press +RES or the vehicle can move. When ACC is
. The Traction Control System accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
(TCS) or electronic stability holding the vehicle at a stop,
If stopped for more than
control system has activated or always be prepared to manually
two minutes or if the driver door is
been disabled. apply the brakes.
opened and the driver safety belt is
. No traffic or other objects are unbuckled, the ACC automatically
being detected. applies the electric parking brake to
. There is a fault in the system.
hold the vehicle. The electric
parking brake status light will turn
{ Warning
The ACC active symbol will not be on. See Electric Parking Brake Leaving the vehicle without
displayed when ACC is no longer 0 214. To release the electric placing it in P (Park) can be
active. parking brake, press the accelerator dangerous. Do not leave the
pedal. vehicle while it is being held at a
Notification to Resume ACC
A DIC warning message may stop by ACC. Always place the
ACC will maintain a follow gap display indicating to shift to P (Park) vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
behind a detected vehicle and slow before exiting the vehicle. See the ignition before leaving the
your vehicle to a stop behind that Vehicle Messages 0 140. vehicle.
vehicle.
If the stopped vehicle ahead has ACC Override
driven away and ACC has not
resumed, the vehicle ahead symbol If using the accelerator pedal while
will flash as a reminder to check ACC is active, a warning message
traffic before proceeding. In on the DIC and in the HUD (if
addition, the left and right sides of equipped) will indicate that
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
automatic braking will not occur. When following a vehicle and

See Vehicle Messages 0 140. ACC { Warning entering a curve, ACC may not
will resume operation when the detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerator pedal is not being On curves, ACC may respond to accelerate to the set speed. When
pressed. a vehicle in another lane, or may this happens the vehicle ahead
not have time to react to a vehicle symbol will not appear.
in your lane. You could crash into
{ Warning a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
The ACC will not automatically control of your vehicle. Give extra
apply the brakes if your foot is attention in curves and be ready
resting on the accelerator pedal. to use the brakes if necessary.
You could crash into a vehicle Select an appropriate speed while
ahead of you. driving in curves.
Curves in the Road ACC may operate differently in a

sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is
{ Warning sharp. not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You ACC may occasionally provide an
could be startled if the vehicle alert and/or braking that is
accelerates up to the set speed, considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
especially when following a
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other
vehicle exiting or entering exit
stationary objects when entering or
ramps. You could lose control of exiting a curve. This is normal
the vehicle or crash. Do not use operation. The vehicle does not
ACC while driving on an entrance need service.
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Other Vehicle Lane Changes lane while driving on steep hills. The For cleaning instructions, see
driver will often need to take over “Washing the Vehicle” under
acceleration and braking on steep Exterior Care 0 336.
hills, especially when towing a System operation may also be
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the limited under snow, heavy rain,
ACC disengages. or road spray conditions.
Ending ACC
There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The . Press *.
brake may need to be manually
applied.
. Press J.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Erasing Speed Memory

When Towing a Trailer The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if J is
pressed or if the ignition is
turned off.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the
windshield behind the rearview
mirror and the radar sensors on the
front of the vehicle can become
blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.
Do not use ACC when driving on These areas need to be cleaned for
steep hills or when towing a trailer. ACC to operate properly.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Driver Assistance Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Warning (Continued)
Some driver assistance features
Systems . Detect children, alert the driver of obstacles by
This vehicle may have features that pedestrians, bicyclists, beeping. To change the volume of
work together to help avoid crashes or animals. the warning chime, see “Comfort
or reduce crash damage while and Convenience” under Vehicle
. Detect vehicles or objects
driving, backing, and parking. Read Personalization 0 152.
outside the area monitored
this entire section before using If equipped with the Safety Alert
by the system.
these systems. Seat, the driver seat cushion may
. Work at all driving speeds. provide a vibrating pulse alert
{ Warning . Warn you or provide you instead of beeping. To change this,
with enough time to avoid a see “Collision/Detection Systems”
Do not rely on the Driver crash. under Vehicle Personalization
Assistance Systems. These 0 152.
. Work under poor visibility or
systems do not replace the need
bad weather conditions.
for paying attention and driving Assistance Systems for
safely. You may not hear or feel . Work if the detection sensor
alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered Parking or Backing
these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
proper care when driving may Complete attention is always (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),
result in injury, death, or vehicle required while driving, and you Front Parking Assist (FPA),
damage. See Defensive Driving should be ready to take action Surround Vision, Front Vision
0 189. Camera, Curb View Camera, Rear
and apply the brakes and/or steer
Automatic Braking (RAB) and
Under many conditions, these the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Backing Warning System, Rear
systems will not: Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), and
(Continued) Automatic Parking Assist (APA) may
help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) the front or rear camera views in the
When the vehicle is shifted into center stack. The front camera is in
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an the grille or near the front emblem,
image of the area behind the vehicle the side cameras are on the bottom
in the center stack display. The of the outside rearview mirrors, and
previous screen displays when the the rear camera is above the license
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) plate.
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press a { Warning
button on the infotainment system, 1. View Displayed by the
shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle Camera The Surround Vision Cameras
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper have blind spots and will not
display all objects near the
Displayed images may be farther or corners of the vehicle. Folding
closer than they appear. The area
side mirrors that are out of
displayed is limited and objects that
position will not display surround
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not view correctly. Always check
display. around the vehicle when parking
or backing.
A warning triangle may display on
the RVC screen to show that Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) has detected
an object. This triangle changes
from amber to red and increases in
size the closer the object.
1. View Displayed by the Surround Vision (CTS Only)

Camera If equipped, Surround Vision
displays an image of the area
surrounding the vehicle, along with
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
1. Views Displayed by the after shifting from R (Reverse) to D object within 30 cm (12 in). The
Surround Vision Cameras (Drive) and when the vehicle is front cameras are on both sides of
2. Area Not Shown moving forward slower than 8 km/h the front fascia.
(5 mph), or when the Parking Assist
system detects an object within
30 cm (12 in).
{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
Curb View Camera (CTS-V
Series Only) children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
1. Views Displayed by the from actual distances. Do not
Surround Vision Cameras drive or park the vehicle using
2. Area Not Shown only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
Front Vision Camera (CTS Only)
vehicle before driving. Failure to
If equipped, a view of the area in use proper care may result in
front of the vehicle displays in the injury, death, or vehicle damage.
center stack. The display shows a
front, top down view at the top of the
screen and left and right front Parking Assist
camera images on the bottom. The With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
front view shows after shifting from as the vehicle moves at speeds of
R (Reverse) to D (Drive) and when less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
the vehicle is moving forward slower sensors on the bumpers may detect
than 8 km/h (5 mph), or when the objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and
If equipped, a view of the area in
Parking Assist system detects an 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle
front of the vehicle displays in the
center stack. The front view shows within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
the ground and below bumper level. Backing Warning and Rear
These detection distances may be Automatic Braking
shorter during warmer or humid Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise
weather. Blocked sensors will not Control (ACC) have the Backing
detect objects and can also cause Warning and Rear Automatic
false detections. Keep the sensors Braking (RAB) system. The Backing
clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and Warning part of this system can
slush; and clean sensors after a car warn of rear objects when backing
wash in freezing temperatures. up at speeds greater than
The instrument cluster may have a 8 km/h (5 mph).
{ Warning parking assist display with bars that
The Backing Warning System will
show “distance to object” and object
The parking assist system does location information for Parking beep once from the rear when an
not detect children, pedestrians, Assist system. As the object gets object is first detected, or pulse
bicyclists, animals, or objects closer, more bars light up and the twice on both sides of the Safety
located below the bumper or that bars change color from yellow to Alert Seat. When the system
amber to red. detects a potential crash, beeps will
are too close or too far from the
be heard from the rear, or five
vehicle. It is not available at When an object is first detected in pulses will be felt on both sides of
speeds greater than 8 km/h the rear, one beep will be heard the Safety Alert Seat. There may
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, from the rear, or both sides of the also be a brief, sharp application of
or vehicle damage, even with Safety Alert Seat will pulse two the brakes.
parking assist, always check the times. When an object is very close
area around the vehicle and (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,
check all mirrors before moving or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), { Warning
forward or backing. five beeps will sound from the front The Backing Warning System
or rear depending where the object only operates at speeds greater
is detected, or both sides of the than 8 km/h (5 mph). It does not
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
detect children, pedestrians,
times. Beeps for FPA are higher
pitched than for RPA. (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
brake pedal is not pressed soon

Warning (Continued) { Warning after the stop, the electric parking
brake may be set. When it is safe,
bicyclists, animals, or objects Rear Automatic Braking may not press the accelerator pedal firmly at
below the bumper or that are too avoid many types of backing any time to override the Rear
close or too far from the vehicle. crashes. Do not wait for the Automatic Braking.
In some situations, such as at automatic braking to apply. This
higher backing speeds, there may system is not designed to replace
not be enough time for the short, driver braking and only works in
{ Warning
sharp application of the vehicle R (Reverse) when an object is There may be instances where
brake system to occur. To prevent detected directly behind the unexpected or undesired
injury, death, or vehicle damage, vehicle. It may not brake or stop automatic braking occurs. If this
even with the Backing Warning in time to avoid a crash. It will not happens, either press the brake
System, always check the area brake for objects when the pedal or firmly press the
around the vehicle and check all vehicle is moving at very low accelerator pedal to release the
mirrors before backing. speeds. It does not detect brakes from the Rear Automatic
children, pedestrians, bicyclists, Braking system. Before releasing
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), animals, or objects below the the brakes, check the RVC
if the system detects the vehicle is bumper or that are too close or screen and check the area
backing too fast to avoid a crash too far from the vehicle. To around the vehicle to make sure it
with a detected object behind your prevent injury, death, or vehicle is safe to proceed.
vehicle in your path, it may damage, even with Rear
automatically brake hard to a stop to Automatic Braking, always check
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
help avoid or reduce the harm the area around the vehicle
caused by a backing crash. before and while backing. If equipped, RCTA displays a red
warning triangle with a left or right
pointing arrow on the RVC screen to
Pressing the brake pedal after the warn of traffic coming from the left
vehicle comes to a stop will release or right. This system detects objects
the Rear Automatic Braking. If the coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
the left or right side of the vehicle. comes on when the features are on
When an object is detected, either and turns off when the features { Warning
three beeps sound from the left or have been disabled.
right or three Safety Alert Seat APA does not apply the brakes.
Turn off parking assist and Rear APA may not detect objects in the
pulses occur on the left or right side, Automatic Braking when towing a
depending on the direction of the parking space, objects that are
trailer. soft or narrow, objects high off the
detected vehicle.
To turn the rear parking assist ground such as flatbed trucks,
Use caution while backing up when symbols on or off, see “Rear or objects below ground level
towing a trailer, as the RCTA Camera” under Vehicle such as large potholes. Always
detection zones that extend out Personalization 0 152. verify that the parking space is
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is RCTA can also be turned on or off appropriate for parking a vehicle.
towed. through vehicle personalization. See APA does not respond to changes
“Collision/Detection Systems” under in the parking space, such as
Turning the Features On or Off Vehicle Personalization 0 152. movement of an adjacent vehicle,
or a person or object entering the
Automatic Parking parking space. APA does not
Assist (APA) detect or avoid traffic that is
If equipped, APA searches for and behind or alongside of the
steers the vehicle into parallel or vehicle. Always be prepared to
perpendicular parking spots. When stop the vehicle during the
using APA, you must still shift gears, parking maneuver.
The X button on the center stack and control the brakes and
is used to turn on or off the Front accelerator. The Driver information
The system is available when the
and Rear Parking Assist, Rear Center (DIC) and audible beeps
vehicle speed is below
Cross Traffic Alert, Backing help to guide parking maneuvers.
30 km/h (18 mph). Press the APA
Warning, and Rear Automatic
button, O, to enable the system to
Braking system at the same time.
The indicator light next to the button begin searching for a space that is
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
large enough to park in. The system If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h
cannot detect whether it is a legal (6 mph), APA is automatically
parking space. disengaged and automatic steering
If the vehicle is equipped with will turn off. A DIC progress arrow
perpendicular parking mode, press displays the status of the parking
and hold the APA button during the maneuver. Depending on the space
search process to switch the APA size, additional maneuvers may be
parking mode between required, and there will be additional
perpendicular and parallel parking. instructions. When changing gears,
APA will instruct the vehicle to stop allow the automatic steering to
APA searches for parking spaces to once a large enough space is found. complete before continuing the
the right of the vehicle. To search for Follow the instructions in the DIC. parking maneuver. Upon successful
a parking space to the left, turn on When instructed to drive in reverse, completion of a maneuver, APA will
the left turn signal. shift to R (Reverse) to engage beep and display a PARKING
automatic steering. The steering COMPLETE message. Place the
wheel will briefly vibrate as a vehicle in P (Park).
reminder to remove hands from the APA may automatically disengage if:
steering wheel. Check surroundings
and continue braking or accelerating . The steering wheel is used by
as needed, and be prepared to stop the driver.
to avoid vehicles, pedestrians, . The maximum allowed speed is
or objects. exceeded.
If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), but . There is a failure with the APA
does not steer into the expected system.
After completely passing a large
enough space bordered by two space, this may be because the . Electronic stability control or
system is maneuvering the vehicle
vehicles or other objects, an audible antilock brakes are activated.
into a previously detected space.
beep occurs and a red symbol . A high priority vehicle message
The APA system does not need
displays in the DIC.
service. is displayed in the DIC.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. An incoming call is received Forward Collision Alert
through a connected phone. Warning (Continued)
Disconnect the phone from the
(FCA) System
vehicle to prevent APA from If equipped, the FCA system may stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
disengaging. help to avoid or reduce the harm or when following a vehicle too
caused by front-end crashes. When closely, FCA may not provide a
To cancel APA, press the APA warning with enough time to help
button again. approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
When the System Does Not Seem alert on the windshield and rapidly of pedestrians, animals, signs,
to Work Properly beeps or pulses the Safety Alert guardrails, bridges, construction
The APA system may require a Seat. FCA also lights an amber barrels, or other objects. Be ready
short period of driving along curves visual alert if following another to take action and apply the
to calibrate. vehicle much too closely. brakes. For more information, see
FCA detects vehicles within a Defensive Driving 0 189.
Assistance Systems for distance of approximately 60 m
Driving (197 ft) and operates at speeds FCA can be disabled with the FCA
above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the steering wheel control, or if your
If equipped, when driving the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control vehicle is equipped with Adaptive
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward (ACC), it can detect vehicles to Cruise Control (ACC), through
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane distances of approximately 110 m vehicle personalization. See the
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. “Auto Collision Preparation” portion
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 227. of “Collision/Detection Systems”
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert under Vehicle Personalization
(LCA), and/or the Front Automatic
Braking (FAB) System can help to
{ Warning 0 152.
avoid a crash or reduce crash FCA is a warning system and
damage. does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

Warning (Continued)
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain, Without Head-Up Display
or snow, or if the headlamps or When your vehicle approaches
FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield are not cleaned or in another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the FCA system detects a vehicle the red FCA display will flash on the
proper condition. Keep the
ahead. When a vehicle is detected, windshield. Also, eight high-pitched
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
the vehicle ahead indicator will beeps will sound from the front,
display green. Vehicles may not be sensors clean and in good repair.
or both sides of the Safety Alert
detected on curves, highway exit Seat will pulse five times. When this
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; Collision Alert Collision Alert occurs, the brake
or if a vehicle ahead is partially system may prepare for driver
blocked by pedestrians or other braking to occur more rapidly which
objects. FCA will not detect another can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
vehicle ahead until it is completely Continue to apply the brake pedal
in the driving lane. as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
{ Warning With Head-Up Display
occurs.
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Tailgating Alert or on some vehicles, Off. The first vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
button press shows the current are normal operation and the
setting on the DIC. Additional button vehicle does not need service.
presses will change this setting. The
chosen setting will remain until it is Cleaning the System
changed and will affect the timing of If the FCA system does not seem to
both the Collision Alert and the operate properly, cleaning the
Tailgating Alert features. The timing outside of the windshield in front of
The vehicle-ahead indicator will of both alerts will vary based on the rearview mirror, and cleaning the
display amber when you are vehicle speed. The faster the front of the vehicle where radar
following a detected vehicle ahead vehicle speed, the farther away the sensors are located, may correct
much too closely. alert will occur. Consider traffic and the issue.
weather conditions when selecting
Selecting the Alert Timing the alert timing. The range of Front Automatic Braking
selectable alert timing may not be
appropriate for all drivers and (FAB) System
driving conditions. If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise
If your vehicle is equipped with Control (ACC), it also has FAB,
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), which includes Intelligent Brake
changing the FCA timing setting Assist (IBA). When the system
automatically changes the ACC detects a vehicle ahead in your path
following gap setting (Far, Medium, that is traveling in the same
or Near). direction that you may be about to
crash into, it can provide a boost to
Unnecessary Alerts braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This can help avoid or
FCA may provide unnecessary
lessen the severity of crashes when
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
The Collision Alert control is on the driving in a forward gear. Depending
in other lanes, objects that are not
on the situation, the vehicle may
steering wheel. Press [ to set the
automatically brake moderately or
FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
hard. This front automatic braking

can only occur if a vehicle is Warning (Continued) { Warning
detected. This is shown by the FCA
. Detect all vehicles, FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle ahead indicator being lit.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) especially vehicles with a vehicle suddenly in situations
System 0 242. trailer, tractors, muddy where it is unexpected and
vehicles, etc. undesired. It could respond to a
The system works when driving in a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
. Detect a vehicle when
forward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph). signs, and other non-moving
It can detect vehicles up to weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow. objects. To override FAB, firmly
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
. press the accelerator pedal, if it is
Detect a vehicle ahead if it
safe to do so.
{ Warning is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
FAB is an emergency crash Complete attention is always Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
preparation feature and is not required while driving, and you IBA may activate when the brake
designed to avoid crashes. Do should be ready to take action pedal is applied quickly by providing
not rely on FAB to brake the and apply the brakes and/or steer a boost to braking based on the
vehicle. FAB will not brake the vehicle to avoid crashes. speed of approach and distance to
outside of its operating speed a vehicle ahead.
range and only responds to
detected vehicles. FAB may slow the vehicle to a Minor brake pedal pulsations or
complete stop to try to avoid a pedal movement during this time is
FAB may not: potential crash. If this happens, FAB normal and the brake pedal should
. Detect a vehicle ahead on may engage the Electric Parking continue to be applied as needed.
winding or hilly roads. Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a IBA will automatically disengage
stop. Release the EPB or firmly only when the brake pedal is
(Continued) released.
press the accelerator pedal.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Side Blind Zone will light up in the corresponding

{ Warning Alert (SBZA) outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on.
IBA may increase vehicle braking If equipped, the SBZA system is a
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
{ Warning
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take occur with moving vehicles in the LCA does not alert the driver to
your foot off the brake pedal and side blind zone (or spot) areas. vehicles outside of the system
then apply the brakes as needed. When the vehicle is in a forward detection zones, pedestrians,
gear, the left or right side mirror bicyclists, or animals. It may not
FAB and IBA can be disabled display will light up if a moving provide alerts when changing
through vehicle personalization. See vehicle is detected in that blind lanes under all driving conditions.
“Auto Collision Preparation” in zone. If the turn signal is activated Failure to use proper care when
“Collision/Detection Systems” under and a vehicle is also detected on changing lanes may result in
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. the same side, the display will flash injury, death, or vehicle damage.
as an extra warning not to change
Before making a lane change,
lanes. Since this system is part of
{ Warning the Lane Change Alert system, read
always check mirrors, glance over
the entire Lane Change Alert your shoulder, and use the turn
Using FAB or IBA while towing a signals.
trailer could cause you to lose section before using this feature.
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Off when Lane Change Alert (LCA)
towing a trailer. If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
LCA Detection Zones How the System Works If the turn signal is activated in the
same direction as a detected
The LCA symbol lights up in the
vehicle, this display will flash as an
side mirrors when the system
extra warning not to change lanes.
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind LCA can be disabled through
zone or rapidly approaching that vehicle personalization. See
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol “Collision/Detection Systems” under
indicates it may be unsafe to Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
change lanes. Before making a lane If LCA is disabled by the driver, the
change, check the LCA display, LCA mirror displays will not light up.
check mirrors, glance over your
1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals.
When the System Does Not
2. LCA Detection Zone Seem to Work Properly
The LCA sensor covers a zone of The LCA system requires some
approximately one lane over from driving for the system to calibrate to
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m maximum performance. This
(11 ft). The height of the zone is calibration may occur more quickly if
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) the vehicle is driven on a straight
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror highway road with traffic and
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
warning area starts at approximately barriers). During a trip, the LCA
the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both system is not operational until the
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also outside mirror LCA displays will vehicle first reaches a speed of
warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the 24 km/h (15 mph).
approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft) system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left LCA displays may not come on
behind the vehicle. when passing a vehicle quickly, for
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
the next lane over in that blind zone trailer. The LCA detection zones
that extend back from the side of
or rapidly approaching that zone.
the vehicle do not move further back
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
when a trailer is towed. Use caution both sides of the vehicle toward the of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
while changing lanes when towing a rear corners of the vehicle, see your system, read the entire LKA section
trailer. LCA may alert to objects dealer. before using this feature.
attached to the vehicle, such as a If the LCA displays do not light up
trailer, bicycle, or object extending when vehicles are in the side blind Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
out to either side of the vehicle. zone or rapidly approaching this
Attached objects may also interfere If equipped, LKA may help avoid
zone and the system is clean, the crashes due to unintentional lane
with the detection of vehicles. This system may need service. Take the
is normal system operation; the departures. It may assist by gently
vehicle to your dealer. turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle does not need service.
When LCA is disabled for any vehicle approaches a detected lane
LCA may not always alert the driver reason other than the driver turning marking without using a turn signal
to vehicles in the next lane over, it off, the Lane Change Alert On in that direction. It may also provide
especially in wet conditions or when option will not be available on the a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
driving on sharp curves. The system personalization menu. system alert as the lane marking is
does not need to be serviced. The crossed. The LKA system will not
system may light up due to Radio Frequency Information assist or provide an LDW alert if it
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and detects that you are actively
See Radio Frequency Statement
other non-moving objects. This is steering. Override LKA by turning
0 374.
normal system operation; the the steering wheel. LKA uses a
vehicle does not need service. camera to detect lane markings
Lane Departure between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
LCA may not operate when the LCA
sensors in the left or right corners of Warning (LDW) 180 km/h (112 mph).
the rear bumper are covered with If equipped, LDW may help avoid
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in crashes due to unintentional lane { Warning
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning departures. It may provide a
instructions, see "Washing the warning if the vehicle is crossing a The LKA system does not
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 336. detected lane marking without using continuously steer the vehicle.
If the DIC still displays the system a turn signal in the lane departure It may not keep the vehicle in the
unavailable message after cleaning direction. Since this system is part (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
How the System Works

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
The LKA camera sensor is on the
lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane windshield ahead of the rearview
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected mirror.
lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the
To turn LKA on and off, press A
The LKA and LDW systems on the center stack.
may not: vehicle. Always keep your
attention on the road and
. Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position
steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle
lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could
. Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the
poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and
conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in
the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in When on, A is green if LKA is
headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions. available to assist and provide LDW
dirt, snow, or ice, if they are alerts. It may assist by gently
not in proper condition, or if turning the steering wheel and
the sun shines directly into display A as amber if the vehicle
the camera. { Warning approaches a detected lane marking
. Detect road edges. without using a turn signal in that
Using LKA while towing a trailer direction. It may also provide an
. Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause
LDW alert by flashing A amber
hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and
as the lane marking is crossed.
If LKA only detects lane markings a crash. Turn the system off.
Additionally, there will be three
on one side of the road, it will beeps, or the driver seat will pulse
only assist or provide an LDW three times, on the right or left,
(Continued) depending on the lane departure
direction.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The LKA system does not If the LKA system is not functioning Fuel
continuously steer the vehicle. properly when lane markings are
If LKA does not detect active driver clearly visible, cleaning the Use of the recommended fuel is an
steering, an alert and chime may be windshield may help. important part of the proper
provided. Move the steering wheel maintenance of this vehicle. When
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
to dismiss. driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
may occur due to tar marks,
help keep the engine clean and
When the System Does Not shadows, cracks in the road,
maintain optimum vehicle
Seem to Work Properly temporary or construction lane
performance, we recommend using
markings, or other road
The system performance may be TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
imperfections. This is normal system
affected by: See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
operation; the vehicle does not need
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
. Close vehicles ahead. service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.
. Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
. Banked roads.
. Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.
If the vehicle has an LGX 3.6L

V6 engine, use regular unleaded
gasoline meeting ASTM
specification D4814 with a posted
octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
use gasoline with an octane rating If heavy knocking is heard when

below 87, as it may cause engine using gasoline rated at 91 octane or Caution
damage and will lower fuel higher, the engine needs service.
economy. Do not use fuel containing
Use of Seasonal Fuels methanol. It can corrode metal
If the vehicle has an LTG 2.0L L4 parts in the fuel system and also
Turbo engine, use premium Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels damage plastic and rubber parts.
unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM That damage would not be
specification D4814 with a posted industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season. covered under the vehicle
octane rating of 91 or higher.
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for warranty.
Regular unleaded gasoline rated at
87 octane or higher can be used, long periods of time, driving or
but acceleration and fuel economy starting could be affected. Drive the Some gasolines, mainly high octane
will be reduced, and an audible vehicle until the fuel is at one-half racing gasolines, can contain an
knocking noise may be heard. If this tank or less, then refuel with the octane-enhancing additive called
occurs, use a gasoline rated at current seasonal fuel. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
91 octane or higher as soon as Prohibited Fuels tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
possible. Otherwise, the engine gasolines and/or fuel additives with
Gasolines containing oxygenates MMT as they can reduce spark plug
could be damaged. If heavy
such as ethers and ethanol, as well life and affect emission control
knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a 91 octane rating or as reformulated gasolines, are system performance. The
available in some cities. If these malfunction indicator lamp may turn
higher, the engine needs service.
gasolines comply with the on. If this occurs, see your dealer
If the vehicle has an LF3 3.6L V6 previously described specification,
Twin Turbo or the LT4 V8 engine, for service.
then they are acceptable to use.
use premium unleaded gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
meeting ASTM specification D4814 other fuels containing more than California Fuel
with a posted octane rating of 91 or 15% ethanol must be used only in Requirements
higher. If the octane is less than 91, FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet
damage to the engine may occur
California Emissions Standards, it is
and may void the vehicle warranty.
designed to operate on fuels that
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
meet California specifications. See fuel not recommended. Costly

the underhood emission control repairs caused by use of improper Warning (Continued)
label. If this fuel is not available in fuel would not be covered by the
. To help avoid injuries to you
states adopting California Emissions vehicle warranty.
Standards, the vehicle will operate and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives fuel pump island.
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Turn off the engine when
be affected. The malfunction TIER Detergent Gasoline is refueling.
indicator lamp could turn on and the recommended. See Fuel 0 250.
. Keep sparks, flames, and
vehicle may not pass a smog-check If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is smoking materials away
test. See Malfunction Indicator not available, one bottle of Fuel from fuel.
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 125. System Treatment PLUS added to
If this occurs, return to your the fuel tank at every engine oil . Do not leave the fuel pump
authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it change, can help. Fuel System unattended.
is determined that the condition is Treatment PLUS is the only . Do not use a cell phone
caused by the type of fuel used, gasoline additive recommended by while refueling.
repairs may not be covered by the General Motors. It is available at
vehicle warranty. . Do not reenter the vehicle
your dealer.
while pumping fuel.
Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank . Keep children away from
Countries the fuel pump and never let
If planning to drive in countries { Warning children pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the
outside the U.S. or Canada, the Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
proper fuel might be hard to find. refueling nozzle is inserted
violently and can cause injury or too quickly. This spray can
Check regional auto club or fuel
death. happen if the tank is nearly
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never (Continued) full, and is more likely in hot
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing (Continued)
methanol, manganese, or any other
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
The vehicle has a capless refueling

Warning (Continued) system and does not have a fuel { Warning
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
weather. Insert the refueling inserted and latched prior to starting If a fire starts while you are
nozzle slowly and wait for fuel flow. refueling, do not remove the
any hiss noise to stop prior nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
to beginning to flow fuel shutting off the pump or by
{ Warning notifying the station attendant.
Overfilling the fuel tank by more Leave the area immediately.
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause: Filling the Tank with a Portable
. Vehicle performance issues, Gas Can
including engine stalling and If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
damage to the fuel system. must be filled from a portable
. Fuel spills. gas can:
. Potential fuel fires. 1. Locate the capless funnel
adapter from under the carpet
in the trunk.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not
top off or overfill the tank and wait a 2. Insert and latch the funnel into
few seconds before removing the the capless fuel system.
To open the fuel door, push and
release the rearward center edge of nozzle. After initial shutoff, do not
the door. The fuel door is locked partially remove the nozzle to add { Warning
when the vehicle doors are locked. more fuel as this will result in fuel
spillage. Clean fuel from painted Attempting to refuel without using
Press K on the RKE transmitter to the funnel adapter may cause fuel
surfaces as soon as possible. See
unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Care 0 336. spillage and damage the capless
(RKE) System Operation 0 29. fuel system. This could cause a
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

fire and you or others could be . Remove the container from General Towing
badly burned and the vehicle the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Information
could be damaged. bed before filling.
. Only use towing equipment that has
Place the container on the
been designed for the vehicle.
3. After filling the tank, remove ground.
Contact your dealer or trailering
and clean the funnel adapter . Place the nozzle inside the dealer for assistance with preparing
and return it to the storage fill opening of the container the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
location. before dispensing fuel, and the entire section before towing a
keep it in contact with the fill trailer.
Filling a Portable Fuel opening until filling is
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Container complete.
Towing the Vehicle 0 333. For
. Fill the container no more towing the vehicle behind another
{ Warning than 95% full to allow for
expansion.
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 334.
Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light
while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters Driving Characteristics
fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel. and Towing Tips
by static electricity or other
. Avoid using cell phones or
means. You or others could be Driving with a Trailer
badly burned and the vehicle other electronic devices.
When towing a trailer:
could be damaged. Always:
. Become familiar with the state
. Use approved fuel
and local laws that apply to
containers. trailer towing.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Do not tow a trailer during the vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
first 2 414 km (1,500 mi) to { Warning the handling and braking of the rig
prevent damage to the engine, before setting out for the open road.
axle, or other parts. When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of Before starting, check all trailer hitch
. Then during the first 800 km the vehicle and enter if the parts and attachments, safety
(500 mi) of trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and window is open. tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has
do not make starts at full throttle. electric brakes, start the
When towing a trailer: combination moving and then apply
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower . Do not drive with the the trailer brake controller by hand
gear if the transmission shifts liftgate, trunk/hatch, to be sure the brakes work.
too often under heavy loads and/ or rear-most window open. During the trip, check occasionally
or hilly conditions. . Fully open the air outlets on to be sure that the load is secure
. Do not use Adaptive Cruise or under the instrument and the lamps and any trailer
Control when towing. panel. brakes still work.
. The Front Automatic Braking . Also adjust the climate Following Distance
System should be set to Off control system to a setting Stay at least twice as far behind the
when towing. See Front that brings in only outside vehicle ahead as you would when
Automatic Braking (FAB) System air. See “Climate Control driving the vehicle without a trailer.
0 22. Systems” in the Index. This can help to avoid heavy
. Turn off Parking Assist when For more information about braking and sudden turns.
towing. Carbon Monoxide, see Engine
Passing
Exhaust 0 209.
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
Towing a trailer requires a certain combination will not accelerate as
amount of experience. The quickly and is longer so it is
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
necessary to go much farther or other objects. Avoid jerky or vehicle may show signs similar to
beyond the passed vehicle before sudden maneuvers. Signal well in engine overheating. To avoid this,
returning to the lane. advance. let the engine run while parked,
If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn preferably on level ground, with the
Backing Up automatic transmission in P (Park)
out, the arrows on the instrument
Hold the bottom of the steering cluster will still flash for turns. It is for a few minutes before turning the
wheel with one hand. To move the important to check occasionally to engine off. If the overheat warning
trailer to the left, move that hand to be sure the trailer bulbs are still comes on, see Engine Overheating
the left. To move the trailer to the working. 0 281.
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and, Driving on Grades Parking on Hills
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
{ Warning
Making Turns steep downgrade. If the Parking the vehicle on a hill with
transmission is not shifted down, the the trailer attached can be
brakes might get hot and no longer dangerous. If something goes
Caution work well. wrong, the rig could start to move.
Making very sharp turns while Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift People can be injured, and both
trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission to a lower gear if the vehicle and the trailer can be
come in contact with the vehicle. the transmission shifts too often damaged. When possible, always
The vehicle could be damaged. under heavy loads and/or hilly park the rig on a flat surface.
Avoid making very sharp turns conditions.
while trailering. When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill:
steep uphill grades, consider the
following: Engine coolant will boil at 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
When turning with a trailer, make not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
wider turns than normal. Do this so a lower temperature than at normal
altitudes. If the engine is turned off the wheels into the curb if
the trailer will not strike soft facing downhill or into traffic if
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the facing uphill.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance when Trailer It should never weigh more than
under the trailer wheels. Towing 454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can
3. When the wheel chocks are in be too heavy.
The vehicle needs service more
place, release the regular often when pulling a trailer. See It depends on how the rig is used.
brakes until the chocks absorb Maintenance Schedule 0 347. For example, speed, altitude, road
the load. Things that are especially important grades, outside temperature, and
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then in trailer operation are automatic how much the vehicle is used to pull
apply the parking brake and transmission fluid, engine oil, axle a trailer are all important. It can
shift into P (Park). lubricant, belts, cooling system, and depend on any special equipment
brake system. It is a good idea to on the vehicle, and the amount of
5. Release the brake pedal. inspect these before and during tongue weight the vehicle can carry.
the trip. See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”
Leaving After Parking on a Hill later in this section.
1. Apply and hold the brake Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Maximum trailer weight is calculated
pedal.
assuming only the driver is in the
2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing (With LGX tow vehicle and it has all the
3. Shift into a gear. required trailering equipment. The
Engine) weight of additional optional
4. Release the parking brake. Before pulling a trailer, three equipment, passengers, and cargo
5. Let up on the brake pedal. important considerations have to do in the tow vehicle must be
with weight: subtracted from the maximum trailer
6. Drive slowly until the trailer is weight.
clear of the chocks. . Weight of the trailer.
Ask your dealer for trailering
7. Stop and have someone pick . Weight of the trailer tongue. information or advice, or write us at
up and store the chocks. . Total weight on your vehicle's our Customer Assistance Offices.
tires. See Customer Assistance Offices
0 366.
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Weight of the Trailer Tongue label. See Vehicle Load Limits

0 198. Make sure not to go over the
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
GVW limit for the vehicle, including
an important weight to measure
the weight of the trailer tongue.
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the Trailer Towing (With LTG,
curb weight of the vehicle, any LF3, or LT4 Engine)
cargo carried in it, and the people The vehicle is neither designed nor
who will be riding in the vehicle. intended to tow a trailer.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers, or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue Towing Equipment
weight the vehicle can carry, which The trailer tongue (1) should weigh Hitches
will also reduce the trailer weight the 10 % of the total loaded trailer
vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, weight (2). Use the correct hitch equipment.
the tongue load must be added to See your dealer or a hitch dealer for
After loading the trailer, weigh the assistance.
the GVW because the vehicle will
trailer and then the tongue,
be carrying that weight, too. See . The rear bumper on the vehicle
separately, to see if the weights are
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198. is not intended for hitches. Do
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some not attach rental hitches or other
items around in the trailer. bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
Total Weight on Your Vehicle's does not attach to the bumper.
Tires . Will any holes be made in the
Be sure the vehicle's tires are body of the vehicle when the
inflated to the upper limit for cold trailer hitch is installed? If so,
tires. These numbers can be found seal the holes when the hitch is
on the Tire and Loading Information removed. If the holes are not
sealed, dirt, water, and deadly
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
carbon monoxide (CO) from the Conversions and

exhaust can get into the vehicle. Caution
See Engine Exhaust 0 209. Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
Safety Chains damage the vehicle or cause
Add-On Electrical components to not work and
Always attach chains between the Equipment
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the would not be covered by the
safety chains under the tongue of warranty. Always check with your
the trailer to help prevent the tongue { Warning dealer before adding electrical
from contacting the road if it equipment.
becomes separated from the hitch. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
Leave enough slack so the rig can used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
turn. Never allow safety chains to vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
drag on the ground. testing. See Malfunction Indicator
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
Trailer Brakes 0 125. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
Does the trailer have its own Data Link Connector (DLC)— Before attempting to add anything
brakes? Be sure to read and follow such as an aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see
the instructions for the trailer brakes driver-behavior tracking device— Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
so they are installed, adjusted, and may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 0 83 and Adding Equipment
maintained properly. systems. This could affect vehicle to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
operation and cause a crash. 0 83.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's Such devices may also access
brake system. If this is done, both information stored in the vehicle’s
brake systems will not work well or systems.
at all.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
260 Vehicle Care
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 287

Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Lock Control Function All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
General Information Park Brake and P (Park) Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 261 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 288 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
California Proposition Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 288 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 289 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 303
California Perchlorate
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Materials Requirements . . . . . 261 Headlamp Aiming Tire Terminology and
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Doing Your Own Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Engine Compartment LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Tire Pressure Monitor
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 290 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Automatic Transmission Electrical System When It Is Time for New
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Electrical System Overload . . . 291 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 275 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Engine Compartment Fuse Different Size Tires and
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 281 Instrument Panel Fuse Uniform Tire Quality
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Rear Compartment Fuse Wheel Alignment and Tire
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Battery - North America . . . . . . 285 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 320
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 261
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
Tire Sealant and and systems, many fluids, and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products
Storing the Tire Sealant and your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals.
and supported service people.
Jump Starting See Battery - North America 0 285
Jump Starting - North Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North America
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 these marks: 0 331.
Towing the Vehicle California Perchlorate

Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Recreational Vehicle Materials Requirements
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
Appearance Care
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
and lithium batteries contained in
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
California Proposition
65 Warning Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications
including this one, contain and/or Adding non-dealer accessories or
emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle
of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and
birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
262 Vehicle Care
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts
handling, emissions systems, and list the mileage and the date of
aerodynamics, durability, and any service work performed. See
electronic systems like antilock Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 359.
brakes, traction control, and stability Service Work
control. These accessories or Caution
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
{ Warning Even small amounts of
by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage
Damage to vehicle components your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow
resulting from modifications or the the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids,
installation or use of non-GM manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
certified parts, including control follow owner manual procedures
module or software modifications, is and consult the service manual
not covered under the terms of the for your vehicle before doing any Hood
vehicle warranty and may affect service work. To open the hood:
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
If doing some of your own service
GM Accessories are designed to work, use the proper service
complement and function with other manual. It tells you much more
systems on the vehicle. See your about how to service the vehicle
dealer to accessorize the vehicle than this manual can. To order the
using genuine GM Accessories proper service manual, see Service
installed by a dealer technician. Publications Ordering Information 1. Pull the hood release lever with
0 373. this symbol on it. It is on the
Also, see Adding Equipment to the lower left side of the instrument
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83. This vehicle has an airbag system. panel.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 83.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 263
2. Go to the front of the vehicle to

find the secondary hood
release handle. The handle is
under the front edge of the
hood near the center. Push the
handle to the right and at the
same time raise the hood.
To close the hood:
Before closing the hood, be sure all
filler caps are on properly. Then,
bring the hood from full open to
within 152 mm (6 in) of the closed
position. Pause, then push the front
center of the hood with a swift, firm
motion to fully close the hood.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
264 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.0L L4 LTG Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 265
1. Windshield Washer Fluid

Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 283.
2. Remote Positive (+) Battery
Terminal. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 331.
3. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 292.
4. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 276.
5. Remote Negative (-) Battery
6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 271.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 276.
8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 271.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 275.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 284.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
266 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 LGX Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 267

0 283.
Block 0 292.
0 276.
Engine Oil 0 271.
Engine Oil 0 271.
Brake Fluid 0 284.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
268 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 LF3 Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 269

0 283.
Block 0 292.
0 276.
Engine Oil 0 271.
Engine Oil 0 271.
Brake Fluid 0 284.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
270 Vehicle Care
6.2L V8 LT4 Engine

9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 271
1. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil must be on level ground. The

Reservoir. See Washer Fluid engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
0 283. To ensure proper engine See Engine Compartment Overview
performance and long life, careful 0 264 for the location of the engine
2. Remote Positive (+) Battery attention must be paid to engine oil.
Terminal. See Jump Starting - oil dipstick.
Following these simple, but
North America 0 331. important steps will help protect 1. If the engine has been running
3. Engine Compartment Fuse your investment: recently, turn off the engine and
Block 0 292. allow several minutes for the oil
. Always use engine oil approved to drain back into the oil pan.
4. Engine Coolant Surge Tank to the proper specification and of Checking the oil level too soon
and Pressure Cap. See the proper viscosity grade. See after engine shutoff will not
Cooling System 0 276. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” provide an accurate oil level
in this section. reading.
Terminal. See Jump Starting - . Check the engine oil level
North America 0 331. regularly and maintain the { Warning
proper oil level. See “Checking
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See The engine oil dipstick handle
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil 0 271. may be hot; it could burn you.
Engine Oil” in this section.
7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of . Change the engine oil at the Use a towel or glove to touch the
View). See Cooling System appropriate time. See Engine Oil dipstick handle.
0 276. Life System 0 273.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out of . Always dispose of engine oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
View). See Engine Oil 0 271. with a clean paper towel or
properly. See “What to Do with
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 275. Used Oil” in this section. cloth, then push it back in all
the way. Remove it again,
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil keeping the tip down, and
Brake Fluid 0 284. check the level.
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
272 Vehicle Care
When to Add Engine Oil “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in Add enough oil to put the level
this section for an explanation of somewhere in the proper operating
what kind of oil to use. For engine range. Push the dipstick all the way
oil crankcase capacity, see back in when through.
Capacities and Specifications 0 361.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Caution Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
2.0L LTG L4 Turbo Do not add too much oil. Oil specification and viscosity grade.
levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and
acceptable operating range Lubricants 0 356.
shown on the dipstick are harmful Specification
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the Ask for and use engine oils that
operating range, i.e., the engine meet the dexos1™ specification.
has so much oil that the oil level Engine oils that have been
3.6L LF3 V6 Twin Turbo approved by GM as meeting the
gets above the cross-hatched
dexos1 specification are marked
area that shows the proper
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
operating range, the engine could
www.gmdexos.com.
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
3.6L LGX V6 Shown, 6.2L LT4 V8 excess amount of oil.
Similar
If the oil is below the cross-hatched See Engine Compartment Overview
area at the tip of the dipstick, add 0 264 for the location of the engine
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil oil fill cap.
and then recheck the level. See
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 273
Engine Oil Additives/Engine trash or pouring it on the ground,

Caution Oil Flushes into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The it to a place that collects used oil.
engine oil can result in engine recommended oils meeting the
damage not covered by the dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
Engine Oil Life System
vehicle warranty. Check with your
dealer or service provider on engine protection. When to Change Engine Oil
whether the oil is approved to the Engine oil system flushes are not This vehicle has a computer system
dexos1 specification. recommended and could cause that indicates when to change the
engine damage not covered by the engine oil and filter. This is based
Viscosity Grade vehicle warranty. on a combination of factors which
What to Do with Used Oil include engine revolutions, engine
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
temperature, and miles driven.
engine oil. Used engine oil contains certain Based on driving conditions, the
Cold Temperature Operation: In an elements that can be unhealthy for mileage at which an oil change is
area of extreme cold, where the your skin and could even cause indicated can vary considerably. For
temperature falls below −29 °C cancer. Do not let used oil stay on the oil life system to work properly,
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be your skin for very long. Clean your the system must be reset every time
used. An oil of this viscosity grade skin and nails with soap and water, the oil is changed.
will provide easier cold starting for or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags When the system has calculated
the engine at extremely low
containing used engine oil. See the that oil life has been diminished, it
temperatures. When selecting an oil
manufacturer's warnings about the indicates that an oil change is
of the appropriate viscosity grade,
use and disposal of oil products. necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
always select an oil of the correct
OIL SOON message comes on. See
specification. See “Specification” Used oil can be a threat to the Engine Oil Messages 0 142.
earlier in this section. environment. If you change your Change the oil as soon as possible
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
from the filter before disposal. Never It is possible that, if driving under
dispose of oil by putting it in the the best conditions, the oil life
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
274 Vehicle Care
system might indicate that an oil 1. Using the DIC buttons, display If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
change is not necessary for up to a REMAINING OIL LIFE on the message comes back on when the
year. The engine oil and filter must DIC. See Driver Information vehicle is started, the engine oil life
be changed at least once a year Center (DIC) 0 134 and Engine system has not been reset. Repeat
and at this time the system must be Oil Messages 0 142. the procedure.
reset. Your dealer has trained 2. Press the SEL button and hold
service people who will perform this to clear the CHANGE ENGINE Automatic Transmission
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
OIL SOON message and reset Fluid
the oil life at 100%.
over the course of an oil drain How to Check Automatic
interval and keep it at the proper Be careful not to reset the oil Transmission Fluid
level. life display accidentally at any
time other than after the oil is It is not necessary to check the
If the system is ever reset changed. It cannot be reset transmission fluid level.
accidentally, the oil must be accurately until the next oil A transmission fluid leak is the only
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) change. reason for fluid loss. If a leak
since the last oil change. occurs, take the vehicle to your
Remember to reset the oil life The oil life system can also be reset dealer and have it repaired as soon
system whenever the oil is changed. as follows:
as possible.
How to Reset the Engine Oil 1. Turn the ignition on with the
The vehicle is not equipped with a
engine off.
Life System transmission fluid level dipstick.
2. Fully press and release the There is a special procedure for
Reset the system whenever the
accelerator pedal three times checking and changing the
engine oil is changed so that the
within five seconds. transmission fluid. Because this
system can calculate the next
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL procedure is difficult, this should be
engine oil change. To reset the
SOON message is not on, the done at the dealer. Contact the
system:
system is reset. dealer for additional information.
The system is reset when the

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message is off.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 275
Change the fluid and filter at the the engine air cleaner/filter (away 2. Lift the air/cleaner/filter cover
intervals listed in Maintenance from the vehicle), to release loose away from the air cleaner/filter
Schedule 0 347, and be sure to use dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air housing.
the fluid listed in Recommended cleaner/filter for damage, and 3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 356. replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or 4. Inspect or replace the air
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter components with water or cleaner/filter.
compressed air. 5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstall
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the
engine compartment on the driver To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ the air cleaner/filter cover.
side of the vehicle. See Engine filter:
Compartment Overview 0 264.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 347.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the 3.6L V6 LF3 Engine
engine running with the engine air 2.0L L4 LTG Engine Shown, 3.6L
cleaner/filter housing open. Before V6 LGX Engine Similar 1. Lower Air Duct Clamp
removing the engine air cleaner/ 2. Lower Electrical Connector
filter, make sure that the engine air 1. Remove the four screws on top 3. Upper Air Duct Clamp
cleaner/filter housing and nearby of the air cleaner/filter cover.
4. Upper Electrical Connector
components are free of dirt and 5. Screws
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
276 Vehicle Care
1. Disconnect the lower and

upper outlet ducts by loosening { Warning
the lower (1) and upper (3) air
duct clamps. Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
2. Disconnect the lower (2) and others to be burned. The air
upper (4) electrical connectors cleaner not only cleans the air; it
and wiring attachments to air helps to stop flames if the engine
cleaner/filter cover. backfires. Use caution when
3. Remove the screws (5) on top working on the engine and do not
of the air cleaner/filter cover. drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
4. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover
away from the air cleaner/filter 6.2L V8 LT4 Engine
housing.
1. Remove the screws on top of Caution
5. Pull out the air cleaner/filter. the air cleaner/filter cover.
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
6. Inspect or replace the air 2. Lift the air cleaner/filter cover can easily get into the engine,
cleaner/filter. away from the air cleaner/filter which could damage it. Always
7. Reverse Steps 1-5 to reinstall housing.
have the air cleaner/filter in place
the air cleaner/filter cover. 3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter. when you are driving.
4. Inspect or replace the air
cleaner/filter. Cooling System
5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstall
The cooling system allows the
the air cleaner/filter cover.
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 277
2.0L L4 LTG Engine 3.6L V6 LGX Engine 3.6L V6 LF3 Engine
1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank 1. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap and Pressure Cap and Pressure Cap
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View) of View) of View)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
278 Vehicle Care
Engine Coolant
{ Warning
The cooling system in the vehicle is
Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL engine
other engine parts, can be very coolant. See Maintenance Schedule
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, 0 347 and Recommended Fluids
you can be burned. and Lubricants 0 356.
Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling
leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add
could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a
cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating,
could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 0 281.
6.2L V8 LT4 Engine fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use
and Pressure Cap { Warning
2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out Caution
of View) Adding only plain water or some
Using coolant other than other liquid to the cooling system
DEX-COOL® can cause can be dangerous. Plain water
{ Warning premature engine, heater core, and other liquids, can boil before
An electric engine cooling fan or radiator corrosion. In addition, the proper coolant mixture will.
under the hood can start up even the engine coolant could require The coolant warning system is set
when the engine is not running changing sooner. Any repairs for the proper coolant mixture.
and can cause injury. Keep would not be covered by the With plain water or the wrong
hands, clothing, and tools away vehicle warranty. Always use mixture, the engine could get too
from any underhood electric fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant hot but you would not get the
in the vehicle. overheat warning. The engine
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 279
Checking Coolant
Warning (Continued) Caution
The vehicle must be on a level
could catch fire and you or others If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant
could be burned. Use a 50/ inhibitors, or additives are used in level.
50 mixture of clean, drinkable the vehicle cooling system, the It is normal to see coolant moving in
water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine could overheat and be the upper coolant hose return line
damaged. Too much water in the when the engine is running. It is
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean mixture can freeze and crack also normal to see bubbles entering
drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine cooling parts. The repairs the surge tank through the
coolant. This mixture: would not be covered by the small hose.
vehicle warranty. Use only the Check to see if coolant is visible in
. Gives freezing protection down
proper mixture of engine coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside for the cooling system. See
temperature. inside the coolant surge tank is
Recommended Fluids and boiling, do not do anything else until
. Gives boiling protection up to Lubricants 0 356. it cools down.
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature. If coolant is visible but the coolant
Never dispose of engine coolant by level is not at or above the COLD
. Protects against rust and putting it in the trash, pouring it on FILL line, add a 50/50 mixture of
corrosion. the ground, or into sewers, streams, clean drinkable water and
. Will not damage aluminum parts. or bodies of water. Have the coolant DEX-COOL coolant.
changed by an authorized service
. Helps keep the proper engine Be sure the cooling system is cool
center, familiar with legal
temperature. before this is done.
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help It is normal for the coolant level in
protect the environment and your the bottom chamber to rise and fall
health. with operating temperature and
ambient conditions. Coolant will
evaporate from the bottom chamber
in normal operation. This will
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
280 Vehicle Care
happen faster when the vehicle is

driven for long periods in hot, dry { Warning Warning (Continued)
conditions.
Steam and scalding liquids from a could be burned. Use a 50/
If no coolant is visible in the coolant hot cooling system can blow out 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
surge tank, add coolant as follows: and burn you badly. Never turn water and DEX-COOL coolant.
How to Add Coolant to the the cap when the cooling system,
Coolant Surge Tank including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure Caution
Caution cap to cool. In cold weather, water can freeze
This vehicle has a specific and crack the engine, radiator,
coolant fill procedure. Failure to heater core, and other parts. Use
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
{ Warning the recommended coolant and
the proper coolant mixture.
severely damaged. Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
If no problem is found, check to see
if coolant is visible in the coolant and other liquids, can boil before { Warning
surge tank. If coolant is visible but the proper coolant mixture will. You can be burned if you spill
the coolant level is not at the bottom The coolant warning system is set coolant on hot engine parts.
of the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixture for the proper coolant mixture. Coolant contains ethylene glycol
of clean, drinkable water and With plain water or the wrong and it will burn if the engine parts
DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant mixture, the engine could get too are hot enough. Do not spill
surge tank, but be sure the cooling hot but you would not get the coolant on a hot engine.
system, including the coolant surge overheat warning. The engine
tank pressure cap, is cool before could catch fire and you or others
you do it. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
(Continued) pressure cap from the top
chamber when the cooling
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 281
system, including the coolant 3. Fill the surge tank top chamber
surge tank pressure cap and with the proper DEX-COOL Caution
upper radiator hose, is no coolant mixture to the bottom
longer hot. of the fill neck. The top If the pressure cap is not tightly
chamber needs to be installed, coolant loss and
Turn the pressure cap slowly possible engine damage may
counterclockwise. If you hear a completely full. Fill the surge
tank bottom chamber through occur. Be sure the cap is properly
hiss, wait for that to stop. This and tightly secured.
will allow any pressure still left the service port to
to be vented out the approximately half.
discharge hose. 4. With the coolant surge tank Check the level in the surge tank
pressure cap off and the surge top and bottom chambers when the
2. Keep turning the pressure cap cooling system has cooled down.
slowly and remove it. Open the tank service port cap open,
start the engine and let it run If the coolant is not at the proper
surge tank service port cap to
until you can feel the upper levels, repeat Steps 1–3 and
the lower chamber. The service reinstall the pressure cap and close
port is behind the top chamber. radiator hose getting hot.
Watch out for the engine the service port. If the coolant still is
cooling fan(s). not at the proper levels when the
system cools down again, see your
By this time, the coolant level dealer.
inside the coolant surge tank
top chamber may be lower.
If the level is lower, add more Engine Overheating
of the proper DEX-COOL The vehicle has an indicator to warn
coolant mixture to the surge of the engine overheating.
tank top chamber until the level
If the decision is made not to lift the
reaches the bottom of the
hood when this warning appears,
fill neck.
get service help right away. See
5. Replace the surge tank Roadside Service 0 367.
pressure cap tightly and close
the surge tank service port cap.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
282 Vehicle Care
If the decision is made to lift the If No Steam Is Coming from

hood, make sure the vehicle is Warning (Continued) the Engine Compartment
parked on a level surface.
off and get everyone away from If an engine overheat warning is
Then check to see if the engine the vehicle until it cools down. displayed but no steam can be seen
cooling fan is running. If the engine Wait until there is no sign of or heard, the problem may not be
is overheating, the fan should be steam or coolant before you open too serious. Sometimes the engine
running. If it is not, do not continue the hood. can get a little too hot when the
to run the engine. Have the vehicle vehicle:
serviced. If you keep driving when the
engine is overheated, the liquids . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
Caution in it can catch fire. You or others . Stops after high-speed driving.
could be badly burned. Stop the . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Running the engine without engine if it overheats, and get out
coolant may cause damage or a of the vehicle until the engine If the overheat warning is displayed
fire. Vehicle damage would not be is cool. with no sign of steam:
covered by the vehicle warranty. 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
If Steam Is Coming from the 2. Turn the heater on to the
If Steam Is Coming from the Engine Compartment with No highest temperature and to the
Engine Compartment Overheat Warning highest fan speed. Open the
(V-Series Only) windows as necessary.
{ Warning The V-Series hood vent is 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
functional, and will allow water from the road, shift to P (Park) or
Steam from an overheated engine rain and car washes to enter the N (Neutral) and let the
can burn you badly, even if you engine compartment and contact engine idle.
just open the hood. Stay away hot surfaces. If steam is seen If the overheat warning no longer
from the engine if you see or hear coming from the hood vent with no displays, the vehicle can be driven.
steam coming from it. Just turn it accompanying overheat warning, no Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
(Continued) action is required. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 283
front. If the warning does not come Adding Washer Fluid

back on, continue to drive normally Caution (Continued)
and have the cooling system
. Do not mix water with
checked for proper fill and function.
ready-to-use washer fluid.
If the warning continues, pull over, Water can cause the
stop, and park the vehicle solution to freeze and
right away. damage the washer fluid
If there is no sign of steam, idle the tank and other parts of the
engine for three minutes while Open the cap with the washer washer system.
parked. If the warning is still symbol on it. Add washer fluid until . When using concentrated
displayed, turn off the engine until it the tank is full. See Engine
washer fluid, follow the
cools down. Compartment Overview 0 264 for
manufacturer instructions for
reservoir location.
adding water.
Washer Fluid . Fill the washer fluid tank
Caution
What to Use only three-quarters full when
. Do not use washer fluid that it is very cold. This allows
When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water for fluid expansion if
needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can freezing occurs, which could
manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to damage the tank if it is
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip. completely full.
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing, use a fluid that has . Do not use engine coolant
sufficient protection against (antifreeze) in the Brakes
freezing. windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield Disc brake pads have built-in wear
washer system and paint. indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
(Continued) are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
284 Vehicle Care
heard all the time when the vehicle If equipped with high performance replacement brake parts are
is moving, except when applying the brake linings, there could be an installed or parts are improperly
brake pedal firmly. increased build-up of brake dust as installed.
well as minor noises as compared
Cold Weather Brake Operation
{ Warning to standard brake linings.
(CTS-V Model)
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
The brake wear warning sound necessary to help prevent brake High performance brake
means that soon the brakes will pulsation. When tires are rotated, components may bind and clunk
not work well. That could lead to inspect brake pads for wear and when moving the vehicle. This may
a crash. When the brake wear evenly tighten wheel nuts in the be noticeable after parking when the
warning sound is heard, have the proper sequence to torque brakes have been wet, such as
vehicle serviced. specifications. See Capacities and when driving in the rain or after a
Specifications 0 361. car wash. This is normal for brakes
with high friction pads and does not
Brake pads should be replaced as affect the operation of the brakes.
Caution complete sets. Apply the brakes several times until
Brake Pedal Travel the binding or clunking stops. Drive
Continuing to drive with worn-out the vehicle and apply the brakes
brake pads could result in costly See your dealer if the brake pedal several times if it is washed before
brake repair. does not return to normal height, long-term storage.
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign Brake Fluid
Some driving conditions or climates that brake service may be required.
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly Replacing Brake System Parts
applied. This does not mean
Always replace brake system parts
something is wrong with the brakes.
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 285
The brake master cylinder reservoir

is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as { Warning { Warning
indicated on the reservoir cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
0 264 for the location of the can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
reservoir. if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
There are only two reasons why the the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may Add brake fluid only when work is proper brake fluid.
go down:
done on the brake hydraulic
. Normal brake lining wear. When system.
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up. Caution
When the brake fluid falls to a low
. A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the
hydraulic system. Have the on. See Brake System Warning vehicle's painted surfaces, the
brake hydraulic system fixed. Light 0 127. paint finish can be damaged.
With a leak, the brakes will not Immediately wash off any painted
work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time.
Replace brake fluid at the specified surface.
Always clean the brake fluid intervals to prevent increased
reservoir cap and the area around stopping distance. See Maintenance
the cap before removing it. Schedule 0 347.
Battery - North America
Do not top off the brake fluid. The original equipment battery is
What to Add
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. maintenance free. Do not remove
If fluid is added when the linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3 the cap and do not add fluid.
worn, there will be too much fluid brake fluid from a clean, sealed
The battery is in the trunk, behind
when new brake linings are container. See Recommended
the trim panel, on the driver side of
installed. Add or remove fluid, as Fluids and Lubricants 0 356.
the vehicle. Refer to the
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
286 Vehicle Care
replacement number shown on the 2. Leave the ignition on for at All-Wheel Drive
original battery label when a new least three minutes so that the
battery is needed. electronic throttle control will If the vehicle is equipped with
cycle and relearn its home All-Wheel-Drive (AWD), this is an
additional system that needs
{ Warning position.
lubrication.
3. Turn the ignition off.
WARNING: Battery posts, Transfer Case
terminals, and related 4. Start and run the engine for at
accessories contain lead and lead least 30 seconds. When to Check Lubricant
compounds, chemicals known to Vehicle Storage It is not necessary to regularly
the State of California to cause check the transfer case fluid unless
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
{ Warning a leak is suspected or an unusual
noise is heard. A fluid loss could
contain other chemicals known to Batteries have acid that can burn indicate a problem. Have it
the State of California to cause you and gas that can explode. inspected and repaired.
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER You can be badly hurt if you are
HANDLING. See California not careful. See Jump Starting -
Proposition 65 Warning 0 261. North America 0 331 for tips on
working around a battery without
After a power loss, such as getting hurt.
disconnecting the battery or
removing the maxi fuses in the Infrequent Usage: Remove the
power distribution fuse block, the black, negative (−) cable from the
following steps must be performed battery to keep the battery from
to calibrate the electronic throttle running down.
control. If this is not done, the
engine will not run properly. Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
1. Turn the ignition on but do not battery or use a battery trickle
start the engine. charger.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 287
How to Check Lubricant To get an accurate reading, the 2. Firmly apply both the parking
vehicle should be on a level brake and the regular brake.
surface. Do not use the accelerator
If the level is below the bottom of pedal, and be ready to turn off
the fill plug hole, on the transfer the engine immediately if it
case, some lubricant will need to be starts.
added. Add enough lubricant to 3. Try to start the engine in each
raise the level to the bottom of the gear. The vehicle should start
fill plug hole. Use care not to only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
overtighten the fill plug. If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
What to Use service.
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 356 to determine what Automatic Transmission
kind of lubricant to use.
Shift Lock Control
Starter Switch Check Function Check
{ Warning { Warning
When you are doing this When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be moves, you or others could be
injured. injured.
1. Fill Plug 1. Before starting this check, be

2. Drain Plug sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
288 Vehicle Care
1. Before starting this check, be

Warning (Continued)
Wiper Blade Replacement
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be Windshield wiper blades should be
parked on a level surface. and property could be damaged. inspected for wear and cracking.
Make sure there is room in front
2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Replacement blades come in
of the vehicle in case it begins to
See Electric Parking Brake different types and are removed in
roll. Be ready to apply the regular different ways. For proper type and
0 214. brake at once should the vehicle length, see Maintenance
Be ready to apply the regular begin to move. Replacement Parts 0 357.
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Caution
3. With the engine off, turn the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
ignition on, but do not start the your foot on the regular brake, set Allowing the wiper arm to touch
engine. Without applying the the parking brake. the windshield when no wiper
regular brake, try to move the . To check the parking brake's blade is installed could damage
shift lever out of P (Park) with the windshield. Any damage that
holding ability: With the engine
normal effort. If the shift lever occurs would not be covered by
running and the transmission in
moves out of P (Park), contact the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
your dealer for service. the wiper arm to touch the
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is windshield.
Park Brake and P (Park) held by the parking brake only.
Mechanism Check . To check the P (Park) To replace the windshield wiper
mechanism's holding ability: blade:
{ Warning With the engine running, shift to 1. Pull the windshield wiper
P (Park). Then release the assembly away from the
When you are doing this check, parking brake followed by the
the vehicle could begin to move. windshield. The passenger
regular brake. side wiper arm has limited
You or others could be injured
Contact your dealer if service is travel.
(Continued) required.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 289
Driver Assistance Systems Headlamp Aiming

When a windshield replacement is Headlamp aim has been preset and
needed and the vehicle is equipped should need no further adjustment.
with a front-looking camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems, If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the windshield must be installed the headlamp aim may be affected.
according to GM specifications for If adjustment to the headlamps is
these systems to work properly. If it necessary, see your dealer.
is not, there may be unexpected
behavior and/or messages from
these systems. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 144.
2. Press the button in the middle
of the wiper arm connector,
and pull the wiper blade away
from the arm connector.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Windshield Replacement
HUD System
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. If the windshield must be
replaced, get one that is designed
for HUD or the HUD image may
look out of focus.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
290 Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge License Plate Lamp

For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs
0 291. { Warning
For any bulb-changing procedure The high intensity discharge
not listed in this section, contact lighting system operates at a very
your dealer.
high voltage. If you try to service
any of the system components,
Halogen Bulbs you could be seriously injured.
Have your dealer or a qualified
{ Warning technician service them.
Halogen bulbs have pressurized Lamp Assembly
gas inside and can burst if you After an HID headlamp bulb has
drop or scratch the bulb. You or been replaced, the beam might be a
others could be injured. Be sure slightly different shade than it was
to read and follow the instructions originally. This is normal.
on the bulb package.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
Bulb Assembly
1. Bulb Socket
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 291
2. Bulb Replacement Bulbs Electrical System

3. Lamp Assembly
Exterior Lamp Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs: Number Electrical System
1. Push the lamp assembly (3) License W5W LL Overload
toward the center of the Plate Lamp The vehicle has fuses and circuit
vehicle.
breakers to protect against an
2. Pull the lamp assembly down For replacement bulbs not listed electrical system overload.
to remove. here, contact your dealer.
When the current electrical load is
3. Turn the bulb socket (1) too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
counterclockwise to remove it and closes, protecting the circuit
from the lamp assembly (3). until the current load returns to
4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of normal or the problem is fixed. This
the bulb socket (1). greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
5. Push the replacement bulb electrical problems.
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket Fuses and circuit breakers protect
clockwise to install it into the power devices in the vehicle.
lamp assembly. Replace a bad fuse with a new one
6. Push the lamp assembly back of the identical size and rating.
into position until the release If there is a problem on the road and
tab locks into place. a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
292 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Wiring Always clear ice and heavy snow To identify and check fuses, circuit
from the windshield before using the breakers, and relays, see Engine
An electrical overload may cause
windshield wipers. Compartment Fuse Block 0 292,
the lamps to go on and off, or in
If the overload is caused by an Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 295,
some cases to remain off. Have the
electrical problem and not snow or and Rear Compartment Fuse Block
headlamp wiring checked right away
ice, be sure to get it fixed. 0 298.
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment
Windshield Wipers Fuse Block
Breakers
If the wiper motor overheats due to The underhood fuse block is on the
heavy snow or ice, the windshield The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a passenger side of the engine
wipers will stop. Wiper function is compartment.
available immediately after the wiper combination of fuses and circuit
switch is set to off, and back to on. breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
To protect the wiper motor from electrical problems.
overheating, the wipers may slow
down when the windshield is dry for To check a fuse, look at the
a long period of time. If a period of silver-colored band inside the fuse.
dry operation, or little moisture, If the band is broken or melted,
exceeds ten minutes, the wipers replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
may switch to intermittent operation, a bad fuse with a new one of the
and remain there. When moisture is identical size and rating.
again detected on the windshield, Fuses of the same amperage can
wiper operation will return to the be temporarily borrowed from
operator selected speed. another fuse location, if a fuse goes
Although the circuit is protected out. Replace the fuse as soon as Lift the fuse block cover to access
from electrical overload, overload possible. the fuses.
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 293
The vehicle may not be equipped

with all of the fuses and relays
shown.
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
Number Usage
Number Usage 2 Not used
1 Not used
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
294 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

*3 Passenger 19 Antilock brake 32 Sunroof
motorized seat belt system pump 33 Not used
4 Body control 20 Antilock brake 34 AOS display, MIL
module 6 system valve ignition
5 Not used *21 AIR pump 35 Rear electrical
6 Driver power seat 22 Driver motorized center ignition
7 Not used seat belt 36 Spare PT fuse
*8 Headlamp washer 23 Wiper control relay 37 Oxygen sensor
relay 24 Wiper speed relay 38 Ignition coils,
9 Not used 25 Engine control injectors
10 Not used module relay 39 Ignition coils,
11 Not used *26 AIR pump relay injectors, spare
12 Not used 27 Spare, heated 40 Engine control

seat 2 module
13 Passenger
power seat 28 Body control 41 Fuel heater
module 1, spare *42 AIR solenoid relay
14 Body control
module 5 *29 AFS AHL, 43 Washer
pedestrian
15 Front wiper protection 44 Not used
16 Not used 30 Passenger window 45 Front washer relay
*17 Headlamp washer switch 46 Not used
18 Not used 31 Body control 47 Instrument panel
module 7 body ignition
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 295
Number Usage Number Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

48 Fuel system control *63 Adaptive headlamp Block
module ignition leveling The instrument panel fuse block is
49 Heated steering *64 Left high intensity in the end of the driver side of the
wheel discharge headlamp instrument panel.
*50 Steering *65 Right high intensity
column lock discharge headlamp
*51 Coolant pump 66 Headlamp high left/
*52 Coolant pump relay right
53 Air conditioning 67 Horn

compressor clutch 68 Horn relay
*54 AIR solenoid 69 Cooling fan
55 Transmission 70 Aero shutter
control module, 71 Transmission
spare control module
*56 Headlamp low relay ignition
To access the fuses, remove the
57 Headlamp high 72 Engine control end panel by gently prying with a
relay module ignition plastic tool near each clip, beginning
58 Starter *73 Brake at the point shown.
59 Starter relay vacuum pump
60 Run, crank relay 74 Not used
*61 Vacuum pump relay * Optional

62 Air conditioning
control relay
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
296 Vehicle Care
To install the end cover, insert the

tabs on the back of the cover into
the slots in the instrument panel at
the points shown. Align the clips
with the slots in the instrument
panel, and press the cover into
place.
with all of the fuses and relays
shown.
Mini Fuses Usage

Mini Fuses Usage 3 Electric steering
2 Motorized cupholder column lock
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 297
Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Circuit Usage

4 Data link connector 22 Sensing diagnostic Breakers
5 Heater, ventilation, module, automatic CB1 Retained accessory

and air conditioning occupant sensing power, accessory
control 23 Radio, DVD/Heater, power outlet power
6 Tilt and telescoping ventilation, and air CB7 Spare

steering column conditioning
24 Display Relays Usage
8 Spare
25 Heated steering K10 Retained accessory
9 Glove box release power, Accessory
wheel
10 Shunt K605 Logistics
26 Wireless charger
11 Body control K644 Glove box release
module 1 27 Steering wheel
switches
12 Body control
module 5 28 Spare
13 Spare 29 Visor
14 Spare 30 Spare
15 Spare J Case Usage

16 Spare Fuses
17 Spare 31 Spare
18 Spare 32 Spare
19 Spare 33 Front heater,
20 Spare ventilation, and air
conditioning blower
21 Spare
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
298 Vehicle Care
Rear Compartment Fuse

Block
The rear compartment fuse block is

behind a cover on the driver side of
the rear compartment.
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 299
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage

*1 Electronic limited 16 Trunk release *31 Transfer case
slip differential/DC *17 Run relay control module,
DC transformer electronic limited
*18 Logistics relay slip differential
2 Left window
*19 Logistics fuse 32 Theft module/
3 Body control
module 8 20 Rear window Universal garage
defogger relay door opener/Rain
*4 A/C inverter sensor
21 Mirror window
5 Passive entry module *33 UPA
passive start
battery 1 22 Pedestrian *34 Radio, DVD
protection 35 Spare
6 Body control
module 4 23 Canister vent *36 Trailer
7 Heated mirrors 24 Body control 37 Fuel pump, fuel
module 2 system control
8 Amplifier
*25 Rear vision camera module
9 Rear window
defogger *26 Front ventilated 38 Not used
seats 39 Not used
10 Glass break
*27 SBZA/LDW/EOCM 40 Not used
*11 Trailer connector
*28 Trailer, sunshade 41 Not used
12 OnStar (if equipped)
*29 Rear heated seats *42 Memory seat
13 Right window
*30 Semi-active module
14 Electric parking damping system
brake 43 Body control
module 3
15 Not used
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
300 Vehicle Care
Number Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued)

44 Not used
45 Battery regulated
Tires . Underinflated tires pose
voltage control Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The
46 Engine control resulting crash could
module battery leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for cause serious injury.
47 Not used Check all tires frequently
information regarding the tire
48 Not used warranty and where to get to maintain the
service. For additional recommended pressure.
*49 Trailer module
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be
50 Door lock security checked when the tires
manufacturer.
51 Rear closure are cold.
release
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are
52 Not used more likely to be cut,
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
53 Not used
improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such
54 Door lock security dangerous. as when hitting a pothole.
55 Not used . Keep tires at the
Overloading the tires can
*56 Fuel door cause overheating as a recommended pressure.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
* Optional flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them.
Limits 0 198. (Continued)
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 301
Warning (Continued)
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent
. Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered
have been damaged by designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer
impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire
curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection.
equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 316.
. Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria
can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be
the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter
identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
center should repair,
of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
replace, dismount, and handling and braking.
mount the tires. be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires:
. Do not spin the tires in
the vehicle if frequent driving on . Use tires of the same brand and
excess of 56 km/h snow or ice-covered roads is tread type on all four wheel
(35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide positions.
surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most
. Use only radial ply tires of the
mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they
same size, load range, and
spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of
speed rating as the original
tires to explode. traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 301. Winter tires with the same speed
See Tire Pressure for rating as the original equipment tires
High-Speed Operation 0 309 for Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
inflation pressure adjustment for and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
high-speed driving. This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
302 Vehicle Care
tires with a lower speed rating are any distance while deflated, check
chosen, never exceed the tire's Warning (Continued) with an authorized run-flat tire
maximum speed capability. service center to determine whether
displayed. Drive cautiously and the tire can be repaired or should be
check the tire pressures as soon
Run-Flat Tires as possible.
replaced. To maintain the run-flat
feature, all replacement tires must
This vehicle, when new, may have be run-flat tires.
had run-flat tires. There is no spare
tire, no tire changing equipment, Run-flat tires can be driven on with To locate the nearest GM or run-flat
and no place to store a tire in the no air pressure. There is no need to servicing facility, call Customer
vehicle. stop on the side of the road to Assistance.
change the tire. Continue driving;
The vehicle also has a Tire however, do not drive too far or too The valve stems on run-flat tires
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) fast. Driving on the tire may not be have sensors that are part of the
that indicates a loss of tire pressure possible if there is permanent TPMS. See Tire Pressure Monitor
in any of the tires. damage. To prevent permanent System 0 310. These sensors
damage, keep speed below 80 km/h contain batteries that are designed
to last for 10 years under normal
{ Warning (50 mph). With a light load the
driving conditions. See your dealer
vehicle can be driven up to 100 km
If the low tire warning light (60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km for wheel or sensor replacement.
displays on the instrument cluster, (50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km
the handling capabilities will be (25 mi). As soon as possible, Caution
reduced during severe contact the nearest authorized GM
maneuvers. Driving too fast could or run-flat servicing facility for Using liquid sealants can damage
cause loss of control and you or inspection and repair or the tire valves and tire pressure
others could be injured. Do not replacement. monitor sensors in the run-flat
drive over 90 km/h (55 mph) when tires. This damage is not covered
When driving on a deflated run-flat
the low tire warning light is by the vehicle warranty. Do not
tire, avoid potholes and other road
hazards that could damage the tire use liquid sealants in run-flat
(Continued) tires.
and/or wheel beyond repair. When a
tire has been damaged, or driven
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 303
Low-Profile Tires Summer Tires Caution (Continued)

If the vehicle has 255/35R19, High Performance Summer Tires
265/35ZR19, or 295/30ZR19 performance summer tires
This vehicle may come with 245/ indoors and at temperatures
size tires, they are classified as 40R18 (front) and 275/35R18 (rear)
low-profile tires. above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
high performance summer tires.
use. If the tires have been
These tires have a special tread and
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
Caution compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road let them warm up in a heated
Low-profile tires are more performance. This special tread and space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
susceptible to damage from road compound will have decreased 24 hours or more before being
hazards or curb impact than performance in cold climates, and installed or driving a vehicle on
standard profile tires. Tire and/or on ice and snow. It is recommended which they are installed. Do not
wheel assembly damage can that winter tires be installed on the apply heat or blow heated air
occur when coming into contact vehicle if frequent driving at directly on the tires. Always
with road hazards like potholes, temperatures below approximately inspect tires before use. See Tire
or sharp edged objects, or when 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow Inspection 0 313.
sliding into a curb. The warranty covered roads is expected. See
does not cover this type of Winter Tires 0 301.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and Caution Useful information about a tire is
when possible, avoid contact with molded into its sidewall. The
High performance summer tires examples show a typical
curbs, potholes, and other road
have rubber compounds that lose passenger tire sidewall.
hazards.
flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area
at temperatures below −7 °C (20 °
F). Always store high
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
304 Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was
exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is
guidelines. molded onto both sides of the
(3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may
Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture.
Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type
(DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in
tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread.
U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality
Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire
Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear,
combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more information
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week see Uniform Tire Quality
aspect ratio, construction type, (01-52) and the last two digits, Grading 0 318.
and service description. See the the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this (7) Maximum Cold Inflation
week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that
section for more detail. have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the
(2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310. maximum pressure needed to
Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number support that load.
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers
equipment tires designed to following the DOT code are the
GM's specific tire performance Tire Identification Number (TIN).
criteria have a TPC specification The TIN shows the
code molded onto the sidewall. manufacturer and plant code,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 305
Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit Tire Terminology and

number that indicates the tire Definitions
Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size Air Pressure : The amount of
typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in air inside the tire pressing
tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would outward on each square inch of
mean that the tire's sidewall is the tire. Air pressure is
60 percent as high as it is wide. expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type Accessory Weight : The
of ply construction in the tire. combined weight of optional
The letter R means radial ply accessories. Some examples of
construction; the letter D means optional accessories are
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : automatic transmission, power
The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B windows, power seats, and air
metric tire sizing system. The conditioning.
letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
the tire size means a passenger construction. Aspect Ratio : The relationship
vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of of a tire's height to its width.
standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. Belt : A rubber coated layer of
and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These cords between the plies and the
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load tread. Cords may be made from
number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the steel or other reinforcing
width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents materials.
sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
306 Vehicle Care
Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety tire used on light duty trucks and
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger
the rim. includes the Tire Identification vehicles.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279
alternate angles less than identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire.
the tread. date of production.
Maximum Inflation Pressure :
Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated.
measured in kPa (kilopascal) 0 198. The maximum air pressure is
or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight molded onto the sidewall.
before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The
from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 198. load rating for a tire at the
0 308. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight maximum permissible inflation
Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See pressure for that tire.
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 198. Maximum Loaded Vehicle
optional equipment including the Intended Outboard Sidewall : Weight : The sum of curb
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire weight, accessory weight,
and coolant, but without that must always face outward vehicle capacity weight, and
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle. production options weight.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 307
Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire bands, sometimes called wear
is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 308 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 198. of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
Limits 0 198. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic 16 in) of tread remains. See
Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that When It Is Time for New Tires
Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at 0 315.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire
has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire information system that provides
outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads consumers with ratings for a
vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. tire's traction, temperature, and
contains a whitewall, bears treadwear. Ratings are
Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire
white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
manufacturer, brand, and/or manufacturers using
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An government testing procedures.
higher or deeper than the same alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
of the tire. speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 318.
operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between number of designated seating
some light duty trucks and the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that Limits 0 198.
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
308 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Maximum Load on the The Tire and Loading

Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution Information label on the vehicle
due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment
weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire
cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires inflation pressures. The
Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the
permanently attached to a can result in: minimum air pressure needed to
vehicle showing the vehicle support the vehicle's maximum
. Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. See
capacity weight and the original overheating which could
equipment tire size and Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
lead to a blowout.
recommended inflation pressure. How the vehicle is loaded
See “Tire and Loading . Premature or affects vehicle handling and ride
Information Label” under Vehicle irregular wear. comfort. Never load the vehicle
Load Limits 0 198. . Poor handling. with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
. Reduced fuel economy.
Tire Pressure
Overinflated tires, or tires that When to Check
Tires need the correct amount of
have too much air, can Check the tires once a month
air pressure to operate
result in: or more.
effectively.
. Unusual wear. How to Check
. Poor handling. Use a good quality pocket-type
. Rough ride. gauge to check the tire
pressure. Proper tire inflation
. Needless damage from cannot be determined by looking
road hazards. at the tire. Check the tire
inflation pressure when the tires
are cold, meaning the vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 309
has not been driven for at least could be damaged and would Vehicles with P245/45R17 95V,
three hours or no more than not be covered by the vehicle P245/40R18 93V, or 255/
1.6 km (1 mi). warranty. 35R19 96V size tires require
inflation pressure adjustment when
Remove the valve cap from the driving the vehicle at speeds of
tire valve stem. Press the tire Tire Pressure for 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Set
gauge firmly onto the valve to High-Speed Operation the cold tire inflation pressure to
get the pressure measurement. 280 kPa (41 psi).
If the cold tire inflation pressure { Warning Vehicles with 245/40R18 93Y and
matches the recommended 275/35R18 95Y or 265/35ZR19
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
pressure on the Tire and (94Y) and 295/30ZR19 (100Y) size
(100 mph) or higher, puts
Loading Information label, no tires require inflation pressure
additional strain on tires. adjustment when driving the vehicle
further adjustment is necessary. Sustained high-speed driving at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or
If the inflation pressure is low, causes excessive heat buildup higher. Set the cold tire inflation
add air until the recommended and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure to 300 kPa (44 psi).
pressure is reached. If the This could cause a crash, and
you or others could be killed. Sustained operation at speeds over
inflation pressure in high, press 160 km/h (100 mph) requires a load
on the metal stem in the center Some high-speed rated tires
limit of the driver and one
of the tire valve to release air. require inflation pressure
passenger, with no additional cargo.
Re-check the tire pressure with adjustment for high-speed When loaded above this level, up to
the tire gauge. operation. When speed limits and the GVW, do not operate the vehicle
road conditions allow the vehicle above 160 km/h (100 mph).
Put the valve caps back on the to be driven at high speeds, make
valve stems to keep out dirt and sure the tires are rated for Return the tires to the
moisture and prevent leaks. Use high-speed operation, are in recommended cold tire inflation
only valve caps designed for the pressure when high-speed driving
excellent condition, and are set to
has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors the correct cold tire inflation
0 198 and Tire Pressure 0 308.
pressure for the vehicle load.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
310 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon
pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as
System should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists.
The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be
technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS
the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety
transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation
receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle's handling and stopping wheels on the vehicle that prevent
Each tire, including the spare (if
ability. the TPMS from functioning properly.
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction
the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more
by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to
vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or
pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the
tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function
indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire properly.
tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor
should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 311.
inflation pressure for those tires.) equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency Statement
As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the 0 374.
vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly.
tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure
pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a
of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for
under-inflated. approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 311
Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 198, for an example of the
Operation Limits 0 198. Tire and Loading Information label
This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure 0 308.
The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low
driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does
condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire
mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection
assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation 0 313, Tire Rotation 0 314 and Tires
and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. Using the DIC, tire 0 300.
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure levels can be viewed. For
the tires and transmits the tire additional information and details
pressure readings to a receiver Caution
about the DIC operation and
located in the vehicle. displays see Driver Information Tire sealant materials are not all
Center (DIC) 0 134. the same. A non-approved tire
The low tire pressure warning light sealant could damage the TPMS
may come on in cool weather when sensors. TPMS sensor damage
the vehicle is first started, and then caused by using an incorrect tire
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sealant is not covered by the
could be an early indicator that the vehicle warranty. Always use only
air pressure is getting low and the GM approved tire sealant
When a low tire pressure condition needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or
is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure.
the low tire pressure warning light included in the vehicle.
on the instrument cluster. If the A Tire and Loading Information
warning light comes on, stop as label, attached to your vehicle, Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
soon as possible and inflate the shows the size of the original use a GM approved liquid tire
tires to the recommended pressure equipment tires and the correct sealant. Using non-approved tire
inflation pressure for the tires when sealants could damage the TPMS
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
312 Vehicle Care
sensors. See Tire Sealant and successfully. See “TPMS Sensor . Operating electronic devices or
Compressor Kit 0 322 for Matching Process” later in this being near facilities using radio
information regarding the inflator kit section. wave frequencies similar to the
materials and instructions. . The TPMS sensor matching TPMS could cause the TPMS
process was not done or not sensors to malfunction.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message completed successfully after If the TPMS is not functioning
rotating the tires. The properly it cannot detect or signal a
The TPMS will not function properly malfunction light and the DIC low tire condition. See your dealer
if one or more of the TPMS sensors message should go off after for service if the TPMS malfunction
are missing or inoperable. When the successfully completing the light and DIC message comes on
system detects a malfunction, the sensor matching process. See and stays on.
low tire warning light flashes for "TPMS Sensor Matching
about one minute and then stays on Process" later in this section. TPMS Sensor Matching
for the remainder of the ignition Process
cycle. A DIC warning message also . One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The Each TPMS sensor has a unique
displays. The malfunction light and identification code. The identification
DIC warning message come on at malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the code needs to be matched to a new
each ignition cycle until the problem tire/wheel position after rotating the
is corrected. Some of the conditions TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
that can cause these to come more of the TPMS sensors. The
on are: performed successfully. See
your dealer for service. TPMS sensor matching process
. One of the road tires has been should also be performed after
replaced with the spare tire. The . Replacement tires or wheels do replacing a spare tire with a road
spare tire does not have a not match the original equipment tire containing the TPMS sensor.
TPMS sensor. The malfunction tires or wheels. Tires and wheels The malfunction light and the DIC
light and DIC message should other than those recommended message should go off at the next
go off after the road tire is could prevent the TPMS from ignition cycle. The sensors are
replaced and the sensor functioning properly. See Buying matched to the tire/wheel positions,
matching process is performed New Tires 0 316. using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 313
passenger side front tire, passenger through the Settings menu. 8. Proceed to the passenger side
side rear tire, and driver side rear. See Driver Information Center front tire, and repeat Step 7.
See your dealer for service or to (DIC) 0 134. 9. Proceed to the passenger side
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS 4. Use the five-way DIC control rear tire, and repeat Step 7.
relearn tool can also be purchased. on the right side of the steering
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor 10. Proceed to the driver side rear
wheel to scroll to the Tire tire, and repeat Step 7. The
Activation Tool at Pressure screen under the DIC
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or horn sounds two times to
info page. See Driver indicate the sensor
call 1-800-GM TOOLS Information Center (DIC) 0 134.
(1-800-468-6657). identification code has been
5. Press and hold the SEL button matched to the driver side rear
There are two minutes to match the in the center of the five-way tire, and the TPMS sensor
first tire/wheel position, and DIC control. matching process is no longer
five minutes overall to match all four active. The TIRE LEARNING
tire/wheel positions. If it takes The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn ACTIVE message on the DIC
longer, the matching process stops display screen goes off.
and must be restarted. mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message 11. Shut the ignition off.
The TPMS sensor matching displays on the DIC screen.
process is: 12. Set all four tires to the
6. Start with the driver side recommended air pressure
1. Set the parking brake. front tire. level as indicated on the Tire
2. Place the vehicle power mode 7. Place the relearn tool against and Loading Information label.
in ON/RUN/START. See the tire sidewall, near the valve
Ignition Positions 0 202. stem. Then press the button to Tire Inspection
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure activate the TPMS sensor. We recommend that the tires,
info display option is turned on. A horn chirp confirms that the including the spare tire, if the
The info displays on the DIC sensor identification code has
vehicle has one, be inspected
can be turned on and off been matched to this tire and
wheel position. for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
314 Vehicle Care
Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a

. The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The
more places around the tire first rotation is the most
can be seen. important.
. There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is
showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon
rubber. as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
. The tread or sidewall is damaged tires or wheels. If the
cracked, cut, or snagged unusual wear continues after the
deep enough to show cord or rotation, check the wheel
fabric. alignment. See When It Is Time Use this rotation pattern if the
. The tire has a bump, bulge, for New Tires 0 315 and Wheel vehicle has different size tires
or split. Replacement 0 320. on the front and rear and they
Directional tires should not be are non-directional.
. The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot rotated. Each tire and wheel Different tire sizes should not be
be repaired well because of should be used only in the rotated front to rear.
the size or location of the position it is in. Directional tires
damage. will have an arrow on the tire
indicating the proper direction of
Tire Rotation rotation or will have “left” or
“right” molded on the sidewall.
If the vehicle has non-directional
tires, they should be rotated
every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 347.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 315
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel

System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the
Monitor Operation 0 311. wheel nuts or bolts.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel When It Is Time for New
Nut Torque” under Capacities Tires
and Specifications 0 361. Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
{ Warning vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
Use this rotation pattern when parts to which it is fastened, can
rotating tires of the same size make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
installed on all four wheel
off and cause an accident. When
positions.
changing a wheel, remove any
If the vehicle has a compact rust or dirt from places where the
spare tire, do not include it in the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
tire rotation. an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
Adjust the front and rear tires to
a scraper or wire brush later to
the recommended inflation remove all rust or dirt.
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after Treadwear indicators are one way to
the tires have been rotated. See Lightly coat the center of the
tell when it is time for new tires.
Tire Pressure 0 308 and Vehicle wheel hub with wheel bearing Treadwear indicators appear when
Load Limits 0 198. grease after a wheel change or the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
316 Vehicle Care
or less of tread remaining. See Tire slow aging. This area should be free vehicle, including brake system
Inspection 0 313 and Tire Rotation of grease, gasoline, or other performance, ride and handling,
0 314. substances that can deteriorate traction control, and tire
The rubber in tires ages over time. rubber. pressure monitoring
This also applies to the spare tire, Parking for an extended period can performance. GM's TPC Spec
if the vehicle has one, even if it is cause flat spots on the tires that number is molded onto the tire's
never used. Multiple factors may result in vibrations while sidewall near the tire size. If the
including temperatures, loading driving. When storing a vehicle for tires have an all-season tread
conditions, and inflation pressure at least a month, remove the tires or design, the TPC Spec number
maintenance affect how fast aging raise the vehicle to reduce the
takes place. GM recommends that weight from the tires.
will be followed by MS for mud
tires, including the spare if and snow. See Tire Sidewall
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires Labeling 0 303, for additional
years, regardless of tread wear. The information.
tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The GM recommends replacing worn
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
original equipment tires installed tires in complete sets of four.
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General Uniform tread depth on all tires
first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria will help to maintain the
(01–52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec) performance of the vehicle.
year. For example, the third week of system rating. When Braking and handling
the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed, performance may be adversely
four-digit DOT date of 0310.
GM strongly recommends affected if all the tires are not
Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC replaced at the same time.
Spec rating. If proper rotation and
Tires age when stored normally maintenance have been done,
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires should wear out at
a vehicle that will be stored for at system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire
least a month in a cool, dry, clean critical specifications that impact
area away from direct sunlight to Rotation 0 314 for information
the overall performance of the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 317
on proper tire rotation. However, load range, speed rating, and

if it is necessary to replace only { Warning construction (radial) as the
one axle set of worn tires, place Mixing tires of different sizes original tires.
the new tires on the rear axle. (other than those originally Vehicles that have a tire
Winter tires with the same speed installed on the vehicle), brands, pressure monitoring system
rating as the original equipment or types may cause loss of could give an inaccurate
tires may not be available for H, control of the vehicle, resulting in low-pressure warning if non-TPC
V, W, and ZR speed rated tires. a crash or other vehicle damage. Spec rated tires are installed.
Never exceed the winter tire's Use the correct size, brand, and See Tire Pressure Monitor
maximum speed capability when type of tire on all four wheels. Operation 0 311.
using winter tires with a lower The Tire and Loading
speed rating. Information label indicates the
{ Warning original equipment tires on the
{ Warning Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel 0 198, for the label location and
improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks more information about the Tire
to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving. and Loading Information label.
could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail
Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash. Different Size Tires and
tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with Wheels
mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle. If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
replaced with a tire that does not
ride and handling characteristics,
have a TPC Spec number, make stability, and resistance to rollover
sure they are the same size, may be affected. If the vehicle has
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
318 Vehicle Care
electronic systems such as antilock Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
brakes, rollover airbags, traction Performance Criteria (TPC)
control, electronic stability control,
Grading
standards.
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance The following information relates
of these systems can also be to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found
affected. United States National Highway where applicable on the tire
Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder
{ Warning (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For
treadwear, traction, and example:
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable temperature performance. This Treadwear 200 Traction AA
level of performance and safety if applies only to vehicles sold in Temperature A
tires not recommended for those the United States. The grades All Passenger Car Tires Must
wheels are selected. This are molded on the sidewalls of Conform to Federal Safety
increases the chance of a crash most passenger car tires. The Requirements In Addition To
and serious injury. Only use GM Uniform Tire Quality Grading These Grades.
specific wheel and tire systems (UTQG) system does not apply
developed for the vehicle, and to deep tread, winter tires, Treadwear
have them properly installed by a compact spare tires, tires with The treadwear grade is a
GM certified technician. nominal rim diameters of comparative rating based on the
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), wear rate of the tire when tested
See Buying New Tires 0 316 and or to some limited-production under controlled conditions on a
Accessories and Modifications tires. specified government test
0 261. While the tires available on course. For example, a tire
General Motors passenger cars graded 150 would wear one and
and light trucks may vary with one-half (1½) times as well on
respect to these grades, they the government course as a tire
must also conform to federal graded 100. The relative
safety requirements and performance of tires depends
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 319
upon the actual conditions of Temperature underinflation, or excessive

their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in
depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat
norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure.
habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its
differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Wheel Alignment and Tire
characteristics and climate. tested under controlled Balance
Traction conditions on a specified indoor The tires and wheels were aligned
laboratory test wheel. Sustained and balanced at the factory to
The traction grades, from
high temperature can cause the provide the longest tire life and best
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, overall performance. Adjustments to
material of the tire to degenerate
and C. Those grades represent wheel alignment and tire balancing
and reduce tire life, and
the tire's ability to stop on wet are not necessary on a regular
excessive temperature can lead
pavement as measured under basis. Consider an alignment check
to sudden tire failure. The grade
controlled conditions on if there is unusual tire wear or the
C corresponds to a level of vehicle is significantly pulling to one
specified government test
performance which all side or the other. Some slight pull to
surfaces of asphalt and
passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the
concrete. A tire marked C may
under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road
have poor traction performance.
Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs
Warning: The traction grade
A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
assigned to this tire is based on vibrating when driving on a smooth
performance on the laboratory
straight-ahead braking traction road, the tires and wheels may need
test wheel than the minimum
tests, and does not include to be rebalanced. See your dealer
required by law. Warning: The
acceleration, cornering, for proper diagnosis.
temperature grade for this tire is
hydroplaning, or peak traction
established for a tire that is
characteristics.
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
320 Vehicle Care
Wheel Replacement Warning (Continued)

Used Replacement Wheels
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or affect the braking and handling of { Warning
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Replacing a wheel with a used
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and and cause loss of control, causing
one is dangerous. How it has
wheel nuts should be replaced. a crash. Always use the correct
If the wheel leaks air, replace it. been used or how far it has been
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
Some aluminum wheels can be driven may be unknown. It could
nuts for replacement.
repaired. See your dealer if any of fail suddenly and cause a crash.
these conditions exist. When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel.
Caution
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the The wrong wheel can also cause
same load-carrying capacity, problems with bearing life, brake Tire Chains
diameter, width, offset, and be cooling, speedometer or
mounted the same way as the one it odometer calibration, headlamp { Warning
replaces. aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire If the vehicle has P245/40R18,
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
chain clearance to the body and 245/40R18, 275/35R18, 255/
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new chassis. 35R19, 265/35ZR19, or 295/
GM original equipment parts. 30ZR19 size tires, do not use tire
chains. There is not enough
clearance. Tire chains used on a
{ Warning vehicle without the proper amount
Using the wrong replacement of clearance can cause damage
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel to the brakes, suspension,
nuts can be dangerous. It could or other vehicle parts. The area
(Continued) (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 321
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) { Warning

damaged by the tire chains could that add no more than 12 mm Special tools and procedures are
cause loss of control and a crash. thickness to the tire tread and required to service a run-flat tire.
Use another type of traction inner sidewall. Use chains that If these special tools and
device only if its manufacturer are the proper size for the tires. procedures are not used, injury or
recommends it for the vehicle's Install them on the tires of the vehicle damage may occur.
tire size combination and road rear axle. Don't use chains on the Always be sure the proper tools
conditions. Follow that tires of the front axle. Tighten and procedures, as described in
manufacturer's instructions. To them as tightly as possible with the service manual, are used.
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow the ends securely fastened. Drive
and readjust or remove the slowly and follow the chain It is unusual for a tire to blow out
traction device if it contacts the manufacturer's instructions. If the while driving, especially if the tires
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If chains contact the vehicle, stop are maintained properly. See Tires
traction devices are used, install and retighten them. If the contact 0 300. If air goes out of a tire, it is
them on the rear tires. continues, slow down until it much more likely to leak out slowly.
stops. Driving too fast or spinning But if there is ever a blowout, here
the wheels with chains on will are a few tips about what to expect
damage the vehicle. and what to do:
Caution
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
If the vehicle is equipped with a If a Tire Goes Flat creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire size other than P245/40R18, toward that side. Take your foot off
245/40R18, 275/35R18, 255/ If the vehicle has run-flat tires, there the accelerator pedal and grip the
35R19, 265/35ZR19, or 295/ is no need to stop on the side of the steering wheel firmly. Steer to
30ZR19 use tire chains only road to change a flat tire. See maintain lane position, and then
where legal and only when Run-Flat Tires 0 302. gently brake to a stop, well off the
necessary. Use low profile chains road, if possible.
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
322 Vehicle Care
A rear blowout, particularly on a off the road, if possible. Turn on the

curve, acts much like a skid and hazard warning flashers. See Warning (Continued)
may require the same correction as Hazard Warning Flashers 0 167.
used in a skid. Stop pressing the tire service center repair or
1. Turn on the hazard warning replace the flat tire as soon as
accelerator pedal and steer to flashers.
straighten the vehicle. It may be possible.
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
to a stop, well off the road, 3. Put an automatic transmission If this vehicle has a tire sealant kit
if possible. in P (Park) or a manual and the tire has been separated
transmission in 1 (First) or from the wheel, has damaged
{ Warning R (Reverse). sidewalls, or has a puncture larger
than 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is too
Lifting a vehicle and getting under 4. Turn off the ignition.
severely damaged for the tire
it to do maintenance or repairs is 5. Inspect the flat tire. sealant and compressor kit to be
dangerous without the effective. If the tire has a puncture
appropriate safety equipment and { Warning less than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread
area of the tire, see Tire Sealant
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for Driving on a flat tire will cause and Compressor Kit 0 322.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for permanent damage to the tire.
anything else, you or others could Re-inflating a tire after it has been Tire Sealant and
be badly injured or killed if the driven on while severely Compressor Kit
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
{ Warning
that has been driven on while Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
severely underinflated or flat. area with poor ventilation is
If this vehicle does not have run-flat
Have your dealer or an authorized dangerous. Engine exhaust may
tires and a tire goes flat, avoid
further tire and wheel damage by (Continued) enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
driving slowly to a level place, well (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 323
sealant and compressor kit to be

Warning (Continued) { Warning effective. See Roadside Service
0 367.
contains carbon monoxide (CO) Storing the tire sealant and
which cannot be seen or smelled. compressor kit or other Read and follow all of the tire
It can cause unconsciousness equipment in the passenger sealant and compressor kit
and even death. Never run the compartment of the vehicle could instructions.
engine in an enclosed area that cause injury. In a sudden stop or
has no fresh air ventilation. For collision, loose equipment could
more information, see Engine strike someone. Store the tire
Exhaust 0 209. sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
{ Warning If this vehicle has a tire sealant and

compressor kit, there may not be a
Overinflating a tire could cause spare tire or tire changing
the tire to rupture and you or equipment, and on some vehicles
others could be injured. Be sure there may not be a place to store
to read and follow the tire sealant a tire.
and compressor kit instructions The tire sealant and compressor
and inflate the tire to its can be used to temporarily seal
recommended pressure. Do not punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in
exceed the recommended the tread area of the tire. It can also
pressure. be used to inflate an
underinflated tire.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
324 Vehicle Care
The kit includes: 3. Pressure Gauge Using the Tire Sealant and
4. Pressure Deflation Button Compressor Kit to Temporarily
5. Tire Sealant Canister Seal and Inflate a
6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Punctured Tire
7. Air Only Hose (Black)
Follow the directions closely for
8. Power Plug correct sealant usage.
9. Canister Release Button
(Under Sealant/Air Hose)
Tire Sealant
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the sealant canister.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister. The
sealant canister should be replaced
before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
“Removal and Installation of the
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air Sealant Canister” following.
or Air Only)
2. On/Off Button
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 325
5. Tire Sealant Canister 3. Place the kit on the ground.

6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Make sure the tire valve stem
7. Air Only Hose (Black) is positioned close to the
8. Power Plug ground so the hose will
9. Canister Release Button reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
When using the tire sealant and from the flat tire by turning it
compressor kit during cold counterclockwise.
temperatures, warm the kit in a
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)
heated environment for five minutes.
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
This will help to inflate the tire
clockwise until it is tight.
faster.
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
accessory power outlet in the
and wheel damage by driving slowly
vehicle. Unplug all items from
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
other accessory power outlets.
warning flashers. See Hazard
See Power Outlets 0 111.
Warning Flashers 0 167.
If the vehicle has an accessory
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 321 for
power outlet, do not use the
other important safety warnings.
cigarette lighter.
Do not remove any objects that
If the vehicle only has a
have penetrated the tire.
cigarette lighter, use the
1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter.
compressor kit from its storage
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air Do not pinch the power plug
location. See Storing the Tire
or Air Only) cord in the door or window.
Sealant and Compressor Kit
2. On/Off Button 0 330. 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
3. Pressure Gauge must be running while using
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)
4. Pressure Deflation Button the air compressor.
and the power plug (8).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
326 Vehicle Care
8. Press and turn the selector is on. Turn the compressor off therefore, Steps 12–18 must be
switch (1) counterclockwise to to get an accurate pressure done immediately after
the Sealant + Air position. reading. The compressor may Step 11.
9. Press the on/off button (2) to be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the
turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit
compressor kit on. as it could be warm after
Caution usage.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire. If the recommended pressure 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
The pressure gauge (3) will cannot be reached after the accessory power outlet in
initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the the vehicle.
while the compressor pushes vehicle should not be driven 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)
the sealant into the tire. Once farther. The tire is too severely counterclockwise to remove it
the sealant is completely damaged and the tire sealant and from the tire valve stem.
dispersed into the tire, the compressor kit cannot inflate the 14. Replace the tire valve
pressure will quickly drop and tire. Remove the power plug from stem cap.
start to rise again as the tire the accessory power outlet and
inflates with air only. unscrew the inflating hose from 15. Replace the sealant/air hose
(6), and the power plug (8)
10. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
back in their original location.
recommended inflation Service 0 367.
pressure using the pressure
gauge (3). The recommended 11. Press the on/off button (2) to
inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and
on the Tire and Loading compressor kit off.
Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 308. The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
The pressure gauge (3) may vehicle is driven and the 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate
read higher than the actual tire sealant is distributed in the tire, to the recommended inflation
pressure while the compressor pressure, remove the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 327
maximum speed label from the If the tire pressure has not
sealant canister (5) and place it dropped more than 68 kPa
in a highly visible location. Do (10 psi) from the recommended
not exceed the speed on this inflation pressure, inflate the
label until the damaged tire is tire to the recommended
repaired or replaced. inflation pressure.
17. Return the equipment to its 20. Wipe off any sealant from the
original storage location in the wheel, tire, and vehicle.
vehicle. 21. Dispose of the used sealant
18. Immediately drive the vehicle canister (5) and sealant/air
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the hose (6) assembly at a local
sealant in the tire. dealer or in accordance with
19. Stop at a safe location and local state codes and practices.
check the tire pressure. Refer 22. Replace with a new canister
to Steps 1–11 under “Using the assembly available from your
Tire Sealant and Compressor dealer.
Kit without Sealant to Inflate a 23. After temporarily sealing the
Tire (Not Punctured).” tire using the tire sealant and
If the tire pressure has fallen compressor kit, take the
more than 68 kPa (10 psi) vehicle to an authorized dealer
below the recommended within 161 km (100 mi) of
inflation pressure, stop driving driving to have the tire repaired
the vehicle. The tire is too or replaced.
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Service 0 367.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
328 Vehicle Care
Using the Tire Sealant and 5. Tire Sealant Canister

Compressor Kit without 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not 7. Air Only Hose (Black)
Punctured) 8. Power Plug
9. Canister Release Button
To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 167.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 321 for
other important safety warnings.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit
0 330.
2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)
and the power plug (8).
3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem
1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air is positioned close to the
or Air Only) ground so the hose will
2. On/Off Button reach it.
3. Pressure Gauge
4. Pressure Deflation Button
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 329
4. Remove the tire valve stem 9. Press the on/off button (2) to This option is only functional
cap from the flat tire by turning turn the compressor on. when using the air only
it counterclockwise. The compressor will inflate the hose (7).
5. Attach the air only hose (7) tire with air only. 11. Press the on/off button (2) to
onto the tire valve stem by 10. Inflate the tire to the turn the tire sealant and
turning it clockwise until it is recommended inflation compressor kit off.
tight. pressure using the pressure Be careful while handling the
6. Plug the power plug (8) into the gauge (3). The recommended tire sealant and compressor kit
accessory power outlet in the inflation pressure can be found as it could be warm after
vehicle. Unplug all items from on the Tire and Loading usage.
other accessory power outlets. Information label. See Tire 12. Unplug the power plug (8) from
See Power Outlets 0 111. Pressure 0 308. the accessory power outlet in
If the vehicle has an accessory The pressure gauge (3) may the vehicle.
power outlet, do not use the read higher than the actual tire 13. Disconnect the air only hose
cigarette lighter. pressure while the compressor (7) from the tire valve stem, by
If the vehicle only has a is on. Turn the compressor off turning it counterclockwise, and
cigarette lighter, use the to get an accurate reading. The replace the tire valve stem cap.
cigarette lighter. compressor may be turned on/
off until the correct pressure is 14. Replace the air only hose (7)
Do not pinch the power plug reached. and the power plug (8) and
cord in the door or window. cord back in its original
If you inflate the tire higher location.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle than the recommended
must be running while using pressure you can adjust the 15. Place the equipment in the
the air compressor. excess pressure by pressing original storage location in the
8. Press and turn the selector the pressure deflation vehicle.
switch (1) clockwise to the Air button (4) until the proper
Only position. pressure reading is reached.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
330 Vehicle Care
Removal and Installation of the

Sealant Canister
To remove the sealant canister:
1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
2. Press the canister release
button (9).
3. Pull up and remove the
canister.
4. Replace with a new canister
which is available from your
The tire sealant and compressor kit dealer. 3. Remove the strap.
has an accessory adapter located in 5. Push the new canister into 4. Remove the tire sealant and
a compartment on the bottom of its place. compressor kit.
housing that may be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc. To store the tire sealant and
Storing the Tire Sealant compressor kit, reverse the steps.
and Compressor Kit
To access the tire sealant and
compressor kit:
1. Open the trunk. See Trunk
0 41.
2. Lift the cover.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 331
Jump Starting { Warning

Jump Starting - North Batteries can hurt you. They can
America be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North burn you.
America 0 285. . They contain gas that can
If the battery has run down, try to explode or ignite.
use another vehicle and some . They contain enough
jumper cables to start your vehicle. electricity to burn you.
Be sure to use the following steps to
If you do not follow these steps 1. Good Battery Positive
do it safely.
exactly, some or all of these Terminal
things can hurt you.
{ Warning 2. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
WARNING: Battery posts, 3. Discharged Battery Remote
terminals, and related Caution Positive terminal
accessories contain lead and lead 4. Discharged Battery Remote
compounds, chemicals known to Ignoring these steps could result Negative Ground Terminal
the State of California to cause in costly damage to the vehicle The jump start positive terminal (1)
cancer and birth defects or other that would not be covered by the and negative post (2) are on the
reproductive harm. Batteries also vehicle warranty. Trying to start battery of the vehicle providing the
contain other chemicals known to the vehicle by pushing or pulling it jump start.
the State of California to cause will not work, and it could damage
The jump start remote positive
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER the vehicle. terminal (3) and the remote negative
HANDLING. See California ground terminal (4) for the
Proposition 65 Warning 0 261. discharged battery are on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
332 Vehicle Care
The positive jump start connection

for the discharged battery is under a Caution { Warning
red cover. Remove the cover to
expose the terminal. If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can
plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode.
1. Check the other vehicle. starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this,
It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded.
with a negative ground system. be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more
warranty. Whenever possible, turn light.
Caution off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that
either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative you. If you accidentally get it in
ground, both vehicles can be 4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn off your eyes or on your skin, flush
damaged. Only use a vehicle that all lights and accessories in the place with water and get
has a 12-volt system with a both vehicles, except the medical help immediately.
negative ground for jump starting. hazard warning flashers if
needed.
2. Position the two vehicles so

{ Warning { Warning
that they are not touching.
An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
3. Set the parking brake firmly
when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
and put the shift lever in
P (Park) with an automatic and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
transmission, or Neutral with a clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
manual transmission. underhood electric fan.
5. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the remote
positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 333
6. Connect the other end of the Towing the Vehicle

red positive (+) cable to the Caution (Continued)
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. may occur and damage the Caution
vehicle. The repairs would not be
7. Connect one end of the black covered by the vehicle warranty. Incorrectly towing a disabled
negative (–) cable to the Always connect and remove the vehicle may cause damage. The
negative (–) terminal of the jumper cables in the correct order, damage would not be covered by
good battery. making sure that the cables do the vehicle warranty.
8. Connect the other end of the not touch each other or other Do not lash or hook to
black negative (–) cable to the metal. suspension components. Use the
remote negative (–) grounding
proper straps around the tires to
terminal for the discharged
Jumper Cable Removal secure the vehicle.
battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle Reverse the sequence exactly when
with the good battery and run removing the jumper cables. Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
the engine at idle speed for at After starting the disabled vehicle car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck
least four minutes. and removing the jumper cables, could damage the vehicle.
10. Try to start the vehicle that had allow it to idle for several minutes.
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
334 Vehicle Care
vehicle with two wheels on the

Caution ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Improper use of the tow eye can
cause vehicle damage. Use Here are some important things to
caution and low speeds to consider before recreational vehicle
prevent damage to the vehicle. towing:
. What is the towing capacity of
Carefully open the cover in the the towing vehicle? Be sure to
fascia by using the small notch that read the tow vehicle
conceals the tow eye socket. manufacturer's
recommendations.
Install the tow eye into the socket by
Due to low ramp angles on the . What is the distance that will be
turning it clockwise until it stops.
V-Series only, use care when When the tow eye is removed, traveled? Some vehicles have
loading the vehicle onto a flatbed reinstall the cover with the notch in restrictions on how far and how
carrier. Front spring spacers were the original position. long they can tow.
provided for lifting the front . Is the proper towing equipment
suspension if more clearance is Recreational Vehicle going to be used? See your
necessary when towing. dealer or trailering professional
Towing for additional advice and
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the Recreational vehicle towing means equipment recommendations.
disabled vehicle must be towed. towing the vehicle behind another . Is the vehicle ready to be
vehicle such as a motor home. The
Use the tow eye for towing a towed? Just as preparing the
two most common types of
disabled vehicle or loading it onto a vehicle for a long trip, make sure
recreational vehicle towing are
flatbed car carrier. The tow eye the vehicle is prepared to be
known as dinghy towing and dolly
should not be used to recover a towed.
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle from an off road situation. vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 335
Dinghy Towing towed, a dolly should be used. See Dolly Towing

the following information on dolly (Rear-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)
towing.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.
Caution
To dolly tow a rear-wheel-drive
If the vehicle is towed with all four vehicle from the rear:
wheels on the ground, the 1. Attach the dolly to the tow
drivetrain components could be vehicle following the dolly
damaged. The repairs would not manufacturer instructions.
be covered by the vehicle 2. Put the rear wheels on the
warranty. Do not tow the vehicle dolly.
with all four wheels on the
ground. 3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
The vehicle was not designed to be 4. Firmly set the parking brake.
towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
336 Vehicle Care
5. Use an adequate clamping Appearance Care

device designed for towing to
ensure that the front wheels
are locked into the Exterior Care
straight-ahead position. Locks
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Locks are lubricated at the factory.
following the manufacturer Use a de-icing agent only when
instructions. absolutely necessary, and have the
7. Release the parking brake only locks greased after using. See
after the vehicle being towed is Recommended Fluids and
firmly attached to the towing Lubricants 0 356.
vehicle.
Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannot Washing the Vehicle
8. Turn the ignition to OFF. be dolly towed. To preserve the vehicle's finish,
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel Drive wash it often and out of direct
Vehicles) sunlight.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 337
If using an automatic car wash, the vehicle as soon as possible.

Caution (Continued) follow the car wash instructions. The If necessary, use non-abrasive
windshield wiper and rear window cleaners that are marked safe for
your dealer. Follow all wiper, if equipped, must be off. painted surfaces to remove foreign
manufacturer directions regarding Remove any accessories that may matter.
correct product usage, necessary be damaged or interfere with the car
safety precautions, and Occasional hand waxing or mild
wash equipment. polishing should be done to remove
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product. Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See
washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning
cleaning agents completely. If they products.
are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to
Caution they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
Avoid using high-pressure chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur.
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) avoid surface scratches and water
to the surface of the vehicle. Use spotting.
of power washers exceeding
Caution
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Finish Care Machine compounding or
in damage or removal of paint Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a
and decals. sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only
are damaged, see your dealer to non-abrasive waxes and polishes
The e symbol is on any
have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/
underhood compartment electrical repaired. Foreign materials such as
center that should not be power clearcoat paint finish on the
calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle.
washed. This could cause damage melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
that would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can To keep the paint finish looking new,
damage the vehicle's finish if they keep the vehicle garaged or
remain on painted surfaces. Wash covered whenever possible.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
338 Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not . Abrasive or caustic agents.
Moldings intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the agents in higher concentrations
Caution vehicle after washing to protect than suggested by the
and extend the molding finish. manufacturer.
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result Carbon Fiber Care . Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
in a hazy white finish or pitting. or other harsh cleaners.
Carbon fiber parts can be washed
This damage would not be and waxed like any other parts. Use . Ice scrapers or other hard items.
covered by the vehicle warranty. a clear or black pigmented wax. See . Aftermarket appearance caps or
Carbon Fiber 0 202 covers while the lamps are
The bright metal moldings on the illuminated, due to excessive
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or heat generated.
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning Stripes
Caution
instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
. Be sure the molding is cool to soft cloth, and a car washing soap Failure to clean lamps properly
the touch before applying any to clean exterior lamps, lenses, can cause damage to the lamp
cleaning solution. emblems, decals, and stripes. cover that would not be covered
Follow instructions under "Washing by the vehicle warranty.
. Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
solutions for aluminum, chrome section.
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or Lamp covers are made of plastic,
Caution
contain alkaline substances and and some have a UV protective
can damage the moldings. coating. Do not clean or wipe them Using wax on low gloss black
when dry. finish stripes can increase the
. Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a
manufacturer’s instructions. lamp covers: (Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 339
Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum

Caution (Continued) or Chrome
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
non-uniform finish. Clean low weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
gloss stripes with soap and longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels.
water only. squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at After rinsing thoroughly with clean
least once a year. Hot, dry climates water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
may require more frequent A wax may then be applied.
Air Intakes application. Black marks from
Clear debris from the air intakes, rubber material on painted surfaces Caution
between the hood and windshield can be removed by rubbing with a
when washing the vehicle. clean cloth. See Recommended Chrome wheels and other chrome
Fluids and Lubricants 0 356. trim may be damaged if the
Windshield and Wiper Blades vehicle is not washed after driving
Tires
Clean the outside of the windshield on roads that have been sprayed
with glass cleaner. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to with magnesium, calcium,
clean the tires. or sodium chloride. These
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with chlorides are used on roads for
windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution conditions such as ice and dust.
detergent. Wash the windshield Always wash the chrome with
Using petroleum-based tire
thoroughly when cleaning the soap and water after exposure.
dressing products on the vehicle
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/
treatments may cause wiper or tires. When applying a tire
streaking. dressing, always wipe off any Caution
overspray from all painted
Replace the wiper blades if they are surfaces on the vehicle. To avoid surface damage, do not
worn or damaged. Damage can be use strong soaps, chemicals,
caused by extreme dusty abrasive polishes, cleaners,
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
(Continued)
snow, and ice.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
340 Vehicle Care
Steering, Suspension, and underbody. Take care to thoroughly

Caution (Continued) Chassis Components clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
brushes, or cleaners that contain Visually inspect steering,
acid on aluminum or suspension, and chassis Do not directly power wash the
chrome-plated wheels. Use only components for damaged, loose, transfer case and/or front/rear axle
approved cleaners. Also, never or missing parts or signs of wear at output seals. High pressure water
drive a vehicle with aluminum or least once a year. can overcome the seals and
chrome-plated wheels through an contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the
automatic car wash that uses hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, transfer case and/or axles and
silicone carbide tire cleaning chafing, etc. should be replaced.
brushes. Damage could occur
Visually check constant velocity joint
and the repairs would not be boots and axle seals for leaks. Sheet Metal Damage
covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is damaged and
Body Component Lubrication requires sheet metal repair or
Brake System Lubricate all key lock cylinders, replacement, make sure the body
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the repair shop applies anti-corrosion
Visually inspect brake lines and steel fuel door hinge, unless the material to parts repaired or
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, components are plastic. Applying replaced to restore corrosion
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect silicone grease on weatherstrips protection.
disc brake pads for wear and rotors with a clean cloth will make them
for surface condition. Inspect drum Original manufacturer replacement
last longer, seal better, and not stick parts will provide the corrosion
brake linings/shoes for wear or or squeak.
cracks. Inspect other brake parts, protection while maintaining the
including drums, wheel cylinders, Underbody Maintenance vehicle warranty.
calipers, parking brake, master
At least twice a year, spring and fall, Finish Damage
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
use plain water to flush any Quickly repair minor chips and
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum
corrosive materials from the scratches with touch-up materials
pump including bracket, and vent
hose, if equipped. available from your dealer to avoid
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 341
corrosion. Larger areas of finish Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will
damage can be corrected in your for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt.
dealer's body and paint shop. prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain
all cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap.
Chemical Paint Spotting cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the
Airborne pollutants can fall upon switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning.
and attack painted vehicle surfaces cleaners quickly.
causing blotchy, ring-shaped . Do not use solvents or cleaners
Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents.
discolorations, and small, irregular follow all safety instructions on the
dark spots etched into the paint label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass
surface. See “Finish Care” open the doors and windows to get
previously in this section. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
proper ventilation.
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth.
the interior using the following If necessary, use a commercial
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. plain water.
. Never use a razor or any other
Immediately remove any soils.
sharp object to remove soil from
Newspapers or dark garments can
any interior surface. Caution
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior. . Never use a brush with stiff To prevent scratching, never use
bristles. abrasive cleaners on automotive
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface glass. Abrasive cleaners or
instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much aggressive cleaning may damage
soap solution, immediately remove pressure. the rear window defogger.
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Do not use laundry detergents or
repellent from all interior surfaces or dishwashing soaps with
permanent damage may result. Cleaning the windshield with water
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, during the first three to six months
use approximately 20 drops per of ownership will reduce tendency
3.8 L (1 gal) of water. to fog.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
342 Vehicle Care
Speaker Covers 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free cleaner or spot lifter. If ring

colorfast cloth with water. formation occurs, clean the entire
Vacuum around a speaker cover
Microfiber cloth is fabric or carpet.
gently, so that the speaker will not
recommended to prevent lint After cleaning, use a paper towel to
be damaged. Clean spots with water
transfer to the fabric or carpet. blot excess moisture.
and mild soap.
2. Remove excess moisture by
Coated Moldings gently wringing until water does Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
Coated moldings should be cleaned. not drip from the cleaning cloth. and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a 3. Start on the outside edge of the
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth soil and gently rub toward the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
dampened with water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
to a clean area frequently to use a soft bristle brush to remove
. When heavily soiled, use warm dirt that can scratch the surface.
prevent forcing the soil in to the
soapy water. fabric. Then gently clean by rubbing with a
Fabric/Carpet/Suede microfiber cloth. Never use window
4. Continue gently rubbing the cleaners or solvents. Periodically
Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no hand wash the microfiber cloth
using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from separately, using mild soap. Do not
rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth. use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
being used, only use it on the floor 5. If the soil is not completely thoroughly and air dry before
carpet. Before cleaning, gently removed, use a mild soap next use.
remove as much of the soil as solution followed only by plain
possible: water. Caution
. Gently blot liquids with a paper If the soil is not completely
towel. Continue blotting until no removed, it may be necessary to Do not attach a device with a
more soil can be removed. use a commercial upholstery suction cup to the display. This
. For solid soils, remove as much cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small may cause damage and would
hidden area for colorfastness before not be covered by the vehicle
as possible prior to vacuuming.
using a commercial upholstery warranty.
To clean:
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Vehicle Care 343
Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and

Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild
Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine
Surfaces recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
Use a soft microfiber cloth then dry completely.
dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts
dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
thorough cleaning, use a soft Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
mild soap solution. under certain conditions. { Warning
Caution Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
Caution It may severely weaken them. In
Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause a crash, they might not be able to
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics provide adequate protection.
well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air Clean safety belts only with mild
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with soap and lukewarm water.
Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
them to dry naturally. Never use
Floor Mats
clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
{ Warning
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the If a floor mat is the wrong size or
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. is not properly installed, it can
solvents can permanently change
interfere with the pedals.
(Continued) Interference with the pedals can
(Continued)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
344 Vehicle Care

. Do not place anything on top of 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
Warning (Continued) the driver side floor mat. mat retainer openings over the
. Use only a single floor mat on carpet retainers and snap into
cause unintended acceleration position.
and/or increased stopping the driver side.
distance which can cause a crash . Do not place one floor mat on 3. Make sure the floor mat is
and injury. Make sure the floor top of another. properly secured in place.
mat does not interfere with the Verify the floor mat does not
The driver side floor mat is held in interfere with the pedals.
pedals. place by two button-type retainers.
Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the

proper floor mat usage. Floor Mats
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
side floor. mat to unlock the retainers and
. Use the floor mat with the remove.
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Service and Maintenance 345
Service and Additional Maintenance

and Care
General Information
Maintenance Additional Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
the required maintenance for the
General Information Recommended Fluids, vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 345 Lubricants, and Parts protect against major repair
Recommended Fluids and expenses resulting from neglect or
Cadillac Premium Care Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 inadequate maintenance. It may
Maintenance Maintenance Replacement also help to maintain the value of
Cadillac Premium Care Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 responsibility of the owner to have
Maintenance Records all required maintenance performed.
Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 359
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 347 Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
Special Application Services maintenance using genuine
Special Application replacement parts. They have
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
346 Service and Maintenance
changes and tire rotations and frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
additional maintenance items like Additional Required Services - service.
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
blades. . Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
Caution the Tire and Loading Information
Damage caused by improper
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 198.
{ Warning
maintenance can lead to costly Performing maintenance work can
repairs and may not be covered . Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause
by the vehicle warranty. serious injury. Perform
Maintenance intervals, checks, limits.
maintenance work only if the
inspections, recommended fluids, . Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools,
and lubricants are important to Fuel 0 250.
and equipment are available.
keep the vehicle in good working Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to
condition. Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own
The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services - Service Work 0 262.
Services are the responsibility of the Severe are for vehicles that are:
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. in hot weather.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or
keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain.
condition, improves fuel economy, . Frequently towing a trailer.
and reduces vehicle emissions.
. Used for high speed or
Because of the way people use competitive driving.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

.
Cadillac Premium Engine air cleaner filter
replacement.
Maintenance
Care Maintenance . Passenger compartment air filter
Schedule
Your vehicle comes with the replacement. Owner Checks and Services
Cadillac Premium Care . Multi‐point vehicle inspection
Maintenance. It is a maintenance At Each Fuel Stop
(MPVI) performed by a qualified
program that covers select technician. . Check the engine oil level. See
maintenance services during the Engine Oil 0 271.
first 4 years or 80 000 km Cadillac requires that all Cadillac
(50,000 mi), whichever comes first. Premium Care Maintenance Once a Month
services be performed by a Cadillac . Check the tire inflation
Cadillac Premium Care authorized service dealer.
Maintenance covers routine pressures. See Tire Pressure
maintenance services, when 0 308.
scheduled in accordance with the . Inspect the tires for wear. See
owner manual, including: Tire Inspection 0 313.
. Oil changes based on the . Check the windshield washer
vehicle's oil life monitor system. fluid level. See Washer Fluid
. Tire rotation every 12 000 km 0 283.
(7,500 mi). Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
a year and the oil life system must . Visually inspect windshield wiper . Visually inspect exhaust system
be reset. Your trained dealer blades for wear, cracking, and nearby heat shields for
technician can perform this work. or contamination. See Exterior loose or damaged parts.
If the engine oil life system is reset Care 0 336. Replace worn or . Lubricate body components. See
accidentally, service the vehicle damaged wiper blades. See Exterior Care 0 336.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Wiper Blade Replacement
last service. Reset the oil life 0 288. . Check starter switch. See Starter
system when the oil is changed. Switch Check 0 287.
. Check tire inflation pressures.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 273. See Tire Pressure 0 308. . Check automatic transmission
Tire Rotation and Required shift lock control function. See
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Automatic Transmission Shift
Services Every 12 000 km/ Inspection 0 313. Lock Control Function Check
7,500 mi . Visually check for fluid leaks. 0 287.
Rotate the tires, if recommended for . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Check parking brake and
the vehicle, and perform the See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter automatic transmission park
following services. See Tire 0 275. mechanism. See Park Brake and
Rotation 0 314. P (Park) Mechanism Check
. Inspect brake system. See
. Check engine oil level and oil 0 288.
Exterior Care 0 336.
life percentage. If needed, . Check accelerator pedal for
change engine oil and filter, and . Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis damage, high effort, or binding.
reset oil life system. See Engine Replace if needed.
Oil 0 271 and Engine Oil Life components for damaged, loose,
System 0 273. or missing parts or signs of . Visually inspect gas strut for
wear. See Exterior Care 0 336. signs of wear, cracks, or other
. Check engine coolant level. See
. Check restraint system damage. Check the hold open
Engine Coolant 0 278. ability of the strut. See your
components. See Safety System
. Check windshield washer fluid dealer if service is required.
Check 0 71.
level. See Washer Fluid 0 283. . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
. Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 50.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and
perform Required Services. Check engine oil level
and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (4) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Turbo Engines)
@ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(3.6L LGX and 6.2L LT4 Engines)
@
Change rear axle fluid, if equipped with electronic
limited slip differential. (3.6L V6 Turbo LF3 and @ @ @
6.2L V8 LT4 Engines only)
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Or every two years, whichever environmental allergens. Filter
Schedule Additional Required comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if
Services - Normal replacement may be needed if the you notice reduced airflow, windows
(1) Vehicles with different size front vehicle is driven in areas with heavy fogging up, or odors. Your local GM
and rear tires do not have tire traffic, poor air quality, areas with
rotation. See Tire Rotation 0 314. high dust levels or are sensitive to
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Service location can help you

determine when it is the right time to
replace your filter.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 276.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Or every three years, whichever
comes first.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and
perform Required Services. Check engine oil level
and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
filter, if needed. (1)
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (2) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (Except 6.2L
V8 Engine) (4)
@ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (6.2L
V8 Engine) (4)
@ @ @ @ @ @
2.0L LTG and 3.6L LF3 Engines: Replace spark
plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
@ @
3.6L LFX Engine Only: Replace spark plugs.
Inspect spark plug wires.
@
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (5)
@ @ @
Change rear axle fluid. @ @ @
Change front axle fluid, if equipped with AWD. @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (6) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (7) @
Replace brake fluid. (8) @ @ @
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Do not directly power wash the Special Application
Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High
Services - Severe pressure water can overcome the Services
(1) Vehicles with different size front seals and contaminate the transfer . Severe Commercial Use
and rear tires do not have tire case fluid. Contaminated fluid will
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
rotation. See Tire Rotation 0 314. decrease the life of the transfer
components every 5 000 km/
case and should be replaced.
(2) Or every two years, whichever 3,000 mi.
comes first. More frequent (6) Or every five years, whichever . Have underbody flushing service
replacement may be needed if the comes first. See Cooling System
performed. See "Underbody
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 0 276.
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
traffic, poor air quality, areas with (7) Or every 10 years, whichever 0 336.
high dust levels or are sensitive to comes first. Inspect for fraying,
environmental allergens. Filter excessive cracking, or damage;
replacement may also be needed if replace, if needed.
you notice reduced airflow, windows (8) Or every three years, whichever
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM comes first.
Service location can help you
determine when it is the right time to
replace your filter.
(3) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(4) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have
Additional start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment
Maintenance and Care battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts
Your vehicle is an important
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle.
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly the battery and ensure that the Fluids
repairs. To maintain vehicle connections and cables are
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
performance, additional
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
maintenance services may be
Belts and components. See
required.
. Belts may need replacing if they Recommended Fluids and
It is recommended that your dealer Lubricants 0 356 for GM approved
squeak or show signs of
perform these services — their fluids.
cracking or splitting.
trained dealer technicians know . Engine oil and windshield
your vehicle best. Your dealer can . Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be
also perform a thorough
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill.
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
vehicle may need attention. replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
The following list is intended to Brakes filled.
explain the services and conditions
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
to look for that may indicate Hoses
crucial to safe driving.
services are required.
. Signs of brake wear may include Hoses transport fluids and should
Battery chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks.
The 12-volt battery supplies power
With a multi-point inspection, your
to start the engine and operate any
dealer can inspect the hoses and
additional electrical accessories.
advise if replacement is needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Lamps of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and

Properly working headlamps, or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and
taillamps, and brake lamps are when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 341 and
important to see and be seen on Exterior Care 0 336.
Tires
the road. Wheel Alignment
Tires need to be properly inflated,
. Signs that the headlamps need rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for
attention include dimming, failure the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver
to light, cracking, or damage. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance.
The brake lamps need to be failure. . Signs that the alignment may
checked periodically to ensure
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include
that they light when braking.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
. With a multi-point inspection, visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
your dealer can check the lamps or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
and note any concerns. rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
Shocks and Struts tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
Shocks and struts help aid in control Windshield
. Trained dealer technicians can
for a smoother ride.
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
. Signs of wear may include tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
steering wheel vibration, bounce/ provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
sway while braking, longer services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
stopping distance, or uneven vehicle operation at all speeds.
tire wear. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
. As part of the multi-point name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspection, trained dealer inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE
viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved
engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 271.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 278.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Automatic Transmission ATF-WS Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88863400, in
Canada 88863401).
Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950, in Canada 88861951).
Rear Axle (Non-Limited Slip SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Differential) Canada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.
Rear Axle (Limited-Slip Differential) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624, in
Canada 88862625) meeting GM Specification 9986290.
Electronic Limited Slip Differential DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant
(CTS-V and V-Sport Only)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-Wheel SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089, in
Drive) Canada 88863090) meeting GM Specification 9986285.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 20857930 A3178C
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 20857930 A3178C
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 22844634 A3185C
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 22935844 A3203C
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Oil Filter
2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 19330000 PF63E
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 89017525 PF63
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12640445 PF64
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356916 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 12646780 41-130
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12642791 41-118
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12642722 41-128
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23144358 —
Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23144359 —
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed
Reading
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
360 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, under the floor cover in
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) the trunk on the passenger side,
Vehicle Identification
has the following information:
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Number (VIN).
Vehicle Data . Model designation.
Capacities and . Paint information.
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
. Production options and special
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 363
This legal identifier is in the front equipment.
corner of the instrument panel, on
Do not remove this label from the
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
vehicle.
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 361 for the vehicle's engine code.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Technical Data 361
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 356 for more information.
Capacities
Application
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System– Engine
2.0L L4 Engine 8.8 L 9.3 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 10 L 10.6 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 12.8 L 13.5 qt
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12.2 L 12.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.0L L4 Engine RWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt
2.0L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) RWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) AWD 6.15 L 6.5 qt
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 6.6 L 7.0 qt
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
362 Technical Data
Capacities
Application
Metric English
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 9.5 L 10.0 qt
Fuel Tank 72 L 19 gal
Transfer Case – AWD 0.8 L 0.8 qt
Rear Axle (with limited slip) 1.2 L 1.3 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–
0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–
0.035 in)
3.6L V6 Engine (LF3) 8 Automatic 0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–
0.035 in)
6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 6 Automatic 0.725–0.875 mm (0.029–
0.034 in)
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Technical Data 363
Engine Drive Belt Routing
6.2L V8 Engine
2.0L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
364 Customer Information
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Customer Information
Information Vehicle Data Recording and Customer Satisfaction
Privacy Procedure
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Information Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction important to your dealer and to
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 375
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Cadillac. Normally, any concerns
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 376
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 366 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 367 however, despite the best intentions
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Scheduling Service can occur. If your concern has not
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Courtesy Transportation the following steps should be taken:
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 371 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Service Publications Ordering with a member of dealership
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 management. Normally, concerns
Radio Frequency can be quickly resolved at that level.
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service or
Reporting Safety Defects parts manager, contact the owner of
Reporting Safety Defects to your dealership or the general
the United States manager.
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the Canadian member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 it appears your concern cannot be
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Customer Information 365
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Cadillac Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800–458–8006. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call the Canadian Cadillac with the new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-888-446-2000. after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
toll-free number in order to give your can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting Cadillac, decision given in your case, you
remember that your concern will STEP THREE — Canadian
may reject it and proceed with any Owners: In the event that you do
likely be resolved at a dealer's other venue for relief available
facility. That is why we suggest not feel your concerns have been
to you. addressed after following the
following Step One first.
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Limited wants you to be aware of its General Motors Cadillac Customer From U.S. Virgin Islands:
participation in a no-charge Care Centre 1-800-496-9994
mediation/arbitration program. General Motors of Canada Limited
General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Canada
has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
General Motors of Canada Limited
of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Cadillac Customer Care Centre,
factory-related vehicle service The inquiry should be accompanied Mail Code: CA1-163-005
claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
the review of the facts involved by Number (VIN). Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
an impartial third party arbiter, and
www.gm.ca
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance 1-888-446-2000 (English/French)
designed so that the entire dispute Offices Cadillac Roadside Service:
settlement process, from the time Cadillac encourages customers to 1-800-882-1112
you file your complaint to the final call the toll-free number for
decision, should be completed in Overseas
assistance. However, if a customer
approximately 70 days. We believe wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac, Contact the local General Motors
our impartial program offers the letter should be addressed to: Business Unit.
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal, United States and Puerto Rico Customer Assistance for
quick, and free of charge.
Cadillac Customer Assistance Text Telephone (TTY)
For further information concerning Center Users
eligibility in the Canadian Motor Cadillac Motor Car Division
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), P.O. Box 33169 To assist customers who are deaf,
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Detroit, MI 48232-5169 hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
the Cadillac Customer Care Centre, www.Cadillac.com and who use Text Telephones
1-888-446-2000, or write to: (TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment
1-800-458-8006 available at its Customer Assistance
1-800-833-2622 (For Text Center. Any TTY user can
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Service: 1-800-224-1400
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
communicate with Cadillac by D (Preferred Dealer . Locate owner resources such as

dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users Information) : Select a dealer and lease-end, financing, and
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve favorite articles,
Online Owner Center r (Warranty Tracking quizzes, tips, and multimedia
Online Owner Experience Information) : Track your vehicle’s galleries organized into the
warranty information. Featured Articles and Auto Care
(U.S.) my.cadillac.com Sections.
The Cadillac online owner J (Recall Information) : View
active recalls or search by Vehicle . Download owner manuals.
experience allows interaction with
Cadillac and keeps important Identification Number (VIN). See . Find Cadillac-recommended
vehicle-specific information in one Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) maintenance services.
place. 0 360.
Membership Benefits
H (Other Account Information) : Roadside Service
View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite U.S./Canada: 1-800-882-1112.
E (Vehicle Information) : radio (if equipped), and OnStar
Download owner manuals and view account information. Text Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S.
vehicle-specific how-to videos. Only): 1-888-889-2438.
F (Live Chat Support) : Chat with
G (Maintenance Information) : online help representatives. Service is available 24 hours a day,
View maintenance schedules, 365 days a year.
See my.cadillac.com to register your
alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle
diagnostic information. Schedule
vehicle. Calling for Service
service appointments. Cadillac Owner Centre When calling Roadside Service,
I (Service History) : View (Canada) cadillacowner.ca have the following information
printable dealer-recorded service ready:
Visit the Cadillac Owner Centre:
records and self-recorded service . Your name, home address, and
records. . Chat live with online help home telephone number.
representatives.
. Telephone number of your
location.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15

. Location of the vehicle. driver if they decide the claims are responsibility for the repair or
. Model, year, color, and license made too often, or the same type of replacement of the tire if it is not
plate number of the vehicle. claim is made many times. covered by the warranty.
. Cadillac Owner Privileges™ . Battery Jump Start: Service to
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and jump start a dead battery.
. Emergency Fuel Delivery:
delivery date of the vehicle. Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and
. Description of the problem. vehicle to get to the nearest Service: If your trip is
service station. interrupted due to a warranty
Coverage failure, incidental expenses may
. Lock-Out Service: Service to be reimbursed during the
Services are provided for the unlock the vehicle if you are Powertrain warranty period.
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain locked out. A remote unlock may Items considered are hotel,
warranty. be available if you have OnStar. meals, and rental car or a
In the U.S., anyone driving the For security reasons, the driver vehicle being delivered back to
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a must present identification the customer, up to 805 km
person driving the vehicle without before this service is given. (500 mi).
permission from the owner is not . Emergency Tow from a Public
covered. Road or Highway: Tow to the
Cadillac Technician Roadside
nearest Cadillac dealer for Service (U.S. Only)
Roadside Service is not a part of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. warranty service, or if the vehicle Cadillac's exceptional Roadside
General Motors North America and was in a crash and cannot be Service is more than an auto club or
Cadillac reserve the right to make driven. Assistance is not given towing service. It provides every
any changes or discontinue the when the vehicle is stuck in the Cadillac owner in the United States
Roadside Service program at any sand, mud, or snow. with the advantage of contacting a
time without notification. . Flat Tire Change: Service to Cadillac advisor and, where
change a flat tire with a spare available, a Cadillac trained dealer
General Motors North America and technician who can provide on-site
Cadillac reserve the right to limit tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and service.
services or payment to an owner or
properly inflated. It is your
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
A dealer technician will travel to Services Specific to labor for repairs not covered by
your location within a 30-mile radius Canadian-Purchased Vehicles the warranty are the owner
of a participating Cadillac responsibility.
. Fuel delivery: Reimbursement
dealership. If beyond this radius, we
is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel
will arrange to have your car towed
delivery may be restricted.
Scheduling Service
to the nearest Cadillac dealership.
Each technician travels with a Propane and other fuels are not Appointments
specially equipped service vehicle provided through this service. When the vehicle requires warranty
complete with the necessary . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle service, contact your dealer and
Cadillac parts and tools required to registration is required. request an appointment. By
handle most roadside repairs. . scheduling a service appointment
Trip Interruption Benefits and
and advising the service consultant
Services Not Included in Service: Pre-authorization,
of your transportation needs, your
Roadside Service original detailed receipts, and a
dealer can help minimize your
copy of the repair orders are
. Impound towing caused by inconvenience.
required. Once authorization has
violation of any laws. been received, the Roadside If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
. Legal fines. Service advisor will help you into the service department
make arrangements and explain immediately, keep driving it until it
. Mounting, dismounting, can be scheduled for service,
how to receive payment.
or changing of snow tires, unless, of course, the problem is
chains, or other traction devices. . Alternative Service: If
safety related. If it is, please call
assistance cannot be provided
Service is not provided if a vehicle your dealership, let them know this,
right away, the Roadside Service
is in an area that is not accessible and ask for instructions.
advisor may give you permission
to the service vehicle or is not a to get local emergency road If your dealer requests you to bring
regularly traveled or maintained service. You will receive the vehicle for service, you are
public road, which includes ice and payment, up to $100, after urged to do so as early in the work
winter roads. Off-road use is not sending the original receipt to day as possible to allow for
covered. Roadside Service. Mechanical same-day repair.
failures may be covered,
however any cost for parts and
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Courtesy Rental Vehicle

Program Warranty service can generally be For an overnight warranty repair, the
completed while you wait. However, dealer may provide an available
To enhance your ownership courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
if you are unable to do so, your
experience, we and our participating reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
dealer may offer the following
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Reimbursement is limited and must
transportation options:
Transportation, a customer support be supported by original receipts as
program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service well as a signed and completed
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty rental agreement and meet state/
This includes one-way or round-trip
Coverage period in Canada), provincial, local, and rental vehicle
shuttle service within reasonable
extended powertrain, and/or provider requirements.
time and distance parameters of
hybrid-specific warranties in both Requirements vary and may include
your dealer's area.
the U.S. and Canada. minimum age requirements,
Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
options are available to assist in Reimbursement Additional fees such as fuel usage
reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage
used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair
Courtesy Transportation is not a
supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility.
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a
entitled “Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Owner Assistance Information” customers arrange their own
furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited Additional Program
provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information
information. expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs All program options, such as shuttle
and be supported by original service, may not be available at
receipts. See your dealer for every dealer. Contact your dealer
information. for specific availability.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM failure related to such parts is not
or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty. covered by that warranty.
Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts
resolve all questions of claim Repair Facility
may also be used for repair. These
eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from GM also recommends that you
conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in choose a collision repair facility that
sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the meets your needs before you ever
parts being recycled are from need collision repairs. Your dealer
Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle. may have a collision repair center
A recycled original equipment GM with GM-trained technicians and
If the vehicle is involved in a state-of-the-art equipment, or be
collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally able to recommend a collision repair
damage repaired by a qualified
designed appearance and safety center that has GM-trained
technician using the proper
performance; however, the history of technicians and comparable
equipment and quality replacement equipment.
parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts
repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New Insuring the Vehicle
value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by Protect your investment in the GM
be compromised in subsequent
collisions. that warranty. vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also are significant differences in the
available. These are made by quality of coverage afforded by
Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may various insurance policy terms.
parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle. Many insurance policies provide
and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit reduced protection to the GM
parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/ vehicle by limiting compensation for
originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not damage repairs by using
Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent aftermarket collision parts. Some
ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not insurance companies will not
appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information If the airbag has inflated, see What
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved Will You See after an Airbag
recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. Inflates? 0 77.
vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Managing the Vehicle Damage
Roadside Service 0 367. Repair Process
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current Gather the following information: In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance carrier, consider switching . Driver name, address, and damage repairs, GM recommends
to another insurance carrier. telephone number. that you take an active role in its
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing . Driver license number. repair. If you have a pre-determined
company may require you to have repair facility of choice, take the
insurance that ensures repairs with . Owner name, address, and vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number. Specify to the facility that any
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Vehicle license plate number. required replacement collision parts
Genuine Manufacturer replacement be original equipment parts, either
. Vehicle make, model, and new Genuine GM parts or recycled
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of model year. original GM parts. Remember,
the lease for poor quality repairs. . Vehicle Identification recycled parts will not be covered by
Number (VIN). the GM vehicle warranty.
If a Crash Occurs
. Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
If there has been an injury, call number. but you must live with the repair.
emergency services for help. Do not Depending on your policy limits,
leave the scene of a crash until all . General description of the your insurance company may
matters have been taken care of. damage to the other vehicle. initially value the repair using
Move the vehicle only if its position Choose a reputable repair facility aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
puts you in danger, or you are that uses quality replacement parts. the repair professional, and insist on
instructed to move it by a police See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Genuine GM parts. Remember,
officer. section. if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Current and Past Models
even if your insurance coverage
Service Bulletins give additional Technical Service Bulletins and
does not pay the full cost.
technical service information Manuals are available for current
If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service and past model GM vehicles.
company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. ORDER TOLL FREE:
you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle.
repair limits, as you have no For Credit Card Orders Only
contractual limits with that company. Owner Information (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended Or write to:
long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational
reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The Helm, Incorporated
Owner Manual includes the Attention: Customer Service
Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all 47911 Halyard Drive
models. Plymouth, MI 48170
Ordering Information
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Prices are subject to change without
(US and Canada Only) notice and without incurring
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Service Manuals Manual. obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
suspension, brakes, electrical, funds.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
steering, body, etc.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Radio Frequency Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call

Statement the Vehicle Safety Hotline
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
This vehicle has systems that 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to:
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
Commission (FCC) rules and with Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle Washington, D.C. 20590
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other
ICES‐001.
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle
Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately safety from http://
two conditions: inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration
harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects
2. The device must accept any General Motors. to the Canadian
interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar Government
interference that may cause complaints, it may open an
undesired operation of the If you live in Canada, and you
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety
device.
a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada
Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General
these systems by other than an and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Limited. Call
authorized service facility could void Transport Canada at
However, NHTSA cannot
authorization to use this equipment. 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
become involved in individual
problems between you, your Transport Canada
dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders

to General Motors Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or event data recorder (EDR). The
Transport Canada) in a situation like
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near
computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air
Call 1-800-458-8006, or write: bag deployment or hitting a road
about the vehicle’s performance and
Cadillac Customer Assistance how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in
Center vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s
Cadillac Motor Car Division monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is
P.O. Box 33169 transmission performance, to designed to record data related to
Detroit, MI 48232-5169 monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety
deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time,
In Canada, call 1-888-446-2000, typically 30 seconds or less. The
or write: crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to
Canadian Cadillac Customer Care control the vehicle. These modules record such data as:
Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
General Motors of Canada Limited technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
1908 Colonel Sam Drive Some modules may also store data
Oshawa, Onatario L1H 8P7 . Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened;
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
better understanding of the share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
Note consent of the lessee; in response 0 381.
to an official request by police or
EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
personally identifying data routinely
deletion instructions.
acquired during a crash
investigation. OnStar®
To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle is equipped with
special equipment is required, and OnStar® and has an active
access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be
needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar
manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information
law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation;
special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the
information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features;
the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
OnStar 377
OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement

for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
OnStar Services status light is:
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 . Solid Green: System is ready.
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Q Blue OnStar Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
> Emergency Button . Off: System is off. Press Q
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor.
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor.
services may require a paid Press = to:
subscription. OnStar requires the
vehicle battery and electrical . Make a call, end a call,
system, cellular service, and GPS or answer an incoming call.
satellite signals to be available and . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
operating. OnStar acts as a link to voice commands.
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
information about you and your Navigation voice commands.
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
378 OnStar
. Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security
or SSID and password,
if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Emergency Services require
Advisor to: a specific OnStar subscription plan. OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or With Automatic Crash Response, in pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. many crashes, built-in sensors can authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. automatically alert a specially . With Remote Ignition Block,
trained OnStar Advisor who is if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of immediately connected to the
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being started.
vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Navigation
Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a
7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan.
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen,
. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors if equipped.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
OnStar 379
2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections

downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with The following OnStar services help
3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected.
commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination For coverage maps, see
Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada).
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
Cancel Route
2. Say “Get my destination.” The vehicle may have a built-in
1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
address and distance to the to the Internet and web content at
2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. devices can be connected. A data
cancel directions?” Destination Download plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
3. Say “Yes.” System responds: controls only when it is safe to
Subscribers can have directions do so.
“OK, request completed, thank sent to the vehicle’s navigation
you, goodbye.” screen, if equipped. 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
Route Preview information, press =, wait for
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
1. Press =. System responds: download directions to the vehicle’s settings.” On some vehicles,
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
the call ends, press the Go button screen.
2. Say “Route preview.” System on the navigation screen to begin
responds with the next three driving directions. Routes that are 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
maneuvers. sent to the navigation screen can the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
Repeat only be canceled through the password, and on some
navigation system. vehicles, the connection type
1. Press =. System responds:
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
380 OnStar
(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map 2. Say “Call.” System responds:
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only). “Call. Please say the name or
(poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot number to call.”
3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and 3. Say the entire number without
password, press Q or call monitor data consumption, pausing, including a “1” and the
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if equipped. area code. System responds:
with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information “OK, calling.”
®
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App and compatibility, see Calling 911 Emergency
(If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1. Press =. System responds:
Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OnStar ready.”
mobile app to select Apple®, Remote Services
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
Android™, BlackBerry®, Contact an OnStar Advisor to “Call. Please say the name or
or Windows® mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
OnStar Subscribers can access the number to call.”
and flash the lamps.
following services from a mobile 3. Say “911” without pausing.
device: OnStar AtYourService System responds: “911.”
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar Advisors can provide 4. Say “Call.” System responds:
if factory-equipped. savings offers from restaurants and “OK, dialing 911.”
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped retailers on your route, help locate
hotels, or book a room. Retrieve My Number
with automatic locks.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling 1. Press =. System responds:
. Activate the horn and lamps.
“OnStar ready.”
. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service. 2. Say “My number.” System
life, or tire pressure,
responds: “Your OnStar
if factory-equipped with the Tire Make a Call Hands-Free Calling number is,”
Pressure Monitor System.
1. Press =. System responds: then says the number.
. Send directions to the vehicle.
“OnStar ready.”
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
OnStar 381
End a Call OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent

Owners
Press =. System responds: “Call Information
ended.” Press Q and follow the prompts to
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as
Verify Minutes and Expiration possible. The Advisor will update
Audio messages may play important
Press = and say “Minutes” then information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar
“Verify” to check how many minutes service options.
. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press
remain and their expiration date. Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works
Diagnostics . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response,
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
OnStar Advanced Diagnostics can Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
. After change in ownership and
perform a check of the vehicle's key Diagnostics, Remote Services,
operating systems through a at 90 days.
Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn
monthly diagnostics report, through Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling
real time alerts or by pressing Q. are available on most vehicles. Not
OnStar can also monitor tire Press Q to request account transfer all OnStar services are available
pressure, if equipped with a Tire eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For
Pressure Monitor System. can cancel or change account more information, a full description
information. of OnStar services, system
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar terms and
conditions:
Vehicle
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
382 OnStar
. Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification
Advisor. 0 374. Number (PIN)
OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some
the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need
OnStar has an agreement with a to be changed the first time when
Advisors provide services to help speaking with an Advisor. To
wireless service provider for service
Subscribers with physical disabilities change the OnStar PIN, contact an
in that area. The wireless service
and medical conditions.
provider must also have coverage, OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
technology compatible with OnStar
. Locate a gas station with an Warranty
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot attendant to pump gas.
OnStar equipment may be
work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle
available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. warranty.
compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest
hardware. OnStar services may not Languages
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
work if the OnStar equipment is not The vehicle can be programmed to
situations.
properly installed or it has not been respond in multiple languages.
properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users
software is added, connected, Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English,
not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available
the control of OnStar — such as hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country.
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY Potential Issues
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle OnStar cannot perform Remote
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance after the vehicle has
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
OnStar 383
vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas Add-on Electrical Equipment
five days, OnStar can contact
Cellular reception is required for The OnStar system is integrated
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
OnStar to send remote signals to into the electrical architecture of the
to help gain access to the vehicle.
the vehicle. Do not place items over vehicle. Do not add any electrical
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment. See Add-On Electrical
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal Equipment 0 259. Added electrical
reception. equipment may interfere with the
. Obstruction of the GPS can operation of the OnStar system and
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar cause it to not operate.
buildings; in parking garages; Message
around airports; in tunnels and Vehicle Software Updates
If there is limited cellular coverage
underpasses; or in an area with OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
or the cellular network has reached
very dense trees. If GPS signals software updates or changes to the
maximum capacity, this message
are not available, the OnStar vehicle without further notice or
system should still operate to may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a consent. These updates or changes
call OnStar. However, OnStar may enhance or maintain safety,
could have difficulty identifying few miles into another cellular area.
security, or the operation of the
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues vehicle or the vehicle systems.
. In emergency situations, OnStar Software updates or changes may
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS affect or erase data or settings that
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency are stored in the vehicle, such as
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
available and operating for features
A temporary loss of GPS can cause tags, saved navigation destinations,
to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a or pre-set radio stations. Neither
may not operate if the battery is
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The OnStar nor GM is responsible for
discharged or disconnected.
Advisor may give a verbal route or any affected or erased data or
may ask for a call back after the settings. These updates or changes
vehicle is driven into an open area. may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
384 OnStar
statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this
the time of installation. These transmissions and private permission notice appear in all
updates or changes may also cause communications without consent. copies.
a system to automatically THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
collect information about vehicle ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
or changes and agreement that party software please see http:// THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
either OnStar or GM may remotely www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
getdocuments.html DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
The complete OnStar Privacy WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
Statement may be found at libcurl:
CONTRACT, TORT OR
www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
recommend that you review it. If you WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
have any questions, call USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
Stenberg, <[email protected]>.
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) THE SOFTWARE.
or press Q to speak with an All rights reserved.
Except as contained in this notice,
Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall
communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any not be used in advertising or
the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use
via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
cannot be assured. Third parties
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
OnStar 385
unzip: This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the
definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not
should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential or disabled.
license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versions–including, but
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: marked as such and must not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright the original source. Such
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Info-ZIP releases–including,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
(including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
386 OnStar
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail

addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Index 387
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and What Will You See after an
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 When Should an Airbag
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 227 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Adaptive Forward Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 74
Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Airbags
Adaptive Forward Lighting Adding Equipment to the
(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 259 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 124
Additional Information Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Additional Maintenance Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Adjustments Alarm
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Alert
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 275 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 246
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 286
Airbag System Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 214
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
How Does an Airbag Appearance Care
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 78 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
What Makes an Airbag Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
388 Index
Assistance Systems for Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Capacities and

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Assistance Systems for Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Carbon Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 235 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Carbon Monoxide
Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Automatic Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 202 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Cargo
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Automatic Transmission Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 104
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 High Intensity Discharge Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Shift Lock Control Function (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Charging
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 290 Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 125
B
Check
Battery C
Malfunction Indicator
Exterior Lighting Battery Cadillac Premium Care
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Child Restraints
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 86
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 California
Lower Anchors and Tethers
Voltage and Charging Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 251
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Perchlorate Materials
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Battery - North America . . . .285, 331 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97, 100
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 288 California
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Proposition
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Brake 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .261, 285, 331
Cleaning
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 127
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Index 389
Cleaning (cont'd) Cooling System (cont'd) Diagnostics

Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 224
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Door
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 371 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 227 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Compartments Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Text Telephone (TTY) Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . . 65
Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 221 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 363
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 322 Customer Information Drive Systems
Connections Service Publications All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 213, 286
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 373 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 235
Control Customer Satisfaction Driver Information
Traction and Electronic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
D
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Driving
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 371
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 242
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Characteristics and
Data Recorder
Coolant Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 375
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 122 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Daytime Running
Engine Temperature Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 27
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 196
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
390 Index
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 163

If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 198 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 165
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Exterior Lighting Battery
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 264 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Track Events and Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
F
Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Coolant Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Features
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Coolant Temperature
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Filter,
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Coolant Temperature
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Dual Automatic Climate Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 167
Cooling System Messages . . . 142
E Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 214 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Electrical Equipment, Fluid
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 274
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Electrical System Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Compartment Fuse Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292 Forward Collision Alert
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 210
Instrument Panel Fuse (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 204
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Frequency Statement
Engine Oil
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 121
Rear Compartment Fuse Front Automatic Braking
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 (FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Emergency Front Seats
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 375
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 61
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Engine Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Index 391
Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd)

Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165
Filling a Portable Fuel Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 133
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Heated
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Warning Lights and Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 General Information Heated and Ventilated Front
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 131 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 345 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Requirements, California . . . . . 251 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Heater
Fuses Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Engine Compartment Fuse High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
H
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 309
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 292 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 196
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 167
Instrument Panel Fuse Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Rear Compartment Fuse How to Wear Safety Belts
Headlamps
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Adaptive Forward
G Lighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 I
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Gauges Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Indicator
Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Daytime Running Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Infants and Young Children,
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Engine Oil Temperature . . . . . . . 121 High Intensity Discharge Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 132 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
392 Index
Instrument Panel Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd)

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Antilock Brake System
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 47 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 246 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 127
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
J
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 248 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Jump Starting - North
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 128 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Engine Coolant
K LATCH System Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 130
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 143 Replacing Parts after a Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 131
Keyless Entry Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 29 LATCH, Lower Anchors and High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165
L LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 303 Light Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 123
Lamps Adaptive Forward Lighting Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 166 (AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Service Electric Parking
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Light, Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . 132 StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Adaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Traction Control System
Exterior Lighting Battery Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 130
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 224
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 125 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 Locks
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Index 393
Locks (cont'd) Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd)

Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Battery Voltage and Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 131 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 47
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 142 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
for Children (LATCH Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Monitor System, Tire
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
N
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Navigation
Object Detection System . . . . . 144
M OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 147
Maintenance Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Maintenance and Care
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 O
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Object Detection System
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 347
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Recommended Fluids and
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 125
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Off-Road
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Oil
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Mirrors Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Messages
Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
394 Index
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 85 Passenger Airbag Status Proposition

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 65 Warning,
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Passenger Compartment Air California . . . . . . . . . . . .261, 285, 331
OnStar® Additional Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
R
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 78
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 374
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Perchlorate Materials
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Requirements, California . . . . . . 261
Rear Climate Control System . . . 183
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Performance Data
Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 65
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Personalization
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . 50
Ordering Power
Rearview Mirrors
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 373 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Outlets Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Recommended Fluids and
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 206
P Records
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Park Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 334
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 70
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Premium Care Maintenance
Parking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Cadillac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Brake and P (Park) Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Privacy
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 288 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 375
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 209 Replacement Parts
Program
Parking Brake Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 370
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Parking or Backing Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 84
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 235
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Index 395
Replacing LATCH System S Seats (cont'd)

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Replacing Safety Belt System Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Securing Child Restraints . . . 97, 100
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Security
Reporting Safety Defects How to Wear Safety Belts Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 374 Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Restraints Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 72 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Retained Accessory Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 70 Accessories and
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Safety Defects Reporting Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 374 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 262
Ride Control Systems General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Enhanced Traction U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 359
System (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Maintenance, General
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Roads Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 369 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 360
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Publications Ordering
Roadside Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Roof Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 369
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 61 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Service Electric Parking
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 363 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 57 Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Services
Running the Vehicle While Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 55 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
396 Index
Shift Lock Control Function Storage Areas (cont'd) Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Check, Automatic Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Shifting Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 103 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Storing the Tire Sealant and Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 246 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Signals, Turn and Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Special Application Services . . . . 352 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Specifications and Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Sunshade Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pressure Monitor Operation . . .311
StabiliTrak Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 310
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 System Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Forward Collision Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Sealant and
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . 20, 204 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 376 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Starting the Vehicle Systems Sealant and Compressor
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
T
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Terminology and Definitions . . 305
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Uniform Tire Quality
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 366
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 44
Storage Areas Wheel Alignment and Tire
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 58
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 320
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
Index 397
Tires (cont'd) Transportation Program, Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 129

When It Is Time for New Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Vehicle Care
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Storing the Tire Sealant
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 330
Towing Turn and Lane-Change Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 254 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Vehicle Data Recording and
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
U
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 254 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 318
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 334 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 159
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 258
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 W
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Warning
Track Events and
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Competitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Traction V
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 248
Control System (TCS)/ Vehicle
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 224 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warnings
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Traction Control/Electronic Identification Number (VIN) . . . 360
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Trailer Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Wheels
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 258 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 319
Transmission Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 151
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
When It Is Time for New
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
9159276) - 2016 - crc - 5/7/15
398 Index
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 90

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 288
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

2016 Cadillac Cts

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016 Cadillac Cts

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016 Cadillac Cts

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S.

Introduction model variants, country Using this Manual

the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control

In Brief Vehicle Features

High Performance Seat

V-Series Bolster Support Cushion Bolster

. Press and release or hold

Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features

High Performance Seat

Refer to the following sections for Canada and Mexico

Interior Lighting Reading Lamps

Dome Lamp There are front and rear reading

Climate Touch Screen Controls

Cruise Control (5 mph) mark on the speedometer,

Front Vision Camera Rear Vision and avoiding objects while in

Express Open/Express Close : Performance and

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

The Keyless Access system can be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

2. Separate the two halves of the Remote Vehicle Start

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Driver Door Key Cylinder Access

To replace the cap:

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

Doors Warning (Continued)

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Vehicle Security On Solid : Vehicle is secured

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors Memory Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Interior Mirrors Windows pulsing sound when either rear

The vehicle aerodynamics are

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Express-Down/Up Windows Express Window Anti-Pinch

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Rear Window Sunshade extended. It will re-extend after a Roof

If equipped with a rear window

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

open approximately 38 cm (15 in).

52 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 71

Seats and Restraints 53

54 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 55